2021 Kona Owners Manual - Dealer E Process

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALLOOppeerraattiioonnMMaaiinntteennaanncceeSSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of pub-lication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes atany time so that our policy of continual product improvement may becarried out.

This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descrip-tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment.As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not applyto your specific vehicle.

F2

Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way.Such modifications may adversely affect the per-formance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAIand may, in addition, violate conditions of the limit-ed warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifi-cations may also be in violation of regulationsestablished by the U.S. Department ofTransportation and other federal or state agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injec-tion and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radioor cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that youcarefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precau-tionary measures or special instructions if youchoose to install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TOYOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULARTELEPHONE INSTALLATION

This manual includes information titled as DAN-GER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.These titles indicate the following:

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGEWARNING

DANGER indicates a hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, will result in death orserious injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, could result in deathor serious injury.

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, could result in minor ormoderate injury.

CAUTION

NOTICE indicates a situation which, if notavoided, could result in vehicle damage.

NOTICE

WARNING

F3

Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explainhow these technologies and services collect use and share this information.

You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at:https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspxIf you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our CustomerConnect Center at:

Hyundai Customer CareP.O. Box 20850Fountain Valley, CA [email protected]

Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PMPST (English).For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Mondaythrough Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.

HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY

F4

INTRODUCTION

Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number ofdiscerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construc-tion of each HYUNDAI we build.Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar withyour new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's con-trols and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle.This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI deal-ers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so youcan refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with impor-tant operating, safety and maintenance information.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Copyright 2020 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, storedin any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAIMotor America.

Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants thatdo not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet thespecifications listed on Page 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

CAUTION

F5

1. What are HYUNDAI GenuineParts?HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are thesame parts used by HYUNDAIMotor Company to manufacturevehicles. They are designed andtested for the optimum safety, per-formance, and reliability for ourcustomers.

2. Why should you use genuineparts?HYUNDAI Genuine Parts areengineered and built to meet rigidmanufacturing requirements.Damage caused by using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvageparts is not covered under theHYUNDAI New Vehicle LimitedWarranty or any other HYUNDAIwarranty.In addition, any damage to or fail-ure of HYUNDAI Genuine Partscaused by the installation or fail-ure of an imitation, counterfeit orused salvage part is not coveredby any HYUNDAI Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are pur-chasing HYUNDAI GenuineParts? Look for the HYUNDAI GenuineParts Logo on the package (seebelow).HYUNDAI Genuine Parts export-ed to the U.S. are packaged withlabels written only in English.HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are onlysold through authorizedHYUNDAI Dealerships.

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS

F6

Introduction

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from yourvehicle. Your Owner's Manual canassist you in many ways. To gain anoverview of the contents of yourOwner's Manual, use the Table ofContents in the front of the manual.The first page of each Chapterincludes a detailed Table of Contentsof the topics in that Chapter.To quickly locate information aboutyour vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is an alphabet-ical list of what is in this manual andthe page number where it can befound.For your convenience, we haveincorporated tabs on the right-handpage edges. These tabs are codedwith the Chapter titles to assist youwith navigating through the manual.

Your safety, and the safety of others,is very important. This Owner'sManual provides you with many safe-ty precautions and operating proce-dures. This information alerts you topotential hazards that may hurt youor others, as well as damage to yourvehicle.Safety messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describethese hazards and what to do toavoid or reduce the risks.Warnings and instructions containedin this manual are for your safety.Failure to follow safety warnings andinstructions can lead to serious injuryor death.

Throughout this manual DANGER,WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE andthe SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL willbe used.

This is the safety alert sym-bol. It is used to alert you topotential physical injury haz-ards. Obey all safety mes-sages that follow this symbolto avoid possible injury ordeath. The safety alert sym-bol precedes the signal wordsDANGER, WARNING andCAUTION.

HHOOWW TTOO UUSSEE TTHHIISS MMAANNUUAALL

DANGER indicates a hazardoussituation which, if not avoided,will result in death or seriousinjury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardoussituation which, if not avoided,could result in death or seriousinjury.

WARNING

SSAAFFEETTYY MMEESSSSAAGGEESS

F7

Introduction

FFUUEELL RREEQQUUIIRREEMMEENNTTSS

NOTICE indicates a situationwhich, if not avoided, could resultin vehicle damage.

Your new vehicle is designed toobtain maximum performance withUNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-mize exhaust emissions and sparkplug fouling.

Your new vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having an octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher. (Do notuse methanol blended fuels)

To prevent damage to the engineand engine components, neveradd any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified.Consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer for additional information.

Gasoline containing alcohol ormethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alco-hol) are being marketed along with orinstead of leaded or unleaded gaso-line. For example, "E15" is a gasoholcomprised of 15% ethanol and 85%gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing morethan 15% ethanol, and do not usegasoline or gasohol containing anymethanol. Either of these fuels maycause drivability problems and dam-age to the fuel system, engine con-trol system and emission control sys-tem.Discontinue using gasohol of anykind if drivability problems occur.

NOTICE

NOTICE

CAUTION indicates a hazardoussituation which, if not avoided,could result in minor or moder-ate injury.

CAUTION

• Do not "top off" after the noz-zle automatically shuts offwhen refueling.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the eventof an accident.

WARNING

F8

Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15percent gasoline, and is manufac-tured exclusively for use in FlexibleFuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compati-ble with your vehicle. Use of "E85"may result in poor engine perform-ance and damage to your vehicle'sengine and fuel system. HYUNDAIrecommends that customers do notuse fuel with an ethanol contentexceeding 15 percent.

To prevent damage to your vehicle’sengine and fuel system:• Never use gasohol which con-

tains methanol.• Never use gasohol containing

more than 15% ethanol.• Never use leaded fuel or leaded

gasohol.• Never use "E85" fuel.Your New Vehicle LimitedWarranty does not cover damageto the fuel system or any perform-ance problems caused by the useof "E85" fuel.

Using Fuel Additives (exceptDetergent Fuel Additives)Using fuel additives such as:- Silicone fuel additive- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive- Other metallic-based fuel additivesmay result in cylinder misfire, pooracceleration, engine stalling, dam-age to the catalyst, or abnormal cor-rosion, and may cause damage tothe engine resulting in a reduction inthe overall life of the powertrain.- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) may illuminate.

Damage to the fuel system or per-formance problem caused by theuse of these fuels or fuel additivesmay not be covered by your NewVehicle Limited Warranty.

Gasoline containing MMTSome gasoline contains harmfulmanganese-based fuel additivessuch as MMT (MethylcyclopentadienylManganese Tricarbonyl).HYUNDAI does not recommend theuse of gasoline containing MMT.This type of fuel can reduce vehicleperformance and affect your emis-sion control system.The malfunction indicator lamp onthe cluster may come on.

Detergent Fuel AdditivesHYUNDAI recommends that you usegood quality gasolines treated withdetergent additives such as TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline, which help pre-vent deposit formation in the engine.These gasolines will help the enginerun cleaner and enhance performanceof the Emission Control System. Formore information on TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline, please go to thewebsite (www.toptiergas.com).

NOTICE

NOTICE

F9

Introduction

For customers who do not use TOPTier Detergent Gasoline regularly,and have problems starting or theengine does not run smoothly, deter-gent-based fuel additives that youcan purchase separately may beadded to the gasoline. If TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline is not available,one bottle of additive added to thefuel tank according to the mainte-nance schedule is recommended(refer to the Maintenance Schedulein chapter 7).Additives are available from yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer alongwith information on how to use them.Do not mix other additives.

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehiclein another country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

• This vehicle should not be modi-fied. Modification of your vehiclecould affect its performance, safetyor durability and may even violategovernmental safety and emis-sions regulations.In addition, damage or perform-ance problems resulting from anymodification may not be coveredunder warranty.

• If you use unauthorized electronicdevices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage,battery discharge and fire. For yoursafety, do not use unauthorizedelectronic devices.

By following a few simple precautionsfor the first 600 miles (1,000 km) youmay add to the performance, econo-my and life of your vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions perminute) between 2,000 rpm and4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed forlong periods of time, either fast orslow.Varying engine speed is need-ed to properly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-gencies, to allow the brakes to seatproperly.

VVEEHHIICCLLEE BBRREEAAKK--IINN PPRROOCCEESSSSVVEEHHIICCLLEE MMOODDIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS

F10

Introduction

This vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as anair bag deployment or hitting aroad obstacle, data that will assistin understanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety sys-tems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:• How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;• Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

• How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the acceleratorand/or brake pedal; and,

• How fast the vehicle was travel-ing.

These data can help provide a bet-ter understanding of the circum-stances in which crashes andinjuries occur. NOTE: EDR dataare recorded by your vehicle onlyif a non-trivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded bythe EDR under normal drivingconditions and no personal data(e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, could combinethe EDR data with the type of per-sonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investiga-tion.To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, suchas law enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

VVEEHHIICCLLEE DDAATTAA CCOOLLLLEECCTTIIOONN AANNDD EEVVEENNTT DDAATTAA RREECCOORRDDEERRSS

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

Items contained in motor vehi-cles or emitted from them areknown to the State of Californiato cause cancer and birthdefects or reproductive harm.These include:• Gasoline and its vapors• Engine exhaust• Used engine oil• Interior passenger compart-

ment components and materi-als

• Component parts which aresubject to heat and wear

In addition, battery posts, termi-nals and related accessoriescontain lead, lead compoundsand other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and reproductive harm.

WARNING

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Convenient features of your vehicle

Infotainment System

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Index

TABLE OF CONTENTS


1


Exterior Overview..................................................1-2Interior Overview ...................................................1-4Instrument Panel Overview ..................................1-5Engine Compartment .............................................1-6

1

1-2

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW


1. Hood......................................................3-43

2. Headlamp ....................................3-91, 7-69

3. Daytime running light (DRL)..................3-90

4. Turn signal lamp ....................................7-69

5. Tires and wheels ..................................7-38

6. Side view mirror ....................................3-32

7. Sunroof..................................................3-39

8. Wiper blade ..........................................7-32

9. Windows ................................................3-35OOS017001

■■ Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-3


1

1. Door ......................................................3-13

2. Fuel filler door ......................................3-46

3. Rear combination lamp ........................7-75

4. Turn signal lamp, Back-up lamp ............7-75

5. Liftgate ..................................................3-44

6. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-77

7. Defroster..............................................3-131

8. Rearview monitor ................................3-105

9. Antenna ..................................................4-2OOS017002

■■ Rear view


1-4


IINNTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW

1. Inside door handle ................................3-14

2. Steering wheel ......................................3-19

3. Side view mirror control ........................3-33

4. Central door lock switch ........................3-15

5. Power window lock switch......................3-38

6. Power window switches ........................3-35

7. Seat..........................................................2-3

8. Instrument panel illumination control switch ........................................3-50

9. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ..................................................5-48

10. Head-up display button ........................3-88

11. Lane keeping assist (LKA) system ......5-80

12. ESC OFF button ..................................5-34

13. Hood release lever ..............................3-43

14. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ......3-20

OOS017003N


IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW


1-5


11. Instrument cluster....................................3-492. Horn ........................................................3-213. Driver’s front air bag ................................2-474. Key ignition switch/ ....................................5-6

Engine Start/Stop button ..........................5-95. Light control/Turn signals ........................3-906. Wiper/Washer ........................................3-1017. Audio system/Navigation system ..............4-48. Hazard warning flasher switch ..................6-29. Manual climate control system/ ............3-110

Automatic climate control system..........3-11810. Passenger's front air bag ......................2-4711. Glove box ............................................3-13312. USB charger ........................................3-15813. Power outlet ........................................3-13714. Automatic transmission shift lever/

Dual clutch transmission shift lever ......................................5-14, 5-20

15. Drive mode button ................................5-4616. Heated steering wheel ..........................3-2017. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse)

OFF button ..........................................3-10718. Seat warmer ..........................................2-1819. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat............2-1920. AWD lock button....................................5-3921. DBC button ............................................5-3622. Cruise control/Smart cruise control

button/switch ................................5-93, 5-9723. Cup holder ..........................................3-13524. Steering wheel audio controls/ ................4-3

Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free controls..................................4-4

[A-F] : Type A ~ Type F OOS018004N

1-6


EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

1. Engine coolant reservoir/Engine coolant cap ...........................7-23

2. Fuse box ...........................................7-54

3. Battery ..............................................7-35

4. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-27

5. Air cleaner.........................................7-29

6. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-21

7. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-22

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-28

9. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-23

10. Engine coolant cap ........................7-23

OOS077001/OOS078071N

■■ Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■■ Nu 2.0 MPI


Important Safety Precautions..............................2-2Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2Restrain All Children .........................................................2-2Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2Control Your Speed...........................................................2-2Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-2

Seats ........................................................................2-3Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-4Front Seats .........................................................................2-5Rear Seats.........................................................................2-11Head Restraints ...............................................................2-14Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats...................2-18

Seat Belts ..............................................................2-21Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-21Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-22Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-23Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-30Care of Seat Belts...........................................................2-33

Child Restraint System (CRS).............................2-34Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-34Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-35Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-37

Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System ...2-45

Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-47How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-50What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-55Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-56Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-61SRS Care............................................................................2-66Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-67Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-67

This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.

2

2-2

You will find many safety precautionsand recommendations throughoutthis section, and throughout this man-ual.The safety precautions in this sec-tion are among the most important.

Always Wear Your Seat Belt A seat belt is your best protection inall types of accidents. Air bags aredesigned to supplement seat belts,not replace them. So even thoughyour vehicle is equipped with air bags,ALWAYS make sure you and yourpassengers wear your seat belts, andwear them properly.

Restrain All Children All children under age 13 should ridein your vehicle properly restrained ina rear seat, not the front seat. Infantsand small children should berestrained in an appropriate childrestraint. Larger children should usea booster seat with the lap/shoulderbelt until they can use the seat beltproperly without a booster seat.

Air Bag Hazards While air bags can save lives, they canalso cause serious or fatal injuries tooccupants who sit too close to them, orwho are not properly restrained. Infants,young children, and shorter adults areat the greatest risk of being injured byan inflating air bag. Follow all instruc-tions and warnings in this manual.

Driver Distraction Driver distraction presents a seriousand potentially deadly danger, espe-cially for inexperienced drivers. Safetyshould be the first concern whenbehind the wheel and drivers need tobe aware of the wide array of potentialdistractions, such as drowsiness,reaching for objects, eating, personalgrooming, other passengers, andusing cellular phones.Drivers can become distracted whenthey take their eyes and attention offthe road or their hands off the wheel tofocus on activities other than driving.Toreduce your risk of distraction or get-ting into an accident:• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices

(i.e., MP3 players, phones, naviga-tion units, etc.) when your vehicle isparked or safely stopped.

• ONLY use your mobile device whenallowed by laws and when conditionspermit safe use. NEVER text oremail while driving. Most states havelaws prohibiting drivers from texting.Some states and cities also prohibitdrivers from using handheld phones.

• NEVER let the use of a mobiledevice distract you from driving. Youhave a responsibility to your passen-gers and others on the road toalways drive safely, with your handson the wheel as well as your eyesand attention on the road.

Control Your Speed Excessive speed is a major factor incrash injuries and deaths. Generally,the higher the speed, the greater therisk, but serious injuries can also occurat lower speeds.Never drive faster thanis safe for current conditions, regard-less of the maximum speed posted.

Keep Your Vehicle in SafeCondition Having a tire blowout or a mechanicalfailure can be extremely hazardous. Toreduce the possibility of such prob-lems, check your tire pressures andcondition frequently, and perform allregularly scheduled maintenance.

IIMMPPOORRTTAANNTT SSAAFFEETTYY PPRREECCAAUUTTIIOONNSS


2-3


2

SSEEAATTSS

OOS037073N

Front seats(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height(4) Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*(5) Seat warmer*/Air ventilation seat*(6) Headrest

Rear seats(7) Armrest*(8) Seatback folding(9) Headrest

* : if equipped

[A] : Front seat, [B] : Rear seat

2-4


Safety Precautions Adjusting the seats so that you are sit-ting in a safe, comfortable positionplays an important role in driver andpassenger safety together with theseat belts and air bags in an accident.

Air bags You can take steps to reduce the riskof being injured by an inflating airbag. Sitting too close to an air baggreatly increases the risk of injury inthe event the air bag inflates.The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) recommendsthat drivers allow at least 10 inches(25 cm) between the center of thesteering wheel and their chest.

Seat beltsAlways fasten your seat belt beforestarting any trip.At all times, passengers should situpright and be properly restrained.Infants and small children must berestrained in appropriate child restraintsystems. Adults and children whohave outgrown a booster seat must berestrained using the seat belts.Do not use a cushion that

reduces friction between the seatand the passenger. The passen-ger's hips may slide under thelap portion of the seat belt duringan accident or a sudden stop.Serious or fatal internal injuriescould result because the seatbelt cannot operate properly.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death from an inflatingair bag, take the following pre-cautions:• Adjust the driver's seat as far to

the rear as possible while main-taining the ability to maintainfull control of the vehicle.

• Adjust the front passenger seatas far to the rear as possible.

• Hold the steering wheel by therim with hands at the 9 o'clockand 3 o'clock positions to mini-mize the risk of injuries to yourhands and arms.

• NEVER place anything or any-one between the steering wheeland the air bag.

• Do not allow the front passen-ger to place feet or legs on thedashboard to minimize the riskof leg injuries.

WARNING

Take the following precautionswhen adjusting your seat belt:• NEVER use one seat belt for

more than one occupant.• Always position the seatback

upright with the lap portion ofthe seat belt snug and lowacross the hips.

• NEVER allow children or smallinfants to ride on a passen-ger's lap.

• Do not route the seat beltacross your neck, across sharpedges, or reroute the shoulderstrap away from your body.

• Do not allow the seat belt tobecome caught or jammed.

WARNING

2-5


2

Front Seats

Manual adjustment (if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted byusing the levers located on the out-side of the seat cushion. Before driv-ing, adjust the seat to the properposition so that you can easily con-trol the steering wheel, foot pedalsand controls on the instrumentpanel.

Take the following precautionswhen adjusting your seat:• NEVER attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-ing. The seat could respondwith unexpected movementand may cause loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an acci-dent.

• Do not place anything underthe front seats. Loose objectsin the driver's foot area couldinterfere with the operation ofthe foot pedals, causing anaccident.

• Do not allow anything to inter-fere with the normal positionand proper locking of the seat-back.

• Do not place a cigarette lighteron the floor or seat. When youoperate the seat, gas may exitout of the lighter causing a fire.

WARNING To prevent injury:

• Do not adjust your seat whilewearing your seat belt.Moving the seat cushion for-ward may cause strong pres-sure on your abdomen.

• Do not allow your hands orfingers to get caught in theseat mechanisms while theseat is moving.

CAUTION• Use extreme caution whenpicking up small objectstrapped under the seats orbetween the seat and the cen-ter console. Your hands mightbe cut or injured by the sharpedges of the seat mechanism.

• If there are occupants in therear seats, be careful whileadjusting the front seat posi-tion.

• Make sure that the seat islocked in place after theadjustment. If not, the seatmight move unexpectedlyresulting in an accident.

2-6


Forward and rearward adjustment

To move the seat forward or rearward:1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment

lever and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place. Moveforward and rearward without usingthe lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

Seatback angle

To recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat

and adjust the seatback to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seatback is locked in place.(The lever MUST return to its orig-inal position for the seatback tolock.)

Reclining seatbackSitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can be dan-gerous. Even when buckled up, theprotection of your restraint system(seat belts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seatback.

OOS037002 OOS037003NEVER ride with a reclinedseatback when the vehicle ismoving.Riding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seri-ous or fatal injuries in the eventof a collision or sudden stop.Drivers and passengers shouldALWAYS sit well back in theirseats, properly belted, and withthe seatbacks upright.

WARNING

2-7


2

Seat belts must be snug against yourhips and chest to work properly.When the seatback is reclined, theshoulder belt cannot do its jobbecause it will not be snug againstyour chest. Instead, it will be in frontof you. During an accident, you couldbe thrown into the seat belt, causingneck or other injuries.The more the seatback is reclined,the greater chance the passenger'ships will slide under the lap belt orthe passenger's neck will strike theshoulder belt.

Seat cushion height (for driver's seat)

To change the height of the seatcushion:• Push down on the lever several

times, to lower the seat cushion.• Pull up on the lever several times,

to raise the seat cushion.

Power adjustment (for driver's seat, if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted byusing the control switches located onthe outside of the seat cushion. Beforedriving, adjust the seat to the properposition so that you can easily controlthe steering wheel, foot pedals andcontrols on the instrument panel.

OOS037004

NEVER allow children in thevehicle unattended. The powerseats are operable when thevehicle is turned off.

WARNING

2-8


To prevent damage to the seats:• Always stop adjusting the seats

when the seat has moved as farforward or rearward as possible.

• Do not adjust the seats forlonger than necessary when thevehicle is turned off. This mayresult in unnecessary batterydrain.

• Do not operate two or moreseats at the same time.This mayresult in an electrical malfunc-tion.

Forward and rearward adjustment

To move the seat forward or rearward:1. Push the control switch forward or

rearward.2. Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

Seatback angle

To adjust the seatback:1. Rotate the top of control switch

forward or rearward.2. Release the switch once the seat-

back reaches the desired position.

NOTICE

OOS037005 OOS037006

2-9


2

Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can be dan-gerous. Even when buckled up, theprotection of your restraint system(seat belts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seatback.

Seat belts must be snug against yourhips and chest to work properly.When the seatback is reclined, theshoulder belt cannot do its jobbecause it will not be snug againstyour chest. Instead, it will be in frontof you. During an accident, you couldbe thrown into the seat belt, causingneck or other injuries.The more the seatback is reclined,the greater chance the passenger’ships will slide under the lap belt orthe passenger's neck will strike theshoulder belt.

Seat cushion tilt (1, if equipped)

To change the angle of the front partof the seat cushion:Push the front portion of the controlswitch up to raise or down to lowerthe front part of the seat cushion.Release the switch once the seatreaches the desired position.

Seat cushion height (2, if equipped)

To change the height of the seatcushion:Push the rear portion of the controlswitch up to raise or down to lowerthe height of the seat cushion.Release the switch once the seatreaches the desired position.

NEVER ride with a reclined seat-back when the vehicle is moving.Riding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of acollision or sudden stop.Driver and passengers shouldALWAYS sit well back in theirseats, properly belted, and withthe seatbacks upright.

WARNING

OOSEV038001

2-10


Lumbar support (if equipped)

To adjust the lumbar support:1. Press the front portion of the

switch (1) to increase support orthe rear portion of the switch (2) todecrease support.

2. Release the switch once it reach-es the desired position.

Seatback pocket (if equipped)

The seatback pocket is provided onthe back of the front seatbacks.

To prevent the OccupantClassification System from mal-functioning:Do not hang onto the front pas-senger's seatback.

WARNING

OOS037017

OOS037008

Do not put heavy or sharpobjects in the seatback pockets.In an accident they could comeloose from the pocket andinjure occupants.

CAUTION

2-11


2

Rear Seats Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback:1. Set the front seatback to the

upright position and if necessary,slide the front seat forward.

2. Lower the rear head restraints tothe lowest position by pushing andholding the release button (1) andpushing down on the headrestraint (2).

• Never allow passengers to siton top of the folded downseatback while the vehicle ismoving. This is not a properseating position and no seatbelts are available for use.This could result in seriousinjury or death in case of anaccident or sudden stop.

• Objects carried on the foldeddown seatback should notextend higher than the top ofthe front seatbacks. Thiscould allow cargo to slide for-ward and cause injury or dam-age during sudden stops.

WARNING

OOS037019N

2-12


3. Locate the seatbelt toward theoutboard position before foldingdown the seatback. If not, theseatbelt system may be interferedby the seatback.

4. Put out the belt from guide (1) andpull up the seatback folding lever(2), then fold the seat toward thefront of the vehicle.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfoldthe seatback to the upright posi-tion. Push the seatback firmly untilit clicks into place. Make sure theseatback is locked in place.Return the belt in the guide

OOS037021N

OOS037023N

OOS037020N OOS037022N

2-13


• Be careful when loading cargothrough the rear passengerseats to prevent damage to thevehicle interior.

• When cargo is loaded throughthe rear passenger seats,ensure the cargo is properlysecured to prevent it from mov-ing while driving.

• Unsecured cargo in the passen-ger compartment can causedamage to the vehicle or injuryto it's occupants.

Armrest (if equipped)

The armrest is located in the centerof the rear seat. Use the strap in thecenter of the armrest to pull it down.

NOTICE

2

Do not place objects in the rearseats, since they cannot beproperly secured and may hitvehicle occupants in a collisioncausing serious injury or death.

WARNING

Make sure the vehicle is off, theshift lever is in P (Park), and theparking brake is securely appliedwhenever loading or unloadingcargo. Failure to take these stepsmay allow the vehicle to move ifthe shift lever is inadvertentlymoved to another position.

WARNING

When returning the rear seat-back from a folded to an uprightposition, hold the seatback andreturn it slowly. Ensure that theseatback is completely lockedinto its upright position bypushing on the top of the seat-back. In an accident or suddenstop, the unlocked seatbackcould allow cargo to move for-ward with great force and enterthe passenger compartment,which could result in seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

OOS037024N

2-14


When there is no occupant inthe rear seats, adjust the heightof the headrest to the lowestposition. The rear seat headrestcan reduce the visibility of therear area.

CAUTION

Head RestraintsThe vehicle's front and rear seatshave adjustable head restraints. Thehead restraints provide comfort forpassengers, but more importantlythey are designed to help protectpassengers from whiplash and otherneck and spinal injuries during anaccident, especially in a rear impactcollision.

To prevent damage, NEVER hit orpull on the head restraints.

NOTICE

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death in an accident,take the following precautionswhen adjusting your headrestraints:• Always properly adjust the

head restraints for all passen-gers BEFORE starting thevehicle.

• NEVER let anyone ride in aseat with the head restraintsremoved or reversed.

•

Adjust the head restraints sothe middle of the headrestraint is at the same heightas the height of the top of theeyes.

• NEVER adjust the headrestraint position of the dri-ver's seat when the vehicle isin motion.

• Adjust the head restraint asclose to the passenger's headas possible. Do not use a seatcushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback.

• Make sure the head restraintlocks into position after adjust-ing it.

WARNING

OLF034072N

2-15


2

Front seat head restraints

The vehicle's front and passenger'sseats are equipped with adjustablehead restraints for the passengerssafety and comfort.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the head restraint:1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the head restraint:1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the head restraint support.2. Lower the head restraint to the

desired position (3).

If you recline the seatback towardsthe front with the head restraintand seat cushion raised, the headrestraint may come in contact withthe sunvisor or other parts of thevehicle.

NOTICEOOSEV038012L

OOS037061 OLF034015

2-16


Removal/Reinstallation

To remove the head restraint:1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward

using the seatback angle lever/switch (1).

2. Raise the head restraint as far as itcan go.

3. Press the head restraint releasebutton (3) while pulling the headrestraint up (4).

To reinstall the head restraint:1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into

the holes while pressing therelease button (1).

OOS037011

OOS037012

■ Type A

■ Type B

OOSEV038004

OOSEV038005

■ Type A

■ Type B

2-17


2

2. Adjust the head restraint to theappropriate height.

3. Adjust the seatback (4) forwardusing the seatback angle lever/switch (3).

Rear seat head restraints

The rear seats are equipped withhead restraints in all the seatingpositions for the passenger's safetyand comfort.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the head restraint:1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the head restraint:1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the head restraint support.2. Lower the head restraint to the

desired position (3).

OPDE036069

OOS037018N

• Adjust the headrests so themiddle of the head restraintsis at the same height as theheight of the top of the eyes.

• When seating on the rear seat,do not adjust the height of thehead restraints to the lowest.

CAUTION

2-18


Removal/Reinstallation

To remove the head restraint:1. Raise the head restraint as far as

it can go.2. Press the head restraint release

button (2) while pulling the headrestraint up (1).

To reinstall the head restraint:1. Put the head restraint poles into

the holes (3) while pressing therelease button (2).

2. Adjust the head restraint to theappropriate height.

Seat Warmers and AirVentilation SeatsFront seat warmers (if equipped)Seat warmers are provided to warmthe seats during cold weather.

To prevent damage to the seatwarmers and seats:• Never use a solvent such as

paint thinner, benzene, alcoholor gasoline to clean the seats.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers.

• Do not change the seat cover. Itmay damage the seat warmer.

NOTICE

OOS037018N

The seat warmers can cause aSERIOUS BURN, even at lowtemperatures and especially ifused for long periods of time.Passengers must be able to feelif the seat is becoming too warmso they can turn it off, if needed.People who cannot detect tem-perature change or pain to theskin should use extreme cau-tion, especially the followingtypes of passengers:• Infants, children, elderly or

disabled persons, or hospitaloutpatients.

• People with sensitive skin orwho burn easily.

• Fatigued individuals.• Intoxicated individuals.

• People taking medication thatcan cause drowsiness orsleepiness.

WARNING NEVER place anything on theseat that insulates against heatwhen the seat warmer is in oper-ation, such as a blanket or seatcushion. This may cause theseat warmer to overheat, caus-ing a burn or damage to the seat.

WARNING

2-19


2

[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B

While the engine is running, pusheither of the switches to warm thedriver's seat or front passenger'sseat.During mild weather or under condi-tions where the operation of the seatwarmer is not needed, keep theswitches in the OFF position.

• Each time you push the switch, thetemperature setting of the seat ischanged as follows :

• When pressing the switch for morethan 1.5 seconds with the seatwarmer operating, the seat warmerwill turn OFF.

• The seat warmer defaults to theOFF position each time the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position.

Information With the seat warmer switch in theON position, the heating system in theseat turns off or on automaticallydepending on the seat temperature.

Front air ventilation seat(if equipped)

The air ventilation seats are providedto cool the front seats by blowing airthrough small vent holes on the sur-face of the seat cushions and seat-backs.When the operation of the air ventila-tion seat is not needed, keep theswitches in the OFF position.While the engine is running, push theswitch to cool the driver's seat or thefront passenger's seat.

i

OOS037015

OFF HIGH ( )

LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )

→

→

→

→

OOS037016

2-20


• Each time you push the switch, theairflow changes as follows:

• When pressing the switch for morethan 1.5 seconds with the air venti-lation seat operating, the operationwill turn OFF.

• The air ventilation seats defaults tothe OFF position each time theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

To prevent damage to the air ven-tilation seat:• Use the air ventilation seat ONLY

when the climate control systemis on. Using the air ventilationseat for prolonged periods oftime with the climate control sys-tem off could cause the air venti-lation seat to malfunction.

• Never use a solvent such as paintthinner, benzene, alcohol or gaso-line to clean the seats.

• Avoid spilling liquids on the sur-face of the front seats and seat-backs; this may cause the air ventholes to become blocked and notwork properly.

• Do not place materials such asplastic bags or newspapers underthe seats. They may block the airintake causing the air vents to notwork properly.

• Do not change the seat covers. Itmay damage the air ventilationseat.

• If the air vents do not operate,restart the vehicle. If there is nochange, have the vehicle inspect-ed by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

NOTICE

OFF HIGH ( )

LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )

→

→

→

→

2-21


2

This section describes how to use theseat belts properly. It also describessome of the things to avoid whenusing seat belts.

Seat Belt Safety PrecautionsAlways fasten your seat belt andmake sure all passengers have fas-tened their seat belts before startingany trip. Air bags are designed tosupplement the seat belt as an addi-tional safety device, but they are not asubstitute. Most states require alloccupants of a vehicle to wear seatbelts.

SSEEAATT BBEELLTTSS

Seat belts must be used by ALLpassengers whenever the vehi-cle is moving.Take the followingprecautions when adjusting andwearing seat belts:• ALWAYS properly restrain

children under age 13 in therear seats.

WARNING

• NEVER allow children to ridein the front passenger seat. Ifa child age 13 or older must beseated in the front seat, movethe seat as far back as possi-ble and properly restrain themin the seat.

• NEVER allow an infant or childto be carried on an occupant’slap.

• NEVER ride with the seatbackreclined when the vehicle ismoving.

• Do not allow children to sharea seat or seat belt.

• Do not wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback.

• Always wear both the shoul-der portion and lap portion ofthe lap/shoulder belt.

• Do not use the seat belt if it istwisted. A twisted seat beltwill not protect you properlyin an accident.

• Do not use a seat belt if thewebbing or hardware is dam-aged.

• Do not latch the seat belt intothe buckles of other seats.

• NEVER unfasten the seat beltwhile driving. This may causeloss of vehicle control result-ing in an accident.

• Make sure there is nothing inthe buckle interfering with theseat belt latch mechanism.This may prevent the seat beltfrom fastening securely.

• No modifications or additionsshould be made by the userwhich will either prevent theseat belt adjusting devicesfrom operating to removeslack, or prevent the seat beltassembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

2-22


Seat Belt Warning LightSeat belt warning light (for driver's seat)

As a reminder to the driver, the seatbelt warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each timeyou place the ignition switch to theON position regardless of belt fas-tening. However, if the seat belt isunfasted, a warning chime will soundfor approximately 6 seconds.

If you continue not to fasten the seatbelt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stayilluminated.If you continue not to fasten the seatbelt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chimewill sound for approximately 100 sec-onds and the corresponding warninglight will blink.

If you unfasten the seat belt whiledriving under 12 mph (20 km/h), theseat belt warning light will illuminateuntil the seat belt is fastened.If you unfasten the seat belt whiledriving over 12 mph (20 km/h), theseat belt warning chime will sound forapproximately 100 seconds and thecorresponding warning light will blink.

Damaged seat belts and seatbelt assemblies will not operateproperly. Always replace:• Frayed, contaminated, or dam-

aged webbing• Damaged hardware• The entire seat belt assembly

after it has been worn in anaccident, even if damage towebbing or assembly is notapparent

WARNING

OLMB033022

2-23


2

Seat belt warning light (for front passenger's seat)

As a reminder to the front passenger,the front passenger's seat belt warn-ing lights will illuminate for approxi-mately 6 seconds each time youplace the ignition switch to the ONposition regardless of belt fastening.If you continue not to fasten the seatbelt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stayilluminated.If you continue not to fasten the seatbelt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chimewill sound for approximately 100 sec-onds and the corresponding warninglight will blink.If you unfasten the seat belt whiledriving under 12 mph (20 km/h) theseat belt warning light will illuminateuntil the seat belt is fastened.

If you unfasten the seat belt whiledriving over 12 mph (20 km/h), theseat belt warning chime will sound forapproximately 100 seconds and thecorresponding warning light will blink.

The front passenger's seat beltwarning light may not properlyoperate if the front passengerdoes not sit properly in the seat.

WARNING

OOS037080N

■ For USA

OOS037080C

■ For Canada

2-24


Seat Belt Restraint System Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point sys-tem with emergency lockingretractor

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the metal tab (1) into thebuckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into thebuckle.

OLMB033087

• Position one arm under theshoulder belt and the other overthe belt, as shown in the illus-tration.

• Always position the shoulderbelt anchor into the lockedposition at the appropriateheight.

• Never position the shoulderbelt across your neck or face.

OLMB033025

Improperly positioned seat beltsmay increase the risk of seriousinjury in an accident.Take the fol-lowing precautions when adjust-ing the seat belt:• Position the lap portion of the

seat belt as low as possibleacross your hips, not on yourwaist, so that it fits snugly.

WARNING

2-25


2

You should place the lap belt (1) por-tion across your hips and the shoul-der belt (2) portion across yourchest.The seat belt automatically adjusts tothe proper length after the lap beltportion is adjusted manually so that itfits snugly around your hips. If youlean forward in a slow, easy motion,the belt will extend and move withyou.If there is a sudden stop or impact,the belt will lock into position. It willalso lock if you try to lean forward tooquickly.

If you are not able to smoothly pullenough of the seat belt out fromthe retractor, firmly pull the seatbelt out and release it. Afterrelease, you will be able to pull thebelt out smoothly.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of theshoulder belt anchor to one of thethree different positions for maximumcomfort and safety.The shoulder portion should beadjusted so it lies across your chestand midway over your shoulder near-est the door, not over your neck.

To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the heightadjuster into an appropriate position.To raise the height adjuster, pull it up(1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilepressing the height adjuster button(2).Release the button to lock theanchor into position. Try sliding theheight adjuster to make sure that ithas locked into position.

NOTICE

OOS037060ODH033053

2-26


To release your seat belt:

Press the release button (1) in thelocking buckle.When it is released, the belt shouldautomatically draw back into theretractor. If this does not happen,check the belt to be sure it is nottwisted, then try again.

Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3-point system with convertiblelocking retractorThis type of seat belt combines thefeatures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automaticlocking retractor seat belt. Convertibleretractor type seat belts are installed inthe rear seat positions to help accom-modate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a convert-ible retractor is also installed in thefront passenger seat position, NEVERplace any infant/child restraint systemin the front seat of the vehicle.

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the metal tab into the buck-le. There will be an audible "click"when the tab locks into the buckle.When not securing a child restraint,the seat belt operates in the same wayas the driver's seat belt (EmergencyLocking Retractor Type). It automati-cally adjusts to the proper length onlyafter the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly across your hips.When the seat belt is fully extendedfrom the retractor to allow the installa-tion of a child restraint system, theseat belt operation changes to allowthe belt to retract, but not to extend(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).Refer to the "Using a Child RestraintSystem" section in this chapter.

OHI038142

2-27


2

Although the seat belt retractorprovides the same level of protec-tion for seated passengers ineither emergency or automaticlocking modes, the emergencylocking mode allows seated pas-sengers to move freely in theirseat while keeping some tensionon the belt. During a collision orsudden stop, the retractor auto-matically locks the belt to helprestrain your body.To deactivate the automatic lock-ing mode, unbuckle the seat beltand allow the belt to fully retract.

To release your seat belt:

Press the release button (1) in thelocking buckle.When it is released, the belt shouldautomatically draw back into theretractor. If this does not happen,check the belt to be sure it is nottwisted, then try again.

Rear center seat belt

When using the rear center seat belt,the buckle with the "CENTER" markmust be used.

NOTICE

ODH033057

OOSEV038031L

Make sure that the seatback islocked in place when using therear center seat belt.If not, the seatback may movewhen there is a sudden stop orcollision, which could result inserious injury.

WARNING

2-28


Pre-tensioner seat belt (Driver and front passenger)

Your vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's Pre-tensionerSeat Belts (Retractor Pretensionerand Emergency Fastening DeviceSystem). The purpose of the pre-ten-sioner is to make sure the seat beltsfit tightly against the occupant's bodyin certain frontal or side collision(s).The Emergency Fastening DeviceSystem may be activated in certaincrashes where the frontal collision(s)is severe enough, together with the airbags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, orif the occupant tries to lean forwardtoo quickly, the seat belt retractor willlock into position. In certain frontal orside collision(s), the pre-tensionerwill activate and pull the seat belt intotighter contact against the occu-pant's body.

(1) Retractor Pretensioner The purpose of the retractor pre-tensioner is to make sure that theshoulder belts fit in tightly againstthe occupant's upper body in cer-tain frontal or side collision(s).

(2) Emergency Fastening DeviceSystemThe purpose of the EmergencyFastening Device System is tomake sure that the pelvis belts fitin tightly against the occupant’slower body in certain frontal colli-sion(s).

If the system senses excessive ten-sion on the driver or passenger'sseat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-tem activates, the load limiter insidethe retractor pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt.

• Always wear your seat belt andsit properly in your seat.

• Do not use the seat belt if it isloose or twisted. A loose ortwisted seat belt will not pro-tect you properly in an acci-dent.

• Do not place anything near thebuckle. This may adverselyaffect the buckle and cause itto function improperly.

• Always replace your pre-ten-sioners after activation or anaccident.

• NEVER inspect, service, repairor replace the pre-tensionersyourself. This must be done byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not hit the seat belt assem-blies.

WARNING

OTL035053

2-29


2

The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt Systemconsists mainly of the following com-ponents. Their locations are shown inthe illustration above:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner3. SRS control module4. Emergency Fastening Device

System

The sensor that activates the SRSair bag is connected with thepre–tensioner seat belts. The SRSair bag warning light on the instru-ment panel will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds after theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion, and then it should turn off.If the pre-tensioner is not workingproperly, the warning light will illu-minate even if the SRS air bag isnot malfunctioning. If the warninglight does not illuminate, staysilluminated or illuminates whenthe vehicle is being driven, havean authorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the pre-tensioner seatbelts and SRS air bags as soon aspossible.

NOTICE

Do not touch the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies for severalminutes after they have beenactivated. When the pre-ten-sioner seat belt mechanismdeploys during a collision, thepre-tensioners become hot andcan burn you.

WARNING

OLMB033040/Q

2-30


• Both the driver's and front pas-senger's pre-tensioner seatbelts may be activated in certainfrontal or side collisions orrollovers.

• When the pre-tensioner seatbelts are activated, a loud noisemay be heard and fine dust,which may appear to be smoke,may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normaloperating conditions and are nothazardous.

• Although it is non-toxic, the finedust may cause skin irritationand should not be inhaled forprolonged periods. Wash allexposed skin areas thoroughlyafter an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts wereactivated.

Additional Seat Belt SafetyPrecautionsSeat belt use during pregnancy The seat belt should always be usedduring pregnancy. The best way toprotect your unborn child is to protectyourself by always wearing the seatbelt.Pregnant women should always weara lap-shoulder seat belt. Place theshoulder belt across your chest, rout-ed between your breasts and awayfrom your neck. Place the lap belt lineso that it fits snugly and as low as pos-sible across the hips, not across theabdomen.

NOTICE

• Fasten your seat belt whilesitting properly in an uprightposition to maximize theeffectiveness of the pre-ten-sioner seat belt system.

• A pre-tensioner seat belt sys-tem is designed to activateonly once. Replace the pre-tensioner seat belt system, if itwas activated in an accident.

WARNING

2-31


2

Seat belt use and children Infant and small children

All 50 states have child restraint lawswhich require children to travel inapproved child restraint devices,including booster seats. The age atwhich seat belts can be used insteadof child restraints differs amongstates, so you should be aware of thespecific requirements in your state,and where you are travelling. Infantand child restraints must be properlyplaced and installed in a rear seat.For more information refer to the"Child Restraint Systems" section inthis chapter.

• A pregnant woman or apatient is more vulnerable toany imapcts on the abdomenduring an abrupt stop or acci-dent. If you are in an accidentwhile pregnant, we recom-mend you consult your doc-tor.

• To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death to an unbornchild during an accident,pregnant women shouldNEVER place the lap portionof the seat belt above or overthe area of the abdomenwhere the unborn child islocated.

WARNING

ALWAYS properly restrain infantsand small children in a childrestraint appropriate for thechild's height and weight.To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death to a child andother passengers, NEVER hold achild in your lap or arms whenthe vehicle is moving.The violentforces created during an acci-dent will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe interior of the vehicle.

WARNING

2-32


Small children are best protectedfrom injury in an accident when prop-erly restrained in the rear seat by achild restraint system that meets therequirements of the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards. Beforebuying any child restraint system,make sure that it has a label certify-ing that it meets Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213.The restraint must be appropriate foryour child’s height and weight. Checkthe label on the child restraint for thisinformation. Refer to the "ChildRestraint Systems" section in thischapter.

Larger children

Children under age 13 and who aretoo large for a booster seat mustalways occupy the rear seat and usethe available lap/shoulder belts. Aseat belt should lie across the upperthighs and be snug across the shoul-der and chest to restrain the childsafely. Check belt fit periodically.Children are afforded the most safe-ty in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a properrestraint system and/or seat belts inthe rear seat. Always have theLATCH system inspected by yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer after anaccident. An accident can damagethe LATCH system and may notproperly secure the child restraint.If a larger child over age 13 must beseated in the front seat, the childmust be securely restrained by theavailable lap/shoulder belt and theseat should be placed in the rear-most position.

If the shoulder belt portion slightlytouches the child's neck or face, tryplacing the child closer to the centerof the vehicle. If the shoulder belt stilltouches their face or neck they needto be returned to an appropriatebooster seat in the rear seat.

Transporting an injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.Consult a physician for specific rec-ommendations.

• Always make sure childrenare wearing their seat beltsand that they are properlyadjusted before driving.

• NEVER allow the shoulderbelt to contact the child’sneck or face.

• Do not allow more than onechild to use a single seat belt.

WARNING

2-33


2

One person per belt Two people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie down Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can be dan-gerous. Even when buckled up, theprotections of your restraint system(seat belts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seatback.To reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achievethe maximum effectiveness of therestraint system, all passengersshould be sitting up and the front andrear seats should be in an uprightposition when the car is moving.A seat belt cannot provide properprotection if the person is lying downin the rear seat or if the front or rearseats are in a reclined position.

Care of Seat Belts Seat belt systems should never bedisassembled or modified. In addi-tion, care should be taken to assurethat seat belts and belt hardware arenot damaged by seat hinges, doorsor other abuse.

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspectedperiodically for wear or damage ofany kind. Any damaged parts shouldbe replaced as soon as possible byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean anddry. If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solu-tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,strong detergents or abrasivesshould not be used because theymay damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts The entire seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an acci-dent. This should be done even if nodamage is visible. Additional ques-tions concerning seat belt operationshould be directed to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• NEVER ride with a reclinedseatback when the vehicle ismoving.

• Riding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seri-ous or fatal injuries in the eventof a collision or sudden stop.

• Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in theirseats, properly belted, and withthe seatbacks upright.

WARNING

2-34


Children Always in the Rear Children under age 13 must alwaysride in the rear seats and mustalways be properly restrained to min-imize the risk of injury in an accident,sudden stop or sudden maneuver.According to accident statistics, chil-dren are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than inthe front seat. Even with air bags,children can be seriously injuredor killed. Children too large for achild restraint must use the seat beltsprovided.All 50 states have child restraint lawswhich require children to travel inapproved child restraint devices. Thelaws governing the age or height/weight restrictions at which seatbelts can be used instead of childrestraints differs among states, soyou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your state, andwhere you are travelling.

Child restraint systems must be prop-erly placed and installed in the rearseat. You must use a commerciallyavailable child restraint system thatmeets the requirements of the FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards(FMVSS 213).Child restraint systems are generallydesigned to be secured in a vehicleseat by lap belt portion of alap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys-tem in the rear seats of the vehicle.

CCHHIILLDD RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM ((CCRRSS))

Always properly restrain chil-dren in the rear seats of thevehicle.Children of all ages are saferwhen restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front pas-senger seat can be forcefullystruck by an inflating air bagresulting in SERIOUS INJURYor DEATH.

WARNING

2-35


2

Child restraint system (CRS) Infants and younger children must berestrained in an appropriate rear-fac-ing or forward-facing CRS that hasfirst been properly secured to therear seat of the vehicle. Read andcomply with the instructions forinstallation and use provided by themanufacturer of the child restraint.

Selecting a Child RestraintSystem (CRS) When selecting a CRS for your child,always:• Make sure the CRS has a label

certifying that it meets applicableFederal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS 213).

• Select a child restraint based onyour child's height and weight. Therequired label or the instructionsfor use typically provide this infor-mation.

• Select a child restraint that fits thevehicle seating position where itwill be used.

• Read and comply with the warn-ings and instructions for installationand use provided with the childrestraint system.

• Always properly restrain yourchild in the child restraint.

• If the vehicle head restraintprevents proper installation ofa child seat (as described inthe child restraint systemmanual), the head restraint ofthe respective seating posi-tion shall be readjusted orentirely removed.

• Do not use an infant carrier ora child safety seat that"hooks" over a seatback, itmay not provide adequateprotection in an accident.

• After an accident, have aHYUNDAI dealer check thechild restraint system, seatbelts, tether anchors andlower anchors.

An improperly secured childrestraint can increase the riskof SERIOUS INJURY or DEATHin an accident. Always take thefollowing precautions whenusing a child restraint system:• NEVER install a child or infant

restraint in the front passen-ger's seat.

• Always properly secure thechild restraint to a rear seat ofthe vehicle.

• Always follow the childrestraint system manufactur-er's instructions for installa-tion and use.

WARNING

2-36


Child restraint system types There are three main types of childrestraint systems: rear-facing seats,forward-facing seats, and boosterseats. They are classified accordingto the child's age, height and weight.

Rear-facing child seats

A rear-facing child seat providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the child. The har-ness system holds the child in place,and in an accident, acts to keep thechild positioned in the seat andreduce the stress to the neck andspinal cord.All children under age one mustalways ride in a rear-facing infant childrestraint.Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typ-ically have higher height and weightlimits for the rear-facing position,allowing you to keep your child rear-facing for a longer period of time.

Continue to use a rear-facing childseat for as long as your child will fitwithin the height and weight limitsallowed by the child seat manufactur-er. It's the best way to keep themsafe. Once your child has outgrownthe rear-facing child restraint, yourchild is ready for a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness.

OOS037028NNEVER install a child or infantrestraint in the front passen-ger's seat.Placing a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat canresult in SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH if the child restraint isstruck by an inflating air bag.

WARNING

2-37


2

Forward-facing child restraints

A forward-facing child seat providesrestraint for the child's body with aharness. Keep children in a forward-facing child seat with a harness untilthey reach the top height or weightlimit allowed by your child restraint’smanufacturer.Once your child outgrows the forward-facing child restraint, your child isready for a booster seat.

Booster seats

A booster seat is a restraint designedto improve the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system. A booster seat positionsthe seat belt so that it fits properlyover the lap of your child.Keep your child in a booster seat untilthey are big enough to sit in the seatwithout a booster and still have theseat belt fit properly. For a seat belt tofit properly, the lap belt must lie snug-ly across the upper thighs, not thestomach. The shoulder belt should liesnug across the shoulder and chestand not across the neck or face.Children under age 13 must alwaysride in the rear seats and must alwaysbe properly restrained to minimize therisk of injury.

Installing a Child RestraintSystem (CRS)

Before installing your childrestraint system always:• Read and follow the instruc-

tions provided by the manu-facturer of the child restraint.

• Read and follow the instruc-tions regarding child restraintsystems in this manual.

Failure to follow all warningsand instructions could increasethe risk of the SERIOUS INJURYor DEATH if an accident occurs.

WARNING

If the vehicle headrest preventsproper installation of a childseat (as described in the childseat system manual, the head-rest of the respective seatingposition shall be readjusted orentirely removed.

WARNING

OOS037029N

2-38


After selecting a proper child seat foryour child, check to make sure it fitsproperly in your vehicle. Follow theinstructions provided by the manu-facturer when installing the childseat. Note these general steps wheninstalling the seat to your vehicle:• Properly secure the child

restraint to the vehicle. All childrestraints must be secured to thevehicle with the lap part of alap/shoulder belt or with theLATCH system. If using thelap/shoulder belt for your childrestraint, the convertible lockingretractor should be pulled all theway out to engage the "automaticlocking" mode. (See page 2-42.)

• Make sure the child restraint isfirmly secured. After installing achild restraint to the vehicle, pushand pull the seat forward-and-backand side-to-side to verify that it issecurely attached to the seat. Achild restraint secured with a seatbelt should be installed as firmly aspossible. However, some side-to-side movement can be expected.

• Secure the child in the childrestraint. Make sure the child isproperly strapped in the childrestraint according to the manufac-turer instructions.

Lower Anchors and Tether forChildren (LATCH System)The LATCH system holds a childrestraint during driving and in an acci-dent. This system is designed tomake installation of the child restrainteasier and reduce the possibility ofimproperly installing your childrestraint. The LATCH system usesanchors in the vehicle and attach-ments on the child restraint. TheLATCH system eliminates the needto use seat belts to secure the childrestraint to the rear seats.Lower anchors are metal bars builtinto the vehicle. There are two loweranchors for each LATCH seatingposition that will accommodate achild restraint with lower attachments.To use the LATCH system in yourvehicle, you must have a childrestraint with LATCH attachments.The child seat manufacturer will pro-vide you with instructions on how touse the child seat with its attachmentsfor the LATCH lower anchors.

A child restraint in a closedvehicle can become very hot.Toprevent burns, check the seat-ing surface and buckles beforeplacing your child in the childrestraint.

CAUTION

2-39


2

LATCH anchors have been providedin the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There are noLATCH anchors provided for the cen-ter rear seating position.

[A] : ISOFIX Anchorage Position Indicator,

[B] : ISOFIX Anchorage

The lower anchor position indicatorsymbols are located on the left andright rear seat backs to identify theposition of the lower anchors in yourvehicle (see arrows in illustration).The LATCH anchors are locatedbetween the seatback and the seatcushion of the rear seat left and rightoutboard seating positions.

Do not attempt to install a childrestraint system using LATCHanchors in the rear center seat-ing position.There are no LATCHanchors provided for this seat.Using the outboard seat anchorscan damage the anchors whichmay break or fail in a collisionresulting in serious injury ordeath.

WARNING

OOSEV038012 OOS037033L

2-40


Securing a child restraint withthe LATCH anchors systemTo install a LATCH-compatible childrestraint in either of the rear outboardseating positions:1. Move the seat belt buckle away from

the lower anchors.2. Move any other objects away from

the anchors that could prevent asecure connection between the childrestraint and the lower anchors.

3. Place the child restraint on the vehi-cle seat, then attach the seat to thelower anchors according to theinstructions provided by the childrestraint manufacturer.

4. Follow the child restraint instructionsfor properly adjusting and tighteningthe lower attachments on the childrestraint to the lower anchors.

The recommended weight for theLATCH system is under 65 lb (30kg).How to determine an appropriatechild restraint weight:Child weight + Child restraintweight < 65 lb (30kg)

NOTICE

Take the following precautionswhen using the LATCH system:• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided withyour child restraint system.

• To prevent the child fromreaching and taking hold ofunretracted seat belts, buckleall unused rear seat belts andretract the seat belt webbingbehind the child. Children canbe strangled if a shoulder beltbecomes wrapped aroundtheir neck and the seat belttightens.

• NEVER attach more than onechild restraint to a singleanchor. This could cause theanchor or attachment to comeloose or break.

• Always have the LATCH sys-tem inspected by your author-ized HYUNDAI dealer after anaccident. An accident candamage the LATCH systemand may not properly securethe child restraint.

WARNING

2-41


2

Securing a child restraint seatwith "Tether Anchor" system

First secure the child restraint withthe LATCH lower anchors or the seatbelt. If the child restraint manufactur-er recommends that the top tetherstrap be attached, attach and tightenthe top tether strap to the top tetherstrap anchor.Child restraint hook holders arelocated on the rear of the seatbacks.

To install the tether anchor:1. Route the child restraint tether strap

over the child restraint seatback.Route the tether strap under thehead restraint and between thehead restraint posts, or route thetether strap over the top of the vehi-cle seatback. Make sure the strap isnot twisted.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to thetether anchor, then tighten the teth-er strap according to the child seatmanufacturer’s instructions to firmlysecure the child restraint to the seat.

3. Check that the child restraint issecurely attached to the seat bypushing and pulling the seat for-ward-and-back and side-to-side.

Take the following precautionswhen installing the tether strap:• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided withyour child restraint system.

• NEVER attach more than onechild restraint to a single teth-er anchor. This could causethe anchor or attachment tocome loose or break.

• Do not attach the tether strapto anything other than the cor-rect tether anchor. It may notwork properly if attached tosomething else.

• Do not use the tether anchorsfor adult seat belts or harness-es, or for attaching other itemsor equipment to the vehicle.

WARNING

OOS037032N

OOS037031N

2-42


Securing a child restraint withlap/shoulder beltWhen not using the LATCH system,all child restraints must be secured toa vehicle rear seat with the lap partof a lap/shoulder belt.

Automatic locking mode

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions andonly lock under extreme or emer-gency conditions (emergency lockingmode), you must manually pull theseat belt all the way out to shift theretractor to the "Automatic Locking"mode to secure a child restraint.The "Automatic Locking" mode willhelp prevent the normal movementof the child in the vehicle from caus-ing the seat belt to loosen and com-promise the child restraint system. Tosecure a child restraint system, usethe following procedure.

To install a child restraint system onthe rear seats, do the following:1. Place the child restraint system on

a rear seat and route the lap/shoul-der belt around or through the childrestraint, following the restraintmanufacturer's instructions.Be sure the seat belt webbing isnot twisted.Make sure to insert the belt intothe guide(1).

When using the rear center seatbelt, you should also refer to the"Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3-point system" section in thischapter.

NOTICE

ALWAYS place a rear-facingchild restraint in the rear seat ofthe vehicle.Placing a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat canresult in serious injury or deathif the child restraint is struck byan inflating air bag.

WARNING

OLMB033044

2-43


2

2. Make sure to insert the belt intothe guide (1) and check that theseat belt is not twisted.

3. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latchinto the buckle. Listen for the dis-tinct "click" sound.

InformationPosition the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

4. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out.When the shoul-der portion of the seat belt is fullyextended, it will shift the retractor tothe "Automatic Locking" (childrestraint) mode.

i

OLMB033045OOS037030N OLMB033097

2-44


5. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen foran audible "clicking" or "ratcheting"sound. This indicates that theretractor is in the "AutomaticLocking" mode. If no distinct soundis heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

6. Remove as much slack from thebelt as possible by pushing downon the child restraint system whilefeeding the shoulder belt back intothe retractor.

7. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seatbelt is holding it firmly in place. If itis not, release the seat belt andrepeat steps 2 through 6.

8. Double check that the retractor isin the "Automatic Locking" modeby attempting to pull more of theseat belt out of the retractor. If youcannot, the retractor is in the"Automatic Locking" mode.

If your CRS manufacturer instructs orrecommends you to use a tetheranchor with the lap/shoulder belt,refer to the previous pages for moreinformation.

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position,the retractor will automaticallyswitch from the "AutomaticLocking" mode to the emergencylock mode for normal adult usage.

To remove the child restraint, pressthe release button on the buckle andthen pull the lap/shoulder belt out ofthe restraint and allow the seat beltto retract fully.

NOTICE

If the retractor is not in the"Automatic Locking" mode, thechild restraint can move whenyour vehicle turns or stops sud-denly. A child can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredin the car, including manuallypulling the seat belt all the wayout to shift the rectractor to the"Automatic Locking" mode.

WARNING

OLMB033098

2-45


2

AAIIRR BBAAGG -- AADDVVAANNCCEEDD SSUUPPPPLLEEMMEENNTTAALL RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

OOS037034N

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Driver's front air bag

2. Passenger's front air bag

3. Side air bag

4. Curtain air bag

2-46


This vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Air BagSystem for the driver's seat and frontpassenger's seats.The front air bags are designed tosupplement the three-point seatbelts. For these air bags to provideprotection, the seat belts must beworn at all times when driving.You can be severely injured or killedin an accident if you are not wearinga seat belt. Air bags are designed tosupplement seat belts, but do notreplace them. Also, air bags are notdesigned to deploy in every collision.In some accidents, the seat belts arethe only restraint protecting you.

AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed ina collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat beltwhen the air bag inflates.NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the frontpassenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infantor child causing serious or fatal injuries.ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is thesafest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or oldermust be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly beltedand the seat should be moved as far back as possible.All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright posi-tion, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parkedand is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident,the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupantcausing serious or fatal injuries.You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while stillmaintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow atleast 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel andthe chest.

WARNING

2-47


2

Where Are the Air Bags? Driver's and passenger's frontair bags Your vehicle is equipped with aAdvanced Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) and lap/shoulder beltsat both the driver and passengerseating positions.The SRS consists of air bags whichare located in the center of the steer-ing wheel, in the driver's side lowercrash pad below the steering wheelcolumn and the passenger's sidefront panel pad above the glove box.The air bags are labeled with the let-ters "AIR BAG" embossed on thepad covers.

The purpose of the SRS is to providethe vehicle's driver and front passen-gers with additional protection thanthat offered by the seat belt systemalone.

The advanced SRS offers the abilityto control the air bag inflation withintwo levels. A first stage level is pro-vided for moderate-severity impacts.A second stage level is provided formore severe impacts.According to the impact severity, theSRS Control Module (SRSCM) con-trols the air bag inflation. Failure toproperly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

OOS037039

OOS037035

■ Passenger’s front air bag

■ Driver’s front air bag

2-48


Side air bags

Your vehicle is equipped with a sideair bag in each front seat. The pur-pose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and the front passen-ger with additional protection thanthat offered by the seat belt alone.

The side air bags are designed todeploy during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crashseverity.The side and curtain air bags onboth sides of the vehicle may deployif a rollover or possible rollover isdetected.The side air bags are not designed todeploy in all side impact or rolloversituations.

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death from an inflatingfront air bags, take the followingprecautions:• Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupantspositioned properly.

• Move your seat as far back aspossible from front air bags,while still maintaining controlof the vehicle.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console.

• Do not allow the front passen-ger to place their feet or legson the dashboard.

• No objects (such as crash padcover, cellular phone holder,cup holder, perfume or stickers)should be placed over or nearthe air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrumentpanel, windshield glass, and thefront passenger's panel abovethe glove box. Such objectscould cause harm if the vehicleis in a crash severe enough tocause the air bags to deploy.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death from an inflatingside air bag, take the followingprecautions:• Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupantspositioned properly.

WARNING OOS037040

OOS037041

2-49


2

Curtain air bags

Curtain air bags are located alongboth sides of the roof rails above thefront and rear doors.

• Do not allow passengers tolean their heads or bodiesonto doors, put their arms onthe doors, stretch their armsout of the window, or placeobjects between the doorsand seats.

• Hold the steering wheel at the9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-tions, to minimize the risk ofinjuries to your hands andarms.

• Do not use any accessoryseat covers.This could reduceor prevent the effectivenessof the system.

• Do not place any objects overthe air bag or between the airbag and yourself. Also, do notattach any objects around thearea the air bag inflates suchas the door, side door glass,front and rear pillar.

• Do not place any objectsbetween the door and theseat. They may become dan-gerous projectiles if the sideair bag inflates.

• Do not install any accessorieson the side or near the side airbags.

• Do not put any objectsbetween the side airbag labeland seat cushion. It couldcause harm if the vehicle is ina crash severe enough tocause the air bags to deploy.

• Do not cause impact to thedoors when the ignitionswitch button is in the ONposition as this may cause theside air bags to inflate.

• If the seat or seat cover isdamaged, have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OOS037042

OOS037043

2-50


They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupantsand the rear outboard seat occupantsin certain side impact collisions.The curtain air bags are designed todeploy during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crashseverity.The side and curtain air bags onboth sides of the vehicle may deployif a rollover or possible rollover isdetected.The curtain air bags are not designedto deploy in all side impact or rolloversituations.

How Does the Air Bag SystemOperate?

The SRS consists of the followingcomponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side air bag modules4. Curtain air bag modules5. Retractor pre-tensioner6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/

Rollover sensor8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors (acceleration)

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death from an inflatingcurtain air bag, take the follow-ing precautions:• All seat occupants must wear

seat belts at all times to helpkeep occupants positionedproperly.

• Properly secure childrestraints as far away from thedoor as possible.

• Do not place any objects overthe air bag. Also, do not attachany objects around the areathe air bag inflates such as thedoor, side door glass, frontand rear pillar, roof side rail.

• Do not hang other objectsexcept clothes, especiallyhard or breakable objects. Inan accident, it may causevehicle damage or personalinjury.

• Do not allow passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and seats.

• Do not open or repair the sidecurtain air bags.

WARNING

OOS037063N

2-51


2

10. Side impact sensors (pressure)11. Seat belt buckle sensor12. Emergency Fastening Device

System13. Occupant classification system

The SRSCM (Supplemental RestraintSystem Control Module) continuallymonitors all SRS components whilethe ignition switch is in the ON positionto determine if a crash impact issevere enough to require air bagdeployment or pre-tensioner seat beltdeployment.

SRS warning light

The SRS (Supplement RestraintSystem) air bag warning light on theinstrument panel displays the air bagsymbol depicted in the illustration.The system checks the air bag elec-trical system for malfunctions. Thelight indicates that there is a potentialmalfunction with your air bag system,which could include your side andcurtain air bags used for rollover pro-tection.

If your SRS malfunctions, the airbag may not inflate properly dur-ing an accident increasing therisk of serious injury or death.If any of the following condi-tions occur, your SRS is mal-functioning:• The light does not turn on for

approximately six secondswhen the Engine Start/Stopbutton is in the ON position.

• The light stays on after illumi-nating for approximately sixseconds.

• The light comes on while thevehicle is in motion.

• The light blinks when theengine is running.

Have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer inspect the SRS as soonas possible if any of these con-ditions occur.

WARNING

2-52


During a frontal collision, sensors willdetect the vehicle's deceleration. Ifthe rate of deceleration is highenough, the control unit will inflatethe front air bags.The front air bags help protect thedriver and front passenger byresponding to frontal impacts inwhich seat belts alone cannot pro-vide adequate restraint. When need-ed, the side air bags help provideprotection in the event of a sideimpact or rollover.• Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when theEngine Start/Stop button is in theON position.

• Air bags inflate in the event of cer-tain frontal or side collisions to helpprotect the occupants from seriousphysical injury.

• Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of acollision, its direction, etc. Thesetwo factors determine whether thesensors produce an electronicdeployment/inflation signal.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant. It isvirtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an acci-dent. It is much more likely that youwill simply see the deflated air bagshanging out of their storage com-partments after the collision.

• In addition to inflating in certainside collisions, vehicles equippedwith a rollover sensor, side andcurtain air bags will inflate if thesensing system detects a rollover.When a rollover is detected, sideand curtain air bags will remaininflated longer to help provide pro-tection from ejection, especiallywhen used in conjunction with theseat belts.

• To help provide protection, the airbags must inflate rapidly.The speedof air bag inflation is a consequenceof extremely short time in which toinflate the air bag between theoccupant and the vehicle structuresbefore the occupant impacts thosestructures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries and is thus anecessary part of air bag design.However, the rapid air bag inflationcan also cause injuries which caninclude facial abrasions, bruisesand broken bones because theinflation speed also causes the airbags to expand with a great deal offorce.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the airbag can cause fatal injuries, espe-cially if the occupant is positionedexcessively close to the air bag.

2-53


2

You can take steps to help reducethe risk of being injured by an inflat-ing air bag. The greatest risk is sittingtoo close to the air bag. An air bagneeds about 10 inches (25 cm) ofspace to inflate. NHTSA recom-mends that drivers allow at least 10inches (25 cm) between the center ofthe steering wheel and the chest.

When the SRSCM detects a suffi-ciently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automaticallydeploy the front air bags.

OTLA035107

■ Driver's front air bag (1)

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death from an inflatingair bag, take the following pre-cautions:• NEVER place a child restraint

in the front passenger seat.Always properly restrain chil-dren under age 13 in the rearseats of the vehicle.

• Adjust the front passenger’sand driver's seats as far to therear as possible while allow-ing you to maintain full con-trol of the vehicle.

• Hold the steering wheel withhands at the 9 o'clock and 3o'clock positions.

• Never place anything or any-one between the air bag andthe seat occupant.

• Do not allow the front passen-ger to place their feet or legson the dashboard.

WARNING

2-54


Upon deployment, tear seams mold-ed directly into the pad covers willseparate under pressure from theexpansion of the air bags. Furtheropening of the covers allows fullinflation of the air bags.A fully inflated air bag, in combina-tion with a properly worn seat belt,slows the driver or the front passen-ger forward motion, reducing the riskof head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enablingthe driver to maintain forward visibili-ty and the ability to steer or operateother controls.

OTLA035108


To prevent objects from becom-ing dangerous projectiles whenthe passenger's air bag inflates:• Do not install or place any

objects (drink holder, CDholder, stickers, etc.) on thefront passenger's panel abovethe glove box where the pas-senger's air bag is located.

• Do not install a container ofliquid air freshener near theinstrument cluster or on theinstrument panel surface.

WARNING

OTLA035109


OLMB033057

■ Passenger's front air bag

2-55


2

What to Expect After an AirBag Inflates After a frontal or side air bag inflates,it will deflate very quickly. Air baginflation will not prevent the driverfrom seeing out of the windshield orbeing able to steer. Curtain air bagsmay remain partially inflated forsome time after they deploy.

Noise and smoke from inflatingair bag When the air bags inflate, they makea loud noise and may producesmoke and powder in the air inside ofthe vehicle. This is normal and is aresult of the ignition of the air baginflator. After the air bag inflates, youmay feel substantial discomfort inbreathing because of the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt andthe air bag, as well as from breathingthe smoke and powder. The powdermay aggravate asthma for somepeople. If you experience breathingproblems after an air bag deploy-ment, seek medical attention imme-diately.Though the smoke and powder arenontoxic, they may cause irritation tothe skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. Ifthis is the case, wash and rinse withcold water immediately and seekmedical attention if the symptomspersist.

• Always wash exposed skinareas thoroughly with coldand mild soap.

• Always have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer replace theair bag immediately afterdeployment. Air bags aredesigned to be used onlyonce.

After an air bag inflates, takethe following precautions:• Open your windows and doors

as soon as possible afterimpact to reduce prolongedexposure to the smoke andpowder released by the inflat-ing air bag.

• Do not touch the air bag stor-age area's internal compo-nents immediately after an airbag has inflated. The partsthat come into contact with aninflating air bag may be veryhot.

WARNING

2-56


Occupant ClassificationSystem (OCS)

Your vehicle is equipped with anOccupant Classification System(OCS) in the front passenger's seat.

Main components of theOccupant Classification System • A detection device located within

the front passenger seat cushion.• Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bagsystems should be activated ordeactivated.

• An indicator light located on theinstrument panel which illuminatesthe words "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicating the front passen-ger air bag system is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag indi-cator light is interconnected withthe OCS.

The OCS is designed to help detectthe presence of a properly-seatedfront passenger and determine if thepassenger's front air bag should beenabled (may inflate) or not.The purpose is to help reduce therisk of injury or death from an inflat-ing air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, byrequiring the air bag to be automati-cally turned OFF.

For example, if a child restraint of thetype specified in the regulations is onthe seat, the occupant classificationsensor can detect it and cause theair bag to turn OFF.Front passenger seat adult occu-pants who are properly seated andwearing the seat belt properly,should not cause the passenger airbag to be automatically turned OFF.For small adults it may be turnedOFF, however, if the occupant doesnot sit in the seat properly (for exam-ple, by not sitting upright, by sittingon the edge of the seat, or by other-wise being out of position), this couldcause the sensor to turn the air bagOFF.You will find the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator on the centerfascia panel. This system detects theconditions 1-4 in the following tableand activates or deactivates the frontpassenger air bag based on theseconditions.

OOS037081N

■ For USA

OOS038081C

■ For Canada

2-57


2

Always be sure that you and all vehi-cle occupants are seated properlyand wearing the seat belt properly forthe most effective protection by theair bag and the seat belt.The OCS may not function properly ifthe passenger takes actions whichcan affect the classification system.These include:• Failing to sit in an upright position.• Leaning against the door or center

console.• Sitting towards the sides of the

front of the seat.• Putting their legs on the dashboard

or resting them on other locationswhich reduce the passengerweight on the front seat.

• Wearing the seat belt improperly.• Reclining the seatback.• Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear

or hip protection wear.• Putting an additional thick cushion

on the seat.• Putting electrical devices (e.g.

notebook, satellite radio) on theseat with inverter charging.

Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System

Condition detected by theoccupant classification system

Indicator/Warning light Devices

"PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF"indicator light

SRSwarning light

Front passengerair bag

1. Adult *1 Off Off Activated

2. Infant *2 or child restraint system with 12 months old *3 *4

On Off Deactivated

3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the frontpassenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physiqueand posture.

*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has out-grown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognizehim/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.

*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months

to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This isa normal condition.

2-58


Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger’s seat when it is unoccupied by apassenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:

WARNING

OVQ036013NB

OLMB033100

OLMB033101

OLMB033103

OLMB033102

OLMB033104

• NEVER put a heavy load inthe front seat or seatbackpocket, or hang any itemson the front passengerseat.

• NEVER place your feet onthe front passenger seat-back.

• NEVER sit with your hipsshifted towards the frontof the seat.

• NEVER ride with the seat-back reclined when thevehicle is moving.

• NEVER place your feet orlegs on the dashboard.

• NEVER lean on the door orcenter console or sit onone side of the front pas-senger seat.

2-59


2

ODH035900K

ODH035901K

ODH035902K

ODH035903K

• Do not sit on the passen-ger seat wearing heavilypadded clothes such asski wear and hip protector.

• Do not use car seataccessories such as thickblankets and cushionswhich cover up the carseat surface.

• Do not place electronicdevices such as laptops,DVD player, or conductivematerials such as waterbottles on the passengerseat.

• Do not use electronicdevices such as laptopsand satellite radios whichuse inverter chargers.

• If large quantity of liquidhas been spilled on thepassenger seat, the airbag warning light mayilluminate or malfunction.Therefore, make sure theseat has been completelydried before driving thevehicle.

• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat.These may damage the occupant detection sys-tem, if they puncture the seat cushion.

• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.• When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been devel-

oped based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts mayresult in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could inter-fere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.

2-60


Proper seated position for OCS

If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator is on when an adult is seat-ed in the front passenger seat, placethe Engine Start/Stop button in theOFF position and ask the passengerto sit properly (sitting upright with theseat back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on the floor).Restart the engine and have the per-son remain in that position. This willallow the system to detect the personand to enable the passenger air bag.If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator is still on, ask the passen-ger to move to the rear seat.

The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator illuminates for approxi-mately 4 seconds after the EngineStart/Stop button is in the ONposition or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seatis occupied, the OCS will thenclassify the front passenger afterseveral more seconds.

Do Not Install a Child Restraintin the Front Passenger's Seat

Even though your vehicle is equippedwith the OCS, never install a childrestraint in the front passenger's seat.An inflating air bag can forcefullystrike a child or child restraint result-ing in serious or fatal injury.NOTICE

B990A01O

Never allow an adult passengerto ride in the front passengerseat when the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator is illuminat-ed. During a collision, the air bagwill not inflate if the indicator isilluminated. Have your passen-ger reposition himself in theseat. If the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator remains illu-minated after the passengerrepositions himself properly andthe vehicle is restarted, have thepassenger move to the rear seatbecause the air bag will notinflate.

WARNING

1JBH3051

2-61


2

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Offin a Collision? Air bags are not designed to inflate inevery collision. There are certaintypes of accidents in which the air bagwould not be expected to provideadditional protection. These includerear impacts, second or third colli-sions in multiple impact accidents, aswell as low speed impacts. Damageto the vehicle indicates a collisionenergy absorption, and is not an indi-cator of whether or not an air bagshould have inflated.

Air bag collision sensors

• NEVER place a rear-facing orfront-facing child restraint inthe front passenger's seat ofthe vehicle.

• An inflating frontal air bagcould forcefully strike a childresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always properly restrain chil-dren in an appropriate childrestraint in the rear seat of thevehicle.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of an air bagdeploying unexpectedly andcausing serious injury or death:• Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed.

WARNING

• Do not perform maintenanceon or around the air bag sen-sors. If the location or angle ofthe sensors is altered, the airbags may deploy when theyshould not or may not deploywhen they should.

• Do not install bumper guardsor replace the bumper with anon-genuine HYUNDAI parts.This may adversely affect thecollision and air bag deploy-ment performance.

• Place the ignition switch inthe LOCK/OFF or ACC posi-tion when the vehicle is beingtowed to prevent inadvertentair bag deployment.

• Have all air bag repairs conduct-ed by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

2-62


1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor

2. Front impact sensor

3. Side pressure sensor

4. Side impact sensor

OOS037044/OOS037045/OOS037046/OOS037047/OOS037048

2-63


2

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflatein a frontal collision depending onthe severity of impact of the front col-lision.

Side and curtain air bags

Side and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the severity of impactresulting from a side impact collision.

Although the driver's and front pas-senger's air bags are designed toinflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of col-lisions if the front impact sensorsdetect a sufficient impact. Side andcurtain air bags are designed toinflate only in side impact collisionsor rollover situations, but they mayinflate in other collisions if the sideimpact sensors detect a sufficientimpact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimprovedroads, the air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or onsurfaces not designed for vehicletraffic to prevent unintended air bagdeployment.

OOS037049

OOS037050

OOSEV038028

2-64


Air bag non-inflation conditions

In certain low-speed collisions the airbags may not deploy. The air bagsare designed not to deploy in suchcases because they may not providebenefits beyond the protection of theseat belts.

Front air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, becauseoccupants are moved backward bythe force of the impact. In this case,inflated air bags would not provideany additional benefit.

Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove in the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, front air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, side and curtain air bagsmay inflate depending on the severi-ty of impact.

OOS037053

OOS037052

OOS037054

2-65


2

In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags wouldnot be able to provide any additionalbenefit, and thus the sensors maynot deploy any air bags.

Just before impact, drivers oftenbrake heavily. Such heavy brakinglowers the front portion of the vehiclecausing it to "ride" under a vehiclewith a higher ground clearance. Airbags may not inflate in this "under-ride" situation because decelerationforces that are detected by sensorsmay be significantly reduced by such"underride" collisions.

Front air bags may not inflate inrollover accidents because air bagdeployment could not provide protec-tion to the occupants.However, side and curtain air bagsmay inflate when the vehicle is rolledover by a side impact collision.

OTL035069 OOS037055 OTL035068

2-66


Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated and the colli-sion energy is absorbed by the vehi-cle structure.

SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and there are no parts you cansafely service by yourself. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illumi-nate when the ignition switch is in theON position, or continuously remainson, have your vehicle immediatelyinspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Any work on the SRS system, suchas removing, installing, repairing, orany work on the steering wheel, thefront passenger's panel, front seatsand roof rails must be performed byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death, take the follow-ing precautions:• Do not attempt to modify or

disconnect the SRS compo-nents or wiring, including theaddition of any kind of badgesto the pad covers or modifica-tions to the body structure.

• Do not place objects over ornear the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, or the front passen-ger’s panel above the glovebox.

• Clean the air bag pad coverswith a soft cloth moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adverselyaffect the air bag covers andproper deployment of the sys-tem.

• Always have inflated air bagsreplaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

OOS037056

2-67


2

Additional Safety Precautions Passengers should not move outof or change seats while the vehi-cle is moving. A passenger who isnot wearing a seat belt during acrash or emergency stop can bethrown against the inside of the vehi-cle, against other occupants, or beejected from the vehicle.Do not use any accessories onseat belts. Devices claiming toimprove occupant comfort or reposi-tion the seat belt can reduce the pro-tection provided by the seat belt andincrease the chance of serious injuryin a crash.

Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of thesupplemental restraint system sens-ing components or side air bags.Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the opera-tion of the supplemental restraintsystem sensing components andwiring harnesses.Do not cause impact to the doors.Impact to the doors when the EngineStart/Stop button is in the ON posi-tion may cause the air bags to inflate.Modifications to accommodatedisabilities. If you require modifica-tion to your vehicle to accommodatea disability, contact the HYUNDAICustomer Connect Center at 800-633-5151.

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by chang-ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-tem, front end or side sheet metal orride height, this may affect the opera-tion of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air Bag Warning Labels

Air bag warning labels, required bythe U.S. National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA), areattached to alert the driver and pas-sengers of potential risks of the airbag system. Be sure to read all of theinformation about the air bags thatare installed on your vehicle in thisOwners Manual.

• If components of the air bagsystem must be discarded, or ifthe vehicle must be scrapped,certain safety precautionsmust be observed. Consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer forthe necessary information.Failure to follow these precau-tions could increase the risk ofpersonal injury.

OAD035053N


Accessing Your Vehicle .........................................3-3Remote Key.........................................................................3-3Smart Key............................................................................3-6Immobilizer System.........................................................3-11

Door Locks............................................................3-13Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle....3-13Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .......3-14Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-16Child-Protector Rear Door Locks...............................3-17

Theft-Alarm System............................................3-18Steering Wheel .....................................................3-18

Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-18Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering..............................3-19Heated Steering Wheel (for Canada).........................3-20Horn....................................................................................3-21

Mirrors...................................................................3-21Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-21Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-32

Windows ................................................................3-35Power Windows...............................................................3-36

Sunroof..................................................................3-39Sunroof opening and closing.......................................3-40Sliding the sunroof .........................................................3-40Tilting the sunroof..........................................................3-40Sunshade...........................................................................3-41

Resetting the sunroof....................................................3-41Sunroof Open Warning..................................................3-42

Exterior Features.................................................3-43Hood ...................................................................................3-43Liftgate ..............................................................................3-44Fuel Filler Door................................................................3-46

Instrument Cluster ...............................................3-49Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-50Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-51Transmission shift indicator .........................................3-54Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-55LCD Display Messages...................................................3-67

LCD Display...........................................................3-72LCD Display Control ........................................................3-72LCD Display Modes.........................................................3-73

Trip Computer .......................................................3-83Head Up Display (HUD).......................................3-87Lighting..................................................................3-90

Exterior Lights .................................................................3-90Smart cornering lamp ....................................................3-97Interior Lights...................................................................3-98Welcome System...........................................................3-100

3

Wipers and Washers..........................................3-101Windshield Wipers ........................................................3-101Windshield Washers .....................................................3-103Rear Window Wiper and Washer..............................3-104

Driver Assist System .........................................3-105Rear view monitor ........................................................3-105Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system.........3-106Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) systemPrecautions.....................................................................3-109

Manual Climate Control System.......................3-110Heating and Air Conditioning.....................................3-111System Operation .........................................................3-114System Maintenance....................................................3-116

Automatic Climate Control System..................3-118Automatic Temperature Control Mode....................3-119Manual Temperature Control Mode.........................3-120System Operation .........................................................3-123System Maintenance....................................................3-125

Windshield Defrosting and Defogging............3-127Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature withAutomatic Temperature Control System)................3-129Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-131

Climate Control Additional Features ...............3-132Cluster ionizer................................................................3-132Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-132Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ...............................3-132

Storage Compartment .......................................3-133Center Console Storage ..............................................3-133Glove Box........................................................................3-133Sunglass Holder.............................................................3-134Multi Box.........................................................................3-134

Interior Features ................................................3-135Cup Holder ......................................................................3-135Sunvisor...........................................................................3-136Power Outlet ..................................................................3-137Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-138Clock.................................................................................3-140Clothes Hanger ..............................................................3-141Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-141Luggage Net Holder .....................................................3-142Cargo Area Cover..........................................................3-143Luggage tray..................................................................3-144

Exterior Features...............................................3-145Roof Side Rails ..............................................................3-146

3

3-3


Remote Key (if equipped)

Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key,which you can use to lock or unlockthe driver and passenger doors orthe rear liftgate.1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock3. Liftgate Unlock4. Panic

Locking Your VehicleTo lock your vehicle:1. Make sure all doors, the engine

hood and the liftgate are closed.2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on

the remote key to lock all doors.3. If the Door Lock button (1) is

pressed once more within fourseconds, the horn will beep onceand the hazard warning lights willblink.

4. Make sure the doors are locked bychecking the position of the doorlock button inside the vehicle.

Information After locking the doors, if you pressthe Door Lock button again withinfour seconds, the hazard warninglights will blink and the horn willsound one time to confirm that thedoors are locked.

i

AACCCCEESSSSIINNGG YYOOUURR VVEEHHIICCLLEE

3

OPD046001

Do not leave the keys in yourvehicle with unsupervised chil-dren. Unattended childrencould place the key in the igni-tion switch and may operatepower windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result inserious injury or death.

WARNING

3-4

Unlocking your vehicleTo unlock your vehicle :1. Press the Door Unlock button (2)

on the remote key.2. The driver's door will unlock. The

hazard warning lights will blink twotimes.Two press unlock setting:If you press the Door Unlock but-ton on the remote key again with-in four seconds, then all the doorswill unlock.Two press unlock setting can bechanged according to owner's pref-erence in the cluster User Settingsmode or with the remote key.• User settings mode method:Select or deselect the 'Two PressUnlock' feature in the UserSettings mode on the cluster LCDdisplay (User Settings ➞ Door ➞Two Press Unlock).• Remote key method:Press and hold both Door Lock (1)and Door Unlock (2) buttons at thesame time until the hazard warn-ing lights blink.

Now all doors will unlock when theDoor Unlock button is pressed onetime. To change the setting back,repeat this procedure.

Information After unlocking the doors, the doorswill automatically relock after 30 sec-onds unless a door is opened.

Liftgate unlockingTo unlock the liftgate :1. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock

button (3) on the remote key formore than one second.

2. The hazard warning lights willblink two times and the liftgate willbe unlocked.

Once the liftgate is opened and thenclosed, the liftgate will lock automati-cally.

Information The word "HOLD" is written on thebutton to inform you that you mustpress and hold the button for morethan one second.

Panic button (if equipped)Press and hold the Panic button (4)for more than one second. The hornsounds and hazard warning lightsflash for about 30 seconds.To cancel the panic mode, press anybutton on the remote key.

Start-up For information, refer to the "KeyIgnition Switch" section in chapter 5.

To prevent damaging the remotekey:• Keep the remote key away from

water or any liquid and fire.Internal circuits may malfunc-tion if the inside of the remotekey gets damp (from liquids ormoisture) or if it is heated. Thiscan exclude the remote key frombeing covered under warranty.

• Avoid dropping or throwing theremote key.

• Protect the remote key fromextreme temperatures.

NOTICE

i

i


3-5


Mechanical key

If the remote key does not operatenormally, you can lock or unlock thedriver's door by using the mechanicalkey.To unfold the mechanical key, pressthe release button on the remote.To return the key to its stored posi-tion, press the release button andfold the key back into the remote.

Remote key precautionsThe remote key will not work if any ofthe following occur:• The key is in the ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).• The remote key battery is weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The remote key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the remote key.

If the remote key does not work cor-rectly, open and close the door withthe mechanical key. If you have aproblem with the remote key contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.If the remote key is in close proximi-ty to your mobile phone, the signalcould be blocked by your mobilephone's normal operational signals.This is specifically relevant when thephone is active such as making andreceiving calls, text messaging,and/or sending/receiving emails.

When possible, avoid placing theremote key and your mobile phone inthe same location such as a pants orjacket pocket in order to avoid inter-ference between the two devices.

InformationThis device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the followingthree conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference.

2. This device must accept any inter-ference received, including interfer-ence that may cause undesiredoperation.

3. Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe device.

i3

OPD046003

3-6

Keep the remote key away fromelectromagnetic materials thatblock electromagnetic waves tothe key surface.

Battery replacement

If the remote key is not working prop-erly, try replacing the battery with anew one.Battery Type: CR2032To replace the battery:1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and

gently pry open the cover.

2. Using a screw driver, remove thebattery cover.

3. Remove the old battery and insertthe new battery. Make sure thebattery position is correct.

4. Reinstall the battery cover and keycover in the reverse order ofremoval.

If you suspect your remote key mighthave sustained some damage, oryou feel your remote key is not work-ing correctly contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

InformationAn inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and human health.Dispose of the battery accordingto your local law(s) or regula-tions.

Smart Key (if equipped)

Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key,which you can use to lock or unlockthe driver and passenger doors orthe rear liftgate.1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock3. Liftgate Unlock4. Panic

i

NOTICE


OPD046044

OPD046002

3-7


Locking your vehicle

To lock your vehicle using the doorhandle button or the Smart Key:1. Close all doors, hood and liftgate.2. Either press the door handle but-

ton or press the Door Lock button(1) on the smart key.

3. The hazard warning lights willblink and the chime will soundonce.

4. When the doors are locked, theindicator light on the central doorlock/unlock switch will be illuminat-ed.

InformationThe door handle button will onlyoperate when the smart key is within28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the out-side door handle.

Note that you cannot lock your vehi-cle using the door handle button ifany of the following occur:• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.• The Engine Start/Stop button is in

ACC or ON position.• Any of the doors are open except

for the liftgate.

Unlocking your vehicle

To unlock your vehicle:1. Make sure you have the smart key

in your possession.2. Press either the button on the

door handle or the Door Unockbutton (2) on the smart key. Thedriver's door will unlock and thehazard warning lights will blink twotimes.

i

3

Do not leave the Smart Key inyour vehicle with unsupervisedchildren. Unattended childrencould press the Engine Start/Stop button and may operatepower windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result inserious injury or death.

WARNING

OOS047001OOS047001

3-8


3. Two Press Unlock Feature The priority for unlocking the driverdoor only, or unlocking all the doorswith one press may be adjusted inthe User Settings menu in the LCDcluster display.The Two Press Unlock feature, whenenabled, will require the user topress the door unlock button once fordriver door only and twice for unlock-ing all the doors.

Select or Deselect the Two PressUnlock Feature in the User Settingsmenu in the LCD cluster display. Theoption can be found under the follow-ing menu:

USER SETTINGS ➞ DOOR ➞ TWOPRESS UNLOCK

The Two Press Unlock Feature canalso be enabled or disabled bypressing the door lock and unlockbuttons simultaneously on the KeyFOB:Press and hold both the DOORLOCK button and the DOORUNLOCK button simultaneously untilthe hazard warning lights blink.This will enable or disable the TwoPress Unlock feature. Repeat thisprocedure to enable/disable themode again.

Information• The door handle buttons will only

operate when the smart key is with-in 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from theoutside door handle

• Either the driver or front passengerdoor can be opened with the doorhandle button when the smart key iswithin this range

• If you press the front passenger out-side door handle with the smart keyin your possession, all the doors willunlock

Opening the liftgateTo unlock and open the liftgate:1. Make sure you have the smart key

in your possession.2. Press either the liftgate handle

release button on the vehicle orpress and hold the Liftgate Unlockbutton on the smart key for morethan one second. The hazardwarning lights will blink two timesand the liftgate latch will unlock.

The liftgate must be operatedmanually to open the liftgate.Once the liftgate latch isunlocked, pull upward on the lift-gate handle to fully open the lift-gate.

3. Once the liftgate is opened andthen closed, the liftgate will lockautomatically.

NOTICE

i

3-9


Information• The liftgate handle button will only

operate when the smart key is with-in 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgatehandle.

• The Liftgate Unlock button (3) willonly unlock the liftgate. It will notrelease the latch and open the lift-gate automatically. If the LiftgateUnlock button is used, someonemust still press the liftgate handlebutton to open the liftgate.

Panic buttonPress and hold the Panic button (4)for more than one second. The hornsounds and hazard warning lightsblink for about 30 seconds. To cancelthe panic mode, press any button onthe Smart Key.

Start-upYou can start the vehicle withoutinserting the key.

For information, refer to the"Engine Start/Stop Button" sec-tion in chapter 5.

To prevent damaging the smart key:• Keep the smart key in a cool, dry

place to avoid damage or mal-function. Exposure to moistureor high temperature may causethe internal circuit of the smartkey to malfunction which maynot be covered under warranty.

• Avoid dropping or throwing thesmart key.

• Protect the smart key fromextreme temperatures.

Mechanical key If the Smart Key does not operatenormally, you can lock or unlock thedriver's door by using the mechanicalkey.

To remove the mechanical key fromthe smart key FOB, slide the releaselever in the direction of the arrow (1)and then pull the mechanical key (2)outward.To unlock the vehicle using themechanical key. insert the mechani-cal key into the key hole in the driverdoor.To reinstall the mechanical key intothe FOB, insert the key in the top ofthe key FOB and push inward until aclick sound is heard.

NOTICE

i

3

OPD046045

3-10

Loss of a smart key A maximum of two Smart Keys canbe registered to a single vehicle. Ifyou happen to lose your smart key,you should immediately take thevehicle and remaining keys to yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or towthe vehicle, if necessary.

Smart key precautionsThe smart key may not work if any ofthe following occur:• The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio stationor an airport which can interferewith normal operation of the trans-mitter.

• The smart key is near a mobile twoway radio system or a cellularphone.

• Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

If the smart key does not work cor-rectly, open and close the door withthe mechanical key. If you have aproblem with the smart key, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the smart key is in close proximityto your mobile phone, the signalcould be blocked by your mobilephone's normal operational signals.This is specifically relevant when thephone is active such as making andreceiving calls, text messaging,and/or sending/receiving emails.When possible, avoid keeping thesmart key and your mobile phone inthe same location such as a pants orjacket pocket in order to avoid inter-ference between the two devices.

Keep the smart key away fromelectromagnetic materials thatblocks electromagnetic waves tothe key surface.

Always have the smart key withyou when leaving the vehicle. Ifthe smart key is left near the vehi-cle, the vehicle battery may be dis-charged.






i

NOTICE

NOTICE


3-11


Battery replacement

If the Smart Key is not working prop-erly, try replacing the battery with anew one.Battery Type: CR2032To replace the battery:1. Remove the mechanical key.2. Use a slim tool to pry open the

rear cover of the smart key.3. Remove the old battery and insert

the new battery. Make sure thebattery position is correct.

4. Reinstall the rear cover of thesmart key.

If you suspect your smart key mighthave sustained some damage, oryou feel your smart key is not work-ing correctly, contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

InformationAn inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and humanhealth. Dispose of the batteryaccording to your local law(s)or regulations.

Immobilizer System (if equipped)The immobilizer system protectsyour vehicle from theft. If an improp-erly coded key (or other device) isused, the engine's fuel system is dis-abled.When the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position, the immobilizer sys-tem indicator should come on briefly,then go off. If the indicator starts toblink, the system does not recognizethe coding of the key.Turn the ignition switch to theLOCK/OFF position, then turn theignition switch to the ON positionagain.In some circumstances, the vehiclemay not recognize your smart key ifanother smart key device is nearbyor a metal object such as a key chainis causing interference with thesmart key.If this occurs, your vehicle may notstart. Remove any metal objects oradditional keys near the smart keybefore attempting to start the vehicleagain.

i 3

OPD046046

3-12

If the system repeatedly does notrecognize the coding of the key, it isrecommended that you contact yourHYUNDAI dealer.Do not attempt to alter this system oradd other devices to it. Electricalproblems could result that may makeyour vehicle inoperable.

The transponder in your key is animportant part of the immobilizersystem. It is designed to giveyears of trouble-free service, how-ever you should avoid exposure tomoisture, static electricity andrough handling. Immobilizer sys-tem malfunction could occur.





3. Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe device.

iNOTICE


In order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. Yourimmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password andshould be kept confidential.

WARNING

3-13


3

Operating Door Locks fromOutside the Vehicle Mechanical key

[A] : Lock, [B] : Unlock

If you lock the driver's door with amechanical key, all vehicle doors willlock. If you unlock the driver's doorwith a mechanical key, you can openand close the driver’s door only.Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle. When closing the door, pushthe door by hand. Make sure thatdoors are closed securely.

Remote key

To lock the doors, press the DoorLock button (1) on the remote key.Press the Door Unlock button (2) onthe remote key, the driver's door willunlock. If you press the Door Unlockbutton on the remote key again with-in four seconds, then all the doorswill unlock.Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure that doorsare closed securely.

Smart key

Press the button on the driver's out-side door handle while carrying theSmart Key with you or press theDoor Unlock button on the SmartKey, the driver's door will unlock.

DDOOOORR LLOOCCKKSS

OPD047001N

OOS047002

■ Remote key ■ Smart key

OOS047001

OPD046004

DoorUnlock

DoorLock

LLLLoooocccckkkk //// UUUUnnnnlllloooocccckkkk

3-14


If you press the button on the frontpassenger's outside door, all doorswill unlock.Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure that doorsare closed securely.

Information• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operat-ing temporarily in order to protectthe circuit and prevent damage tosystem components.

• Two press unlock setting can bechanged in the User Settings modeon the cluster.

Operating Door Locks fromInside the Vehicle With the door lock button

• To unlock a door, push the doorlock button (1) to the "Unlock" posi-tion. The red mark (2) on the doorlock button will be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lockbutton (1) to the "Lock" position. Ifthe door is locked properly, the redmark (2) on the door lock buttonwill not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door han-dle (3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of eitherthe driver door or passenger dooris pulled when the door lock buttonis in the lock position, the button isunlocked and the door will open.

• For Key Start Vehicles (w/ RemoteKey)The front doors cannot be locked ifthe remote key is in the ignitionswitch and either of the front doorsare open.

• For Push Button Start Vehicles(Smart Key)The doors cannot be locked if thesmart key fob is inside the vehicleand any of the doors are open.

i

OOS047003

3-15


3

InformationIf a power door lock ever fails to func-tion while you are in the vehicle tryone or more of the following tech-niques to exit:

• Operate the door unlock featurerepeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use themechanical key to unlock the doorfrom outside.

With the central door lockswitch

The driver side door armrest isequipped with a central door lockswitch. The lock button is indicatedby a ( ) symbol. The unlock buttonis indicated by a ( ) symbol.When the lock button (2) is pressed,all the vehicle doors will lock.When the unlock button (1) ispressed, all the vehicle doors willunlock.

• For Key Start Vehicles (with remotekey)If the key is in the ignition switchand any door is opened, the doorswill not lock even though the lockbutton (2) is pressed.

• For Push Button Start Vehicles(Smart Key)If the smart key is in the vehicleand any door is open, the doorswill not lock even though the lockbutton (2) is pressed.

i

• The doors should always befully closed and locked whilethe vehicle is in motion. If thedoors are unlocked, the risk ofbeing thrown from the vehiclein a crash is increased.

• Do not pull the inner doorhandle of the driver's or pas-senger's door while the vehi-cle is moving.

WARNINGOOS047004

3-16


Automatic Door Lock andUnlock FeaturesYour vehicle is equipped with fea-tures that will automatically lock orunlock your vehicle based on set-tings you select in the LCD clusterdisplay.

Auto LOCK - Enable on SpeedWhen this feature is set in the LCDcluster display, all the doors will belocked automatically when the vehi-cle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph).

Auto LOCK - Enable on ShiftWhen this feature is set in the LCDcluster display, all the doors will belocked automatically when the vehi-cle is shifted out of P (PARK) whilethe engine is running.

Opening a door when somethingis approaching may cause dam-age or injury. Be careful whenopening doors and watch forvehicles, motorcycles, bicyclesor pedestrians approaching thevehicle in the path of the door.

CAUTION

If you stay in the vehicle for along time while the weather isvery hot or cold, there are risksof injuries or danger to life. Donot lock the vehicle from theoutside when someone is in thevehicle.

WARNING

Do not leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle. Anenclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orserious injury to unattendedchildren or animals who cannotescape the vehicle. Childrenmight operate features of thevehicle that could injure them,or they could encounter otherharm, possibly from someonegaining entry to the vehicle.

WARNING

Always secure your vehicle.Leaving your vehicle unlockedincreases the potential risk toyou or others from someonehiding in your vehicle.

To secure your vehicle, whiledepressing the brake, move theshift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion, engage the parking brake,and place the ignition switch inthe LOCK/OFF position, closeall windows, lock all doors, andalways take the key with you.

WARNING

3-17


Auto UNLOCK - Enable on ShiftWhen this feature is set in the LCDcluster display, all the doors will beunlocked automatically when thevehicle is shifted back into P (PARK).

For more information on thesefeatures, refer to the LCD Displaysection later in this chapter.

Additional Unlock SafetyFeature - Air Bag DeploymentAs an additional safety feature, alldoors will be automatically unlockedwhen an impact causes the air bagsto deploy.

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks

The child safety lock is provided tohelp prevent children seated in therear from accidentally opening therear doors.The rear door safety locksshould be used whenever childrenare in the vehicle.The child safety lock is located onthe edge of each rear door. When thechild safety lock is in the lock posi-tion, the rear door will not open if theinner door handle is pulled.To lock the child safety lock, insert asmall flat blade tool (like a screwdriv-er or similar) (1) into the slot and turnit to the lock position as shown.

To allow a rear door to be openedfrom inside the vehicle, unlock thechild safety lock.

3

OOS047005N

If children accidently open therear doors while the vehicle isin motion, they could fall out ofthe vehicle.The rear door safetylocks should always be usedwhenever children are in thevehicle.

WARNING

3-18


This system helps to protect your vehi-cle and valuables. The horn will soundand the hazard warning lights will blinkcontinuously if any of the followingoccur:- A door is opened without using the

remote key or smart key.- The liftgate is opened without using

the remote key or smart key.- The engine hood is opened.The alarm continues for 30 seconds,then the system resets. To turn off thealarm, unlock the doors with theremote key or smart key.The Theft Alarm System automaticallysets 30 seconds after you lock thedoors and the liftgate. For the systemto activate, you must lock the doorsand the liftgate from outside the vehi-cle with the remote key or smart key orby pressing the button on the outsideof the door handle with the smart keyin your possession.The hazard warning lights will blinkand the chime will sound once to indi-cate the system is armed.Once the security system is set, open-ing any door, the liftgate, or the hoodwithout using the remote key or smartkey will cause the alarm to activate.

The Theft Alarm System will not set ifthe hood, the liftgate, or any door isnot fully closed. If the system will notset, check the hood, the liftgate, or thedoors are fully closed.Do not attempt to alter this system oradd other devices to it.

Information• Do not lock the doors until all pas-

sengers have left the vehicle. If theremaining passenger leaves thevehicle when the system is armed,the alarm will be activated.

• If the vehicle is not disarmed with theremote key or smart key, open thedoors by using the mechanical keyand place the ignition switch in theON position (for remote key) or startthe engine (for smart key) by direct-ly pressing the ignition switch withthe smart key.

• If the system is disarmed by unlock-ing the vehicle, but neither a door orthe liftgate is opened within 30 sec-onds, the doors will relock and thesystem will rearm automatically.

Electric Power Steering (EPS)The system assists you with steeringthe vehicle. If the vehicle is turned offor if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, you may stillsteer the vehicle, but it will requireincreased steering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

i

TTHHEEFFTT--AALLAARRMM SSYYSSTTEEMM SSTTEEEERRIINNGG WWHHEEEELL

• If the Electric Power SteeringSystem does not operate nor-mally, the warning light ( )will illuminate on the instru-ment cluster. You may steerthe vehicle, but it will requireincreased steering efforts.Take your vehicle to anauthorized HYUNDAI dealerand have the system checkedas soon as possible.

CAUTION

3-19


3

InformationThe following symptoms may occurduring normal vehicle operation:

• The steering effort may be highimmediately after placing the igni-tion switch in the ON position.

This happens as the system per-forms the EPS system diagnostics.When the diagnostics are complet-ed, the steering wheel effort willreturn to its normal condition.

• When the battery voltage is low, youmight have to put more steeringeffort. However, it is a temporarycondition so that it will return tonormal condition after charging thebattery.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isin the ON or LOCK/OFF position.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low driv-ing speed.

• When you operate the steeringwheel in low temperatures, abnor-mal noise may occur. If the temper-ature rises, the noise will disappear.This is a normal condition.

• When an error is detected from theEPS, the steering effort assist func-tion will not be activated in order toprevent fatal accidents. Instrumentcluster warning lights may be on orthe steering effort may be high. Ifthese symptoms occur, drive thevehicle to a safe area as soon as it issafe to do so. Have the systemchecked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

Tilt Steering / TelescopeSteeringWhen adjusting the steering wheel toa comfortable position, adjust thesteering wheel so that it pointstoward your chest, not toward yourface. Make sure you can see theinstrument cluster warning lights andgauges. After adjusting, push thesteering wheel both up and down tobe certain it is locked in position.Always adjust the position of thesteering wheel before driving.

i

• When abnormality is detectedin the electric power steeringsystem, to prevent a deadlyaccident, the steering assistfunction will stop. At this time,the warning light turns on orblinks on the cluster. Thesteering wheel may becomedifficult to control or operate.Have your vehicle checkedimmediately, after moving thevehicle to a safe zone.

NEVER adjust the steeringwheel while driving. This maycause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident.

WARNING

3-20


To adjust the steering wheel angleand height:1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).2. Adjust the steering wheel to the

desired angle (2) and distance for-ward/back (3).

3. Pull up the lock-release lever tolock the steering wheel in place.

InformationSometimes the lock release lever maynot engage completely. This mayoccur when the gears of the lockingmechanism do not completely mesh.If this occurs, pull down on the lock-release lever, readjust the steeringwheel again, and then pull back up onthe release lever to lock the steeringwheel in place.

Heated Steering Wheel (for Canada, if equipped)

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition or when the engine is run-ning, press the heated steeringwheel button to warm the steeringwheel. The indicator on the buttonwill illuminate.To turn the heated steering wheel off,press the button again. The indicatoron the button will turn off.The heated steering wheel will auto-matically turn off after approximately30 minutes.

i

OOS047006

OOS048007While adjusting the steeringwheel height, please do notpush or pull it hard since the fix-ture can be damaged.

CAUTION

3-21


3

Do not install any cover or acces-sory on the steering wheel. Thecover or accessory could causedamage to the heated steeringwheel system.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the areaindicated by the horn symbol on yoursteering wheel (see illustration). Thehorn will operate only when this areais pressed.

Do not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist.Do not press on the horn with asharp-pointed object.

Inside Rearview MirrorBefore driving your vehicle, check tosee that your inside rearview mirroris properly positioned. Adjust therearview mirror so that the viewthrough the rear window is properlycentered.

NOTICE

NOTICE

Make sure your line of sight isnot obstructed. Do not placeobjects in the rear seat, cargoarea, or behind the rear head-rests which could interfere withyour vision through the rearwindow.

WARNING

To prevent serious injury duringan accident or deployment ofthe air bag, do not modify therearview mirror and do notinstall a wide mirror.

WARNING

MMIIRRRROORRSS

OOS047008

3-22


When cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as this may cause theliquid cleaner to enter the mirrorhousing.

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)

[A] : Day/night lever, [B] : Day, [C] : Night

Make this adjustment before youstart driving and while the day/nightlever is in the day position.Pull the day/night lever towards youto reduce glare from the headlightsof the vehicles behind you duringnight driving.Remember that you lose somerearview clarity in the night position.

Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if equipped)Some vehicles come equipped withan electrochromic mirror that helpscontrol glare while driving at night orunder low light driving conditions.When the engine is running, theglare is automatically controlled bythe sensor mounted in the rearviewmirror. The sensor detects the lightlevel around the vehicle, and auto-matically adjusts to control the head-lamp glare from vehicles behind you.Whenever the shift lever is placed inR (Reverse), the mirror will automat-ically go to the brightest setting inorder to improve the driver’s viewbehind the vehicle.

NOTICE

OOS047009

NEVER adjust the mirror whiledriving. This may cause loss ofvehicle control resulting in anaccident.

WARNING

3-23


3

[A] : Indicator

When cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as that may cause theliquid cleaner to enter the mirrorhousing.

Blue Link® center (for Canada)

For details, refer to the Blue Link®

Owner's Guide, Navigation Manualor Audio Manual.

Electrochromic mirror (ECM) withHomeLink® system, compass andBlue Link® (if equipped)

NOTICE

OOS047092C

OOS047093N

■ For USAHomeLink Indicator

HomeLink ButtonTelematics buttons

HomeLink Indicator

Telematics buttonsHomeLink Button

OOS047093C

■ For Canada

OOS047010L

3-24


Your vehicle may be equipped with aGentex Automatic-Dimming Mirrorwith a Z-Nav™ Electronic CompassDisplay and an Integrated HomeLink®

Wireless Control System. Duringnighttime driving, this feature willautomatically detect and reducerearview mirror glare while the com-pass indicates the direction the vehicleis traveling. The HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver allows you to activate yourgarage door(s), electric gate, homelighting, etc.

(1) HomeLink Channel 1(2) HomeLink Channel 2(3) HomeLink Channel 3(4) Garage Door Opener Status

Indicator : Closing or Closed(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator (6) Garage Door Opener Status

Indicator : Opening or Opened(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator

Automatic-Dimming Night VisionSafety™ (NVS®) Mirror(if equipped)

The NVS® Mirror automaticallyreduces glare by monitoring light lev-els in the front and the rear of thevehicle. Any object that obstructseither light sensor will degrade theautomatic dimming control feature.

For more information regardingNVS® mirrors and other applica-tions, please refer to the Gentexwebsite:www.gentex.com

Your mirror will automatically dimupon detecting glare from the vehi-cles traveling behind you.

The mirror defaults to the ON posi-tion each time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav™ Compass Display

The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle isalso equipped with a Z-Nav™Compass that shows the vehicleCompass heading in the DisplayWindow using the 8 basic cardinalheadings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

Compass functionThe Compass can be turned ON andOFF, but it returns to ON after theignition is cycled.

1. Press and release the ControlButton within 1 second to turn thedisplay feature OFF.

2. Press and release the ControlButton again within 1 second toturn the display back ON.

Additional options can be set withpress and hold sequences of theControl Button and are detailedbelow.

OOS047094N

3-25


3

InformationPress the control button in the holewith a pointed object, such as the tipof a ballpoint pen or similar object.

There is a difference between mag-netic north and true north. To com-pensate for this difference you willneed to adjust the Zone setting basedon where you live.

i

B520C05NF

3-26


To adjust the Zone setting:1. Determine the desired Zone

Number based upon your currentlocation on the Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the Control Buttonfor up to 6 seconds, the currentZone Number will appear on thedisplay.

3. Release and press the ControlButton and then hold the ControlButton again will cause the num-bers to increment (Note: they willrepeat …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …).Releasing the button when thedesired Zone Number appears onthe display will set the new Zone.

4. Within about 5 seconds the com-pass will start displaying a com-pass heading again.

There are some conditions that cancause changes to the vehicle mag-nets, such as installing a ski rack ora CB antenna. Body repair work onthe vehicle can also cause changesto the vehicle's magnetic field. Inthese situations, the compass willneed to be re-calibrated to correctthese changes.

If you need to recalibrate the com-pass:1. Press and hold the Control Button

for more than 6 seconds. Whenthe compass memory is cleared, a"C" will appear in the display.

2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete cir-cles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System

The HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem can replace up to threehand-held radio-frequency (RF)transmitters with a single built-indevice. This innovative feature willlearn the radio frequency codes ofmost current transmitters to operatedevices such as gate operators,garage door openers, entry doorlocks, security systems, even homelighting. Both standard and rollingcode-equipped transmitters can beprogrammed by following the out-lined procedures.Additional HomeLink® informationcan be found at: www.homelink.com,www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentexor by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Retain the original transmitter of theRF device you are programming foruse in other vehicles as well as forfuture HomeLink® programming. It isalso suggested that upon the sale ofthe vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® buttons be erased forsecurity purposes.

Before programming HomeLink®

to a garage door opener or gateoperator, make sure people andobjects are out of the way of thedevice to prevent potential harmor damage. Do not use theHomeLink® with any garagedoor opener that lacks the safe-ty stop and reverse featuresrequired by U.S. federal safetystandards (this includes anygarage door opener model man-ufactured before April 1, 1982). Agarage door that cannot detectan object - signaling the door tostop and reverse - does not meetcurrent U.S. federal safety stan-dards. Using a garage dooropener without these featuresincreases the risk of seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

3-27


3

Programming HomeLink®

Please note the following:• When programming a garage door

opener, it is advised to park thevehicle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new bat-tery be placed in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink® for quickertraining and accurate transmissionof the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require theignition switch to be placed in theACC (or "Accessories") position forprogramming and/or operation ofHomeLink®.

• In the event that there are still pro-gramming difficulties or questionsafter following the programmingsteps listed below, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com,www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentexor by calling 1-800-355-3515.

ProgrammingTo program most devices, followthese instructions:

1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)button.• If the indicator (4) is turned ON

in Orange, go to Step 3) since itis a new programming.

• If the indicator (4) is continuous-ly turned ON or flashes in Greenrapidly several times, go to Step2) since it is a programmed but-ton.

2. Press and hold the button youwish to program for approximately15-25 seconds until the LED flash-es in Orange for several times.

3. Hold the Garage Door OpenerOriginal Transmitter (OT) near theHomeLink Mirror.

OOS047095N

3-28

4. Press the Original Transmitter(OT) button until the indicator (4)is turned continuously ON orflashes in Green for approximately10 seconds and it indicates theprograming is completed.

5. However, the indicator (4) flashesin Green continuously, but if thegarage door opener does notoperate, please continue to followthe step 6 and 7 (“Rolling CodeProgramming” procedures).

6. Firmly press and release the“Learn,” “Smart,” or “Program” but-ton while the indicator (4) flashesin Green. Once the button ispressed, you have approximately30 seconds to initiate the nextstep.

InformationAt the garage door opener motor,(security gate motor, etc.) locate the“Learn,” “Smart,” or “Program” but-ton. This can usually be found wherethe hanging antenna wire is attachedto the motor-head unit (see thedevice’s manual to identify this but-ton). The name and color of the buttonmay vary by manufacturer. A ladderand/or second person may simplifythe following steps.

7. Return to the vehicle and firmlypress, hold for two seconds andrelease the HomeLink button up tothree times. Do not press theHomeLink button rapidly. At thispoint programming is completeand your device should operatewhen the HomeLink button ispressed and released.

Information• Some garage door openers require

to press the programmed button onthe mirror up to three times rightafter the programming is just com-pleted to operate the garage door.

• The indicator (4) is turned ON inOrange and flashes for about 60sec-onds, during the programing modeand if a programing is not succeed-ed within the 60 seconds, the pro-graming mode will be abort.

HomeLink® should now activate yourrolling code equipped device.

i

i


OOS047096N

3-29


Gate operator & Canadian program-mingDuring programming, your handheldtransmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press theIntegrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System button while youpress and re-press ("cycle") yourhandheld transmitter every two sec-onds until the frequency signal hasbeen learned. The indicator light willflash slowly and then rapidly afterseveral seconds upon successfultraining.

Operating HomeLink®

1. Press and release one of theHomeLink buttons (1, 2 or 3) thatprogramed.

2. The HomeLink indicator (4) willoperate as below:- Indicates Green and is continu-

ously ON (Fixed Code GarageDoor Opener)

- Flashes in Green rapidly (RollingCode Garage Door Opener)

Erasing HomeLink® buttons1. Press and hold the button (1) and

(3) simultaneously.2. The indicator (4) is turned contin-

uously ON in orange for about 10seconds.

3. Then the indicator (4) colorchanges to Green and flashesrapidly.Release the buttons once thegreen indicator flashes.

4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and(4) memories are all cleared.

3

OOS047095N OOS047098N

3-30


NVS® is a registered trademark andZ-Nav™ is a trademark of the GentexCorporation, Zeeland, Michigan.HomeLink® is a registered trademarkowned by Johnson Controls,Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.FCC ID: NZLUAHL5AIC: 4112A-UAHL5A

InformationThis device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC Rules.




3. The transceiver has been tested andcomplies with FCC and IndustryCanada rules. Changes or modifica-tions not expressly approved by theparty responsible for compliancecould void the user’s authority tooperate the device.

Two Way Communication Programing1. Complete the HomeLink

"Programming" first.2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink

button is pressed after the pro-gramming, the following stepsMUST occur to program two waycommunication. (only for someolder garage doors)

3. Press and release the programedHomeLink button to activate thegarage door.

4. Once the garage door is stopped,press and release the "Learn" or"Smart" button on the Garage dooropener within 1 minute from thetime of pressing the programedHomeLink button on mirror.

iOOS047099N

3-31


3

5. If the both indicator (4) and (6) areflashing rapidly for about 5 sec-onds, the two way synchronizationis completed.

InformationSome newer garage door openers pro-vide two-way communication syn-chronizing when programming theoriginal transmitter (OT).

Operating Two Way Communication

1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)button.

2. The indicator (4) and (6) operatesas below:

- If the indicator (4) flashes inOrange, it indicates that thegarage door is "closing".

- If the indicator (4) is ON continu-ously in Green, it indicates thatthe garage door is "closed".

- If the indicator (6) flashes inOrange, it indicates that thegarage door is "Opening".

- If the indicator (6) is ON continu-ously in Green, it indicates thatthe garage door is "Opened".

- If the indicator (4) or (6) does notturn to Green, it indicates that thelast status of garage door wasnot received properly. TheHomeLink mirror tries to receivethe last known status of thegarage door for a few seconds.

i

OOS047411N

OOS047099N

OOS047412N

3-32


Recalling Garage Door StatusHomelink mirror with two way com-munication provides a way to viewthe last stored message from thegarage door opener. In order to recallthe last known status of the last acti-vated device, press the buttons "1and 2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously.• If the indicator (4) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that thelast activated device was "closed"properly.

• If the indicator (6) is ON continu-ously in Green, it indicates that thelast activated device was "open"properly.

InformationTwo way communication range dis-tance between "vehicle" and "garagedoor opener" is 100m.

The range may be reduced orincreased a little due to obstacle con-ditions around the garage door open-er, such as houses or trees.

Side View Mirrors

Make sure to adjust the side viewmirrors to your desired positionbefore you begin driving.Your vehicle is equipped with bothleft-hand and right-hand side viewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. Theside view mirrors can be folded tohelp prevent damage when goingthrough an automatic car wash orwhen passing through a narrowstreet.The right side view mirror is convex.Objects seen in the mirror are closerthan they appear.

Use the inside rear view mirror orlook back directly to determine theactual distance of other vehiclesprior to changing lanes.

• Do not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the sur-face of the glass.

• If the mirror is jammed with ice,do not adjust the mirror byforce. Use an approved sprayde-icer (not radiator antifreeze)spray, or a sponge or soft clothwith very warm water, or movethe vehicle to a warm place andallow the ice to melt.

NOTICE

i

Do not adjust or fold the sideview mirrors while driving. Thismay cause loss of vehicle con-trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

OOS047012

3-33


3

Blind spot mirror (if equipped)

The Blind Spot Mirror (BSM) is asupplemental mirror that minimizesthe driver's blind spot zone byexpanding the field of view on therear side of the vehicle.

The blind spot mirror is equipped onthe driver's left side view mirror.

Do not clean the mirror with harshabrasives, fuel or other petroleumbased cleaning products.

Side View Mirror Adjustment

Adjusting the side view mirrors:1. Press either the L (driver's side) or

R (passenger's side) button (1) toselect the side view mirror youwould like to adjust.

2. Use the mirror adjustment controlswitch to position the selected mir-ror up, down, left or right.

3. After adjustment, put the buttoninto neutral (center) position toprevent inadvertent adjustment.

NOTICE

OOS047413N

OLF044478N

• Always check the road condi-tion while driving for unex-pected situations even thoughthe vehicle is equipped with ablind spot mirror.

• The blind spot mirror isintended as a supplementaldevice to assist the driverbefore changing lanes. Donot solely rely on the blindspot mirror as a precaution.Always pay attention to trafficconditions around you.

WARNING

OOS047013

3-34


• The mirrors stop moving whenthey reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switchis pressed. Do not press theswitch longer than necessary,because this can damage themotor.

• Do not attempt to adjust the sideview mirrors by hand, becausethis can damage the motor.

Folding the side view mirrors

To fold the side view mirrors, graspthe housing of the mirror and thenfold it inwards.

NOTICE

OOS047014

3-35


3

(1) Driver’s door power windowswitch

(2) Front passenger’s door powerwindow switch

(3) Rear door (left) power windowswitch

(4) Rear door (right) power windowswitch

(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window(7) Power window lock switch

WWIINNDDOOWWSS

OOS047017

3-36


Power WindowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to be able to raise or lowerthe windows. Each door has a PowerWindow switch to control that door’swindow. The driver has a PowerWindow Lock switch which can blockthe operation of passenger windows.The power windows will operate forapproximately 30 seconds after theignition switch is placed in the ACCor LOCK/OFF position. However, ifthe front doors are opened, thePower Windows will not operate evenwithin the 30 second period.

Information • In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

• While driving with the rear win-dows down or with the sunroof (ifequipped) opened (or partiallyopened), your vehicle may demon-strate a wind buffeting or pulsationnoise. This noise is normal and canbe reduced or eliminated by takingthe following actions. If the noiseoccurs with one or both of the rearwindows down, partially lower bothfront windows approximately oneinch. If you experience the noisewith the sunroof open, slightly closethe sunroof.

Window opening and closing

To open:Press the window switch down to thefirst detent position (5). Release theswitch when you want the window tostop.

To close:Pull the window switch up to the firstdetent position (5). Release the win-dow switch when you want the win-dow to stop.

i

To avoid serious injury or death,do not extend your head, armsor body outside the windowswhile driving.

WARNING

OOS047018

3-37


3

Auto down window (if equipped) Pressing the power window switchdown momentarily to the seconddetent position (6) completely lowersthe window even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window isin operation, pull up or press downand release the switch.

Auto up/down window (if equipped) Pressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the sec-ond detent position (6) completelylowers or lifts the window even whenthe switch is released. To stop thewindow at the desired position whilethe window is in operation, pull up orpress down and release the switch.

To reset the power windowsIf the power windows do not operatenormally, the automatic power win-dow system must be reset as follows:1. Place the ignition switch to the ON

position.2. Close the window and continue

pulling up on the power windowswitch for at least one second.

If the power windows do not operateproperly after resetting, have thesystem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Automatic reverse (if equipped)

If a window senses any obstacle whileit is closing automatically, it will stopand lower approximately 12 inches (30cm) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch ispulled up continuously, the windowwill stop upward movement thenlower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).If the power window switch is pulledup continuously again within 5 sec-onds after the window is lowered bythe automatic window reverse fea-ture, the automatic window reversewill not operate.

The automatic reverse featuredoesn't activate while resettingthe power window system. Makesure body parts or other objectsare safely out of the way beforeclosing the windows to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage.

WARNING

OLF044032

3-38


Information The automatic reverse feature is onlyactive when the "Auto Up" feature isused by fully pulling up the switch tothe second detent.

Do not install any accessories onthe windows.The automatic reversefeature may not operate.

Power window lock switch

The driver can disable the powerwindow switches on the rear passen-ger doors by pressing the power win-dow lock switch.When the power window lock switchis pressed:• The rear passenger control will not

be able to operate the rear passen-ger power window

• Note that the front passenger con-trol is still able to operate the frontpassenger window, and that thedriver master control can still oper-ate all the power windows.

• To prevent possible damage tothe power window system, donot open or close two windowsor more at the same time. Thiswill also ensure the longevity ofthe fuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposite directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

Do not allow children to playwith the power windows. Keepthe driver's door power windowlock switch in the LOCK posi-tion. Serious injury or death canresult from unintentional win-dow operation by a child.

WARNING

Make sure body parts or otherobjects are safely out of the waybefore closing the windows toavoid injuries or vehicle damage.Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in diameter caughtbetween the window glass andthe upper window channel maynot be detected by the automaticreverse window and the windowwill not stop and reverse direc-tion.

WARNING

OOS047019

3-39


3

If your vehicle is equipped with a sun-roof, you can slide or tilt your sunroofwith the sunroof control switch locat-ed on the overhead console.

The sunroof can only be opened,closed, or tilted when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

Information • In cold and wet climates, the sun-

roof may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

• After the vehicle is washed or in arainstorm, be sure to wipe off anywater that is on the sunroof beforeoperating it.

• Do not continue to move thesunroof control lever after thesunroof is fully opened, closed,or tilted. Damage to the motor orsystem components couldoccur.

• Make sure the sunroof is closedfully when leaving your vehicle.If the sunroof is left open, rain orsnow may wet the interior of thevehicle. Also, leaving the sun-roof open when the vehicle isunattended may invite theft.

NOTICE

i

SSUUNNRROOOOFF ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

• Never adjust the sunroof orsunshade while driving. Thiscould result in loss of controland an accident that maycause death, serious injury, orproperty damage.

• Make sure heads, hands, armsor any other body parts orobjects are out of the waybefore operating the sunroof.

• Do not extend your head,arms or body outside the sun-roof while driving, to avoidserious injury.

• Do not leave the engine run-ning and the key in your vehi-cle with unsupervised chil-dren. Unattended childrencould operate the sunroof,which could result in seriousinjury.

• Do not sit on the top of thevehicle. It may cause injury orvehicle damage.

WARNING

OOS047021

3-40


Sunroof opening and closing

To open the sunroof:Press the sunroof control lever back-ward to the first detent position.Release the switch when you wantthe sunroof to stop.To close the sunroof:Press the sunroof control lever for-ward to the first detent position.Release the switch when you wantthe sunroof to stop.

Sliding the sunroofPressing the sunroof control leverbackward or forward momentarily tothe second detent position complete-ly opens or closes the sunroof evenwhen the switch is released. To stopthe sunroof at the desired positionwhile the sunroof is in operation,press the sunroof control lever back-ward or forward and release theswitch.

Information To minimize wind noise while driving,it is recommended that you drive withthe sunroof slightly closed (stop thesunroof about 2 inch (5 cm) before themaximum slide open position).

Tilting the sunroof

Tilt the sunroof open:Push the sunroof control leverupward until the sunroof moves tothe desired position.

To close the sunroof:Push the sunroof control lever for-ward until the sunroof moves to thedesired position.

iOOS047022 OOS047023

3-41


3

• Periodically remove any dirt thatmay accumulate on the sunroofguide rail or between the sun-roof and roof panel which canmake a noise.

• Do not try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, other-wise the motor could be dam-aged. In cold and wet climates,the sunroof may not work prop-erly.

Sunshade

The sunshade can be opened andclosed manually. However, the sun-shade will open automatically withthe sunroof glass when both the sun-roof and sunshade are closed andthe sunroof control lever is operated.

Do not leave the sunshade closedwhile the sunroof is open.

Resetting the sunroofIn some circumstances resetting thesunroof operation may need to beperformed. Some instances whereresetting the sunroof may berequired include:- When the 12V battery in the

engine room is either disconnectedor discharged

- When the 12V battery fuse isreplaced

If the sunroof one-touch AUTOOPEN/CLOSE operation is not func-tioning properly

Sunroof resetting procedure:1. It is recommended to perform the

reset procedure with the vehicleengine running. Start the vehiclein PARK (P) by pressing theStart/Stop button.

2. Make sure the sunroof is in thefully closed position. If the sun-roof is open, push the control leverforward until the sunroof is fullyclosed.

3. Release the control lever whenthe sunroof is fully closed.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OAD045037

3-42


4. Push the control lever forwardabout 10 seconds.- When the sunroof is in the

closed position :The glass will tilt and slightlymove up and down.

- When the sunroof is in the tiltposition:The glass will slightly move upand down.

Do not release the lever until theoperation is completed.If you release the lever during opera-tion, start the procedure again fromstep 2.

5. Within 3 seconds, push and holdthe control lever forward until thesunroof operates as follows:

Tilt down → Slide Open → SlideClose.

Do not release the lever until theoperation is completed.

If you release the lever during opera-tion, start the procedure again fromstep 2.

6. Release the sunroof control leverafter all steps have completed.(The sunroof system has beenreset.)

Information • If the sunroof is not reset when the

vehicle battery is disconnected ordischarged, or the sunroof fuse isblown, the sunroof may not operatenormally.

• For more detailed information, con-tact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Sunroof Open Warning(if equipped)• If the driver turns off the engine

when the sunroof is not fullyclosed, the warning chime willsound for approximately 3 secondsand the sunroof open warning willappear on the LCD display.

• If the driver turns off the engineand opens the door when the sun-roof is not fully closed, the opensunroof warning will appear on theLCD display until the door is closedor the sunroof is fully closed.

Close the sunroof securely whenleaving your vehicle.

i

3-43


3

HoodOpening the hood

1. Park the vehicle and set the park-ing brake.

2. Pull the release lever to unlatchthe hood. The hood should popopen slightly.

3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raisethe hood slightly, push up the sec-ondary latch (1) inside of the hoodcenter and lift the hood (2).

4. Pull out the support rod and holdthe hood open with the supportrod (1).

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS

• When handling the supportrod, grasp the rod in the areawrapped with rubber only. Insome cases where the enginehas been running the supportrod may be hot. Caution shouldbe taken to avoid gettingburned by the support rod.

WARNING

OOS047024

OOS047025 OOS047026

3-44


Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check in

and around the engine compart-ment to ensure the following:- Any tools or other loose objects

are removed from the engineroom area or hood opening area

- All glove, rags, or other com-bustible material is removedfrom the engine compartment

- All filler caps are tightly and cor-rectly installed

2. Lower the hood halfway (liftedapproximately 12 inches (30 cm)from the closed position) and pushdown to securely lock in place.Then double check to be sure thehood is secure. If the hood can beraised slightly, it is not securelylocked. Open it again and close itwith more force.

LiftgateOpening the liftgate

Before attempting to open the lift-gate, make sure the vehicle is inPARK (P). To open the liftgate, per-form the following:1) Unlock the vehicle using either the

remote key fob (Key Start vehi-cles), the Smart Key (Push ButtonStart vehicles), or the Unlock but-ton on the driver side armrest.

2) From outside the vehicle, pressthe liftgate handle

• Before closing the hood,ensure all obstructions areremoved from around thehood opening.

• Always double check to besure that the hood is firmlylatched before driving away.Check there is no hood openwarning light or message dis-played on the instrument clus-ter. Driving with the hoodopened may cause a total lossof visibility, which mightresult in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle withthe hood in the raised posi-tion, as vision is obstructed,which might result in an acci-dent, and the hood could fallor be damaged.

WARNING

OOS047027

• The support rod must be insert-ed completely into the hole pro-vided whenever you inspect theengine compartment. This willprevent the hood from becom-ing dislodged and falling andcausing potential injury.

3-45


3

Closing the liftgate

Lower the liftgate lid and press downuntil it locks. To be sure the liftgate lidis securely fastened, always checkby trying to pull it up again withoutpressing the liftgate handle button.

Information In cold and wet climates, door lockand door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

Make certain that you close theliftgate before driving your vehi-cle. Possible damage may occurto the liftgate struts and mountinghinges if the liftgate is not closedprior to driving.

Emergency liftgate safetyrelease

Your vehicle is equipped with anemergency liftgate safety releaselever located on the bottom of the lift-gate inside the vehicle.To unlock and open the liftgate man-ually from inside the luggage com-partment, perform the followingsteps:1. Insert the mechanical key from the

key fob or a small screwdriver intothe slot at the bottom of the liftgateinside the luggage compartment.

NOTICE

i

OOS047029

OOS047028

The liftgate swings upward.Make sure no objects or peopleare near the rear of the vehiclewhen opening the liftgate.

WARNING

Do not hold on to or try to pullon the liftgate strut. Be awarethat the deformation of the lift-gate strut may cause vehicledamage and risk of injury.

WARNING

OOS047085

3-46


2. Slide the key or screwdriver to theright to engage the safety releaselever.

3. Push the liftgate outward andupward.

Fuel Filler DoorOpening the fuel filler door

The fuel filler door is opened frominside the vehicle using the fuel fillerdoor release lever.1. Turn the engine off. Locate the fuel

filler door release lever on the flooron the left side of the driver seat.

2. Pull up on the release lever.

3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outwardto access the fuel tank cap.

4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2),turn it counterclockwise. You mayhear a hissing noise as the pres-sure inside the tank equalizes.

5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.

Information If the fuel filler door does not openbecause ice has formed around it, taplightly or push on the door to breakthe ice and release the door. Do notpry on the door. If necessary, sprayaround the door with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warmplace and allow the ice to melt.

i

• Be aware of the location of theemergency liftgate safetyrelease lever in your vehicleand know how to open the lift-gate using the safety releaselever.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compart-ment of the vehicle at any time.The luggage compartment is avery dangerous location in theevent of a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gencies only. Use extreme cau-tion, especially while the vehi-cle is in motion.

WARNING

OOS047086

OOS047031

3-47


3

Closing the fuel filler door1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it

clockwise until it "clicks" one time.2. Close the fuel filler door until it is

latched securely.

• Do not get back into a vehicleonce you have begun refuel-ing. You can generate a build-up of static electricity bytouching, rubbing or slidingagainst any item or fabriccapable of producing staticelectricity. Static electricitydischarge can ignite fuelvapors causing a fire. If youmust re-enter the vehicle, youshould once again eliminatepotentially dangerous staticelectricity discharge by touch-ing a metal part of the vehicle,away from the fuel filler neck,nozzle or other gasolinesource, with your bare hand.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, besure to place the container onthe ground prior to refueling.Static electricity dischargefrom the container can ignitefuel vapors causing a fire.

Gasoline is highly flammableand explosive. Failure to followthese guidelines may result inSERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station.• Before refueling, note the

location of the EmergencyGasoline Shut-Off, if available,at the gas station.

• Before touching the fuel noz-zle, you should eliminate thepotential build-up of staticelectricity by touching a metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gassource, with your bare hand.

• Do not use cellular phoneswhile refueling. Electric cur-rent and/or electronic interfer-ence from cellular phones canpotentially ignite fuel vaporsand cause a fire.

WARNING

3-48


Information Make sure to refuel your vehicleaccording to the "Fuel Requirements"suggested in the Introduction chapter.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted sur-faces may damage the paint.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap canresult in a serious malfunctionof the fuel system or emissioncontrol system.

NOTICE

i• Do not over-fill or top-off yourvehicle tank, which can causegasoline spillage.

• If a fire breaks out during refu-eling, leave the vicinity of thevehicle, and immediately con-tact the manager of the gasstation and then contact thelocal fire department. Followany safety instructions theyprovide.

• If pressurized fuel sprays out,it can cover your clothes orskin and thus subject you tothe risk of fire and burns.Always remove the fuel capcarefully and slowly. If the capis venting fuel or if you hear ahissing sound, wait until thecondition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the eventof an accident.

Once refueling has begun,contact between your barehand and the vehicle shouldbe maintained until the fillingis complete.

• Use only approved portableplastic fuel containers designedto carry and store gasoline.

• When refueling, always movethe shift lever to the P (Park)position (for automatic trans-mission/dual clutch transmis-sion), set the parking brake,and place the ignition switchto the LOCK/OFF position.Sparks produced by electricalcomponents related to theengine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire.

• Do not use matches or alighter and do not smoke orleave a lit cigarette in yourvehicle while at a gas station,especially during refueling.

3-49


3

IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT CCLLUUSSTTEERR

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. LCD display (including Trip computer)

OOS047101N/OOS047102N

■■ Type A

■■ Type B

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more information, refer to the "Gaugesand Meters" in this chapter.

3-50


Instrument Cluster ControlAdjusting instrument clusterillumination

When the vehicle's position lights orheadlights are on, press the illumina-tion control button to adjust thebrightness of the instrument panelillumination.When pressing the illumination con-trol button, the interior switch illumi-nation intensity is also adjusted.

• The brightness of the instrumentpanel illumination is displayed.

• If the brightness reaches the maxi-mum or minimum level, a chimewill sound.

For information regarding the illu-mination setting on your audio dis-play, refer to the "Setup" section ofyour Audio or Navigation manual.

Never adjust the instrumentcluster while driving. Doing socould lead to driver distractionwhich may cause an accidentand lead to vehicle damage,serious injury, or death.

WARNING

OOS047401N

OPDE046110

3-51


3

Gauges and MetersSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates thespeed of the vehicle and is calibratedin miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilo-meters per hour (km/h).

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates theapproximate number of engine revo-lutions per minute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the cor-rect shift points and to prevent lug-ging and/or over-revving the engine.

Do not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE. Thismay cause severe engine damage.

Engine coolant temperaturegauge

This gauge indicates the tempera-ture of the engine coolant when theignition switch is in the ON position.

If the gauge pointer movesbeyond the normal range areatoward the "H" position, it indi-cates overheating that may dam-age the engine.Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. If your vehicleoverheats, refer to "If the EngineOverheats" in chapter 6.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OOS047103N

OOS047104L

OOS047140L

3-52


Fuel gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in thefuel tank.

Information • The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.

• The fuel gauge is supplemented by alow fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank isnearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlierthan usual due to the movement offuel in the tank.

Avoid driving with an extremelylow fuel level. Running out of fuelcould cause the engine to misfiredamaging the catalytic converter.

NOTICE

i

Never remove the radiator cap orreservoir cap when the engine ishot. The engine coolant is underpressure and could severelyburn.Wait until the engine is coolbefore adding coolant to thereservoir.

WARNING

OOS047141L

Running out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addi-tional fuel as soon as possibleafter the warning light comeson or when the gauge indicatorcomes close to the "E (Empty)"level.

WARNING

3-53


3

Outside temperature gauge

This gauge indicates the current out-side air temperature by 1°F (1°C).- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F

(-40°C ~ 60°C)Note that the temperature indicatedon the LCD display may not changeas quickly as the outside tempera-ture (there may be a slight delaybefore the temperature changes.)

You can change the temperature unitfrom °F to °C or °C to °F in the UserSettings mode in the cluster:- Go to User Settings Mode ➝ Other

➝ Temperature Unit.For vehicles equipped with AutomaticClimate Control, you can also:- Press and hold the AUTO and OFF

buttons on the climate control unitfor 3 seconds

Both the temperature unit on thecluster LCD display and climate con-trol screen will change.

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance that the vehicle has been driv-en and should be used to determinewhen periodic maintenance shouldbe performed.

OPD047463N OPDE046141R

3-54


Range

• The range is the estimated dis-tance the vehicle can be drivenwith the remaining fuel.

• If the estimated distance is below1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer willdisplay "----" as range.

Information • If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has been inter-rupted, the range function may notoperate correctly.

• The range may differ from the actu-al driving distance as it is only anestimate of the available drivingrange for the vehicle and drivingconditions.

• The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon(6 liters) of fuel are added to thevehicle.

• The range may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

Transmission shift indicator Automatic transmission/Dual clutch transmission shiftindicator

This indicator displays the gear posi-tion of the shift lever.

• Park : P• Reverse : R• Neutral : N• Drive : D• Sport Mode

- Auto Transmission : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6- Dual Clutch Transmission : 1, 2,

3, 4, 5, 6, 7

i

OOS048469N

OTL045132

3-55


3

Shift indicator pop-up

The pop-up indicates the currentgear position displayed in the clusterfor about 2 seconds when shiftinginto other positions (P/R/N/D).

Warning and Indicator Lights

Information Make sure that all warning lights areOFF after starting the engine. If anylight is still ON, this indicates a situa-tion that needs attention.

Air Bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switchto the ON position.- The air bag warning light illumi-

nates for about 6 seconds andthen turns off when all checkshave been performed

• The air bag warning light willremain illuminated if there is a mal-function with the Safety RestraintSystem (SRS) air bag operation.In this case, have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driverthat the seat belt is not fastened.

For more information, refer to"Seat Belts" in chapter 2.

i

OTL045134

3-56


Parking Brake & BrakeFluid Warning Light


• When you place the ignition switchto the ON position.- The parking brake light illumi-

nates for about 3 seconds andwill then turn off once the parkingbrake is released.

• Whenever the parking brake isapplied.

• Whenever the brake fluid level inthe reservoir is low.- If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, itindicates the brake fluid level inthe reservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reser-voir is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safelocation and stop your vehicle.

2. With the engine stopped, check thebrake fluid level immediately andadd fluid as required (For moreinformation, refer to "BrakeFluid" in chapter 7). After addingbrake fluid, check all brake compo-nents for fluid leaks. If a brake fluidleak is found, or if the warning lightremains on, or if the brakes do notoperate properly, do not drive thevehicle. Have the vehicle inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. Thismeans you still have braking on twowheels even if one of the dual sys-tems should fail.With only one of the dual systemsworking, more than normal pedaltravel and greater pedal pressure isrequired to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in asshort a distance with only a portionof the brake system working.If the brakes fail while you are driv-ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-al engine braking and stop the vehi-cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

Parking Brake & Brake FluidWarning Light

Driving the vehicle with a warn-ing light ON is dangerous. If theParking Brake & Brake FluidWarning Light illuminates withthe parking brake released, itindicates that the brake fluidlevel is low.In this case, have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

3-57


3

Anti-lock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light


• When you place the ignition switchto the ON position.- The ABS warning light illuminates

for about 3 seconds and thenturns off.

• Whenever there is a malfunctionwith the ABS.Note that the hydraulic brakingsystem will still be operational evenif there is a malfunction with theABS.

Electronic Brake ForceDistribution (EBD)System Warning Light

These two warning lights illuminateat the same time while driving:

• When the ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally.In this case, have the vehicle inspect-ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information - ElectronicBrake Force Distribution(EBD) System Warning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is on orboth ABS and Parking Brake & BrakeFluid Warning Lights are on, thespeedometer, odometer, or tripmetermay not work. Also, the EPS WarningLight may illuminate and the steeringeffort may increase or decrease.

In this case, have the vehicle inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

i

Electronic Brake ForceDistribution (EBD) SystemWarning Light

When both ABS and ParkingBrake & Brake Fluid WarningLights are on, the brake systemwill not work normally and youmay experience an unexpectedand dangerous situation duringsudden braking.In this case, avoid high speeddriving and abrupt braking.

WARNING

Have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealeras soon as possible.

3-58


Electric Power Steering(EPS) Warning Light


• When you place the ignition switchto the ON position.- The Electric Power Steering

Warning light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and then goesoff.

• Whenever there is a malfunctionwith the EPS.If this occurs, have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switchto the ON position.- The malfunction indicator light

illuminates for about 3 secondsand then goes off.

• Whenever there is a malfunctionwith either the emission controlsystem or the engine or the vehiclepowertrain.If this occurs, have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Driving with the MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (MIL) on maycause damage to the emissioncontrol system which could affectdrivability and/or fuel economy.

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp(MIL) illuminates, potential catalyt-ic converter damage is possiblewhich could result in loss ofengine power.In this case, have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

NOTICE

NOTICE

3-59


3

Charging SystemWarning Light

When this warning light illuminateswhile the engine is running, the bat-tery is not being charged. Immediatelyturn OFF all electrical accessories.Try not to use electrically operatedcontrols, such as the power windows.Keep the engine running.Have the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible.

Engine Oil PressureWarning Light


• When the engine oil pressure is low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safelocation and stop your vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and check theengine oil level (For more informa-tion, refer to "Engine Oil" in chap-ter 7). If the level is low, add oil asrequired.If the warning light remains onafter adding oil or if oil is not avail-able, have the vehicle inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealeras soon as possible.

• If the engine does not stopimmediately after the Engine OilPressure Warning Light is illumi-nated, severe damage couldresult.

• If the warning light stays onwhile the engine is running, itindicates that there may be seri-ous engine damage or malfunc-tion. In this case:1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it

is safe to do so.2. Turn off the engine and check

the oil level. If the oil level islow, fill the engine oil to theproper level.

3. Start the engine again. If thewarning light stays on afterthe engine is started, turn theengine off immediately. In thiscase, have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

3-60


Low Fuel LevelWarning Light


• When the fuel tank is nearly empty.Add fuel as soon as possible.

Driving with the Low Fuel Levelwarning light on or with the fuellevel below "E" can cause theengine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

Washer Fluid WarningLight


• When the washer fluid level in thereservoir is nearly empty.If washer fluid warning light illumi-nates, refill the washer fluid reser-voir in the engine room when pos-sible.

Master Warning Light


• When there is a malfunction inoperation in any of the followingsystems:- Low washer fluid- Exterior lamp malfunction

(if equipped)- Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) malfunction (if equipped)- Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)To identify the details of the warn-ing, look at the LCD display.

NOTICE

3-61


3

Low Tire PressureWarning Light (if equipped)


• When you place the ignition switchON position.- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.• When one or more of your tires are

significantly underinflated. (Thelocation of the underinflated tiresare displayed on the LCD display.)

For more information, refer to"Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

This warning light remains ONafter blinking for approximately 60seconds, or repeatedly blinks ONand OFF in 3 second intervals:

• When there is a malfunction withthe TPMS.In this case, have the vehicle inspect-ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er as soon as possible.


All Wheel Drive (AWD)Warning Light (if equipped)


• When you place the ignition switchto the ON position.- The All Wheel Drive warning light


• Whenever there is a malfunctionwith the AWD system.If this occurs, have your vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Safe Stopping

• The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors.

• If you notice any vehicle insta-bility, immediately take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal,apply the brakes graduallywith light force, and slowlymove to a safe position off theroad.

WARNING

3-62


Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) IndicatorLight


• When you place the ignition switchto the ON position.- The Electronic Stability Control

indicator light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and then goesoff.

• Whenever there is a malfunctionwith the ESC system.If this occurs, have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

• While the ESC is operating.

For more information, refer to"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"in chapter 5.

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) OFFIndicator Light


• When you place the ignition switchto the ON position.- It illuminates for approximately

3 seconds and then goes off.• When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-ton.

For more information, refer to"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"in chapter 5.

Immobilizer IndicatorLight (with smart key(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates forup to 30 seconds:

• When the vehicle detects thesmart key in the vehicle with theEngine Start/Stop button in theACC or ON position.- Once the smart key is detected,

you can start the engine.- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a fewseconds:

• When the smart key is not in thevehicle.- If the smart key is not detected,

you cannot start the engine.

3-63


3

This indicator light illuminates for2 seconds and goes off:

• If the smart key is in the vehicleand the Engine Start/Stop button isON, but the vehicle cannot detectthe smart key.In this case, have the vehicle inspect-ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.


• When the battery voltage of thesmart key is low.- If this occurs, you will not be able

to start the engine by simplypressing the Start/Stop button.However, you can still start theengine by pressing the Start/Stopbutton directly with the smart key.(Refer to "Starting the Engine"in chapter 5.)

• When there is a malfunction withthe immobilizer system.In this case, have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Turn Signal IndicatorLight


• When you operate the turn signalindicator stalk.

If any of the following occur, there maybe a malfunction with the turn signalsystem.- The turn signal indicator light illumi-

nates but does not blink- The turn signal indicator light blinks

rapidly- The turn signal indicator light does

not illuminate at allIf any of these conditions occur, haveyour vehicle inspected by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

High Beam IndicatorLight


• When the headlights are on and inthe high beam position

• When the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light ON IndicatorLight


• When the tail lights or headlightsare on.

Front Fog IndicatorLight (if equipped)


• When the front fog lights are on.

3-64


LED Headlight WarningLight (if equipped)


• When you place the ignition switchor the Engine Start/Stop button tothe ON position.

• When there is a malfunction withthe LED headlight.If this occurs, have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

This warning light blinks:

When there is a malfunction with aLED headlight related part.In this case, have the vehicle inspect-ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Continuous driving with the LEDHeadlight Warning Light on orblinking can reduce LED headlightlife.

High Beam Assist(HBA) indicator light(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates :

• When the high-Beam is on with thelight switch in the AUTO light posi-tion.

• If your vehicle detects oncoming orpreceding vehicles, the High BeamAssist (HBA) system will switch thehigh beam to low beam automati-cally.

For more information, refer to"High Beam Assist (HBA) system"in this chapter.

Icy Road Warning Light(if equipped)

This warning light is to warn the driverthe road may be icy.When the outside temperaturegauge reads below 40°F (4°C), theIcy Road Warning Light and OutsideTemperature Gauge blinks and thenilluminates. Also, the warning chimesounds 1 time.

Information If the icy road warning light illumi-nates while driving, it means that theoutside temperature has reduced andthat the road conditions may be icy.As a precaution you should reduceyour speed and drive more carefullyand with greater attention to the roadconditions.

i

NOTICE

3-65


3

Cruise Indicator Light


• When the cruise control system isenabled.

For more information, refer to"Cruise Control System" in chap-ter 5.

Cruise SET IndicatorLight


• When the cruise control speed isset.

For more information, refer to"Cruise Control System" in chap-ter 5.

SPORT Mode IndicatorLight


• When you select "SPORT" modeas drive mode.

For more information, refer to"Drive Mode Integrated ControlSystem" in chapter 5.

ECO Mode IndicatorLight (for Canada)

This indicator light illuminates :

• When you select "ECO" mode asdrive mode.

For more information, refer to"Drive Mode Integrated ControlSystem" in chapter 5.

Forward CollisionAvoidance AssistWarning Light(if equipped)This warning light illuminates :

• When you set the ignition switchor Engine Start/Stop button to theON position.- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.• When there is a malfunction with

FCA. In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized dealer ofHYUNDAI.

For more information, refer to"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist(FCA) system" in chapter 5.

3-66


Lane Keep AssistIndicator Light (if equipped)


• [Green] When you activate the lanedeparture warning system bypressing the LKA button and all ofthe system operating conditionsare satisfied.

• [White] When system operatingconditions are not satisfied orwhen the sensor does not detectthe lane line.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-tion with the lane keeping assistsystem.

In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

For more information, refer to "LaneKeeping Assist (LKA) system" inchapter 5.

All Wheel Drive LOCKIndicator Light (if equipped)


• When you place the ignition switchto the ON position.- The AWD LOCK indicator light


• When you select AWD Lock modeby pressing the AWD LOCK button.- The AWD LOCK mode is to trans-

fer a portion of the drive torque tothe rear wheels for increasedtraction on wet pavement, snowcovered roads or when driving offroad.

Downhill Brake Control(DBC) Indicator Light


• When you place the ignition switchto the ON position.- The Downhill Brake Control

Indicator Light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and then goesoff.

• When you activate the system bypressing the DBC button.


• When the DBC is operating.

This indicator light illuminates yel-low:

• When there is a malfunction withthe DBC system.

If this occurs, have your vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

For more information, refer to"Downhill Brake Control (DBC)System" in chapter 5.

AWD Lock Mode

Do not use the AWD lock modeon dry paved roads. Doing socan cause abnormal noise orvibration, and may damage theAWD system.

CAUTION

3-67


3

LCD Display MessagesShift to P or N to start engine(for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifyou try to start the engine with theshift lever not in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position.

InformationYou can start the engine with the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) position. But,for your safety, we recommend thatyou start the engine with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position.

Shift to P (for smart key system)This message is displayed if you tryto turn off the engine without the shiftlever in P (Park) position.If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stopbutton turns to the ACC position (Ifyou press the Engine Start/Stop but-ton once more, it will turn to the ONposition).

Low key battery (for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifthe battery of the smart key is dis-charged while changing the EngineStart/Stop button to the OFF position.

Press brake pedal to startengine (for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifthe Engine Start/Stop buttonchanges to the ACC position twiceby pressing the button repeatedlywithout depressing the brake pedal.You can start the vehicle by depress-ing the brake pedal and then press-ing the Engine Start/Stop button.

Key not in vehicle(for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifthe smart key is not in the vehiclewhen you press the Engine Start/Stop button.When attempting to start the vehicle,always have the smart key with you.

Key not detected (for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifthe smart key is not detected when youpress the Engine Start/Stop button.

Press START button again(for smart key system)This message is displayed if youwere unable to start the vehicle whenthe Engine Start/Stop button waspressed.If this occurs, attempt to start theengine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button again.If the warning message appearseach time you press the EngineStart/Stop button, have your vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

i

3-68


Battery discharging due toexternal electrical devices (if equipped)This message is displayed if the bat-tery voltage is weak due to any non-factory electrical accessories (ex.dashboard camera) while parking.Be careful that the battery is not dis-charged.If the warning message appearsafter removing the non-factory elec-trical accessories, we recommendthat you have the vehicle inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Press START button with key(for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifyou press the Engine Start/Stop but-ton while the warning message "Keynot detected" is displayed.At this time, the immobilizer indicatorlight blinks.

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse (for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifthe brake switch fuse is disconnected.You need to replace the fuse with anew one before starting the engine.If that is not possible, you can startthe engine by pressing the EngineStart/Stop button for 10 seconds inthe ACC position.

Door, Hood, Liftgate OpenIndicator

This warning is displayed if any dooror the hood or the liftgate is left open.The warning will indicate which dooris open in the display.

Before driving the vehicle, youshould confirm that the door/hood/liftgate is fully closed.Also, check there is no door/hood/liftgate open warning lightor message displayed on theinstrument cluster.

CAUTION

OOS047112

3-69


3

Sunroof Open (if equipped)

This warning is displayed if you turnoff the engine when the sunroof isopen.Close the sunroof securely beforeleaving your vehicle.

Low Pressure

This warning message is displayed ifthe tire pressure is low. The corre-sponding tire on the vehicle will beilluminated.


Turn FUSE SWITCH on

This warning message is displayed ifthe fuse switch located on the fusebox under the steering wheel is OFF.The fuse switch is turned OFF tominimize battery draw when thevehicle is in storage or in transporta-tion where the vehicle will not beoperated for some time.Under normal conditions, the fuseswitch should be set to the ON posi-tion.

For more information, refer to"Fuses" in chapter 7.

OOS047142LOOS047115LOOS047113

3-70


Lights Mode

This indicator displays which exteriorlight is selected using the lightingcontrol.

Wiper

This indicator displays which wiperspeed is selected using the wipercontrol.

Heated Steering Wheel turnedoff (if equipped)This message is displayed if you turnoff the heated steering wheel.

For more information, refer to"Heated Steering Wheel" in thischapter.

Low washer fluid (if equipped)This warning message is displayedif the washer fluid level in the reser-voir is nearly empty.Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.

Low fuelThis warning message is displayed ifthe fuel tank is almost out of fuel.When this message is displayed, thelow fuel level warning light in thecluster will come on.It is recommended to look for thenearest fueling station and refuel assoon as possible.

Add fuel as soon as possible.

Engine overheatedThis warning message is displayedwhen the engine coolant tempera-ture is above 248°F (120°C). Thismeans that the engine is overheatedand may be damaged.

If your vehicle is overheated, referto "Overheating" in chapter 6.

■ Rear■ Front

OPD047125L/OPD047126LOPD047120L

3-71


3

Check headlight (if equipped)This warning message is displayed ifthe headlights are not operatingproperly. A headlight bulb may needto be replaced.

InformationMake sure to replace the burned outbulb with a new one of the same wattagerating.

Check High Beam Assist (HBA)system (if equipped)This warning message is displayed ifthere is a problem with the High BeamAssist (HBA) system. Have the vehi-cle inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

For more information, refer to"High Beam Assist (HBA) system"in chapter 3.

Check Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system(if equipped)This warning message is displayed ifthere is a malfunction with theForward Collision-Avoidance Assist(FCA) system. Have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

For more information, refer to"Forward Collision-AvoidanceAssist (FCA) system" in chapter 5.

Check Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system (if equipped)This warning message is displayed ifthere is a problem with the DriverAttention Warning (DAW). Have thevehicle inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

For more information, refer to"Driver Attention Warning (DAW)"in chapter 5.

Check Lane Keeping Assist(LKA) system (if equipped)This warning message is displayed ifthere is a problem with the CheckLane Keeping Assist (LKA) system.Have the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more information, refer to"Check Lane Keeping Assist(LKA) system" in chapter 5.

i

3-72


LLCCDD DDIISSPPLLAAYYLCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can bechanged by using the control buttons.

(1) : MODE button for changingmodes

(2) , : MOVE switch forchanging items

(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button forsetting or resetting the select-ed item

OOS047038N

3-73


3

Modes Symbol Explanation

Trip Computer This mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, etc.For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT) (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the navigation.

Assist (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of :- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system- Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system- Tire pressureFor more information, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system”, “DriverAttention Warning (DAW) system” in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

User SettingsThe User Settings menu provides user options for a variety of settings including doorlock/unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.

WarningThe Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one ormore systems is not operating normally.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

LCD Display Modes

3-74


Shift to P to edit settings

This warning message appears ifyou try to adjust the User Settingswhile driving.For your safety, change the UserSettings after parking the vehicle,applying the parking brake and mov-ing the shift lever to P (Park).

Quick guide helpThis mode provides quick guides forthe systems in the User Settingsmode.Select an item, press and hold the OKbutton.

For more information about eachsystem, refer to this Owner'sManual.

Trip computer mode

The trip computer mode displaysinformation related to vehicle drivingparameters including fuel economy,tripmeter information and vehiclespeed.

For more information, refer to"Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode

This mode displays the state of thenavigation.

OPD047464N OPDE046147R

3-75


3

Assist mode

LKA/DAW

This mode displays the state of theLane Keeping Assist (LKA) systemand Driver Attention Warning (DAW)system.

For more information, refer toeach system in chapter 5.

Tire Pressure

This mode displays information relat-ed to Tire Pressure.


Warning modeIf one of followings occurs, warningmessages will be displayed on theLCD display for several seconds.- Low washer fluid- Exterior lamp malfunction

(if equipped)- Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system malfunction (if equipped)- Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)- High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunc-

tion (if equipped)- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) malfunction (if equipped)

OOS047118L

OOS047119L

3-76


User settings modeIn this mode, you can change thesettings of the instrument cluster,doors, lamps, etc.1. Head-up display (if equipped)2. Driver Assistance3. Door4. Lights5. Sound6. Convenience7. Service interval8. Other9. Language10. ResetThe information provided may differdepending on which functions areapplicable to your vehicle.

Items Explanation

Enable Head-Up Display To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function.

Display Height To adjust the height of the image displayed

Rotation To adjust the angle of the image displayed.

Brightness To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.

Content Selection

To select the content to be displayed.

- Turn by Turn

- Traffic Information

- Cruise control

- Lane keeping assist

- Blind-spot Collision Warning

Speed SizeTo select the speedometer size displayed.- Large/Medium/Small

Speed ColorTo select the speedometer color displayed.- White/Orange/Green

1. Head-Up Display

For more information, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.

3-77


3

Items Explanation

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system

To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver Attention Warning.- Off / Normal Sensitivity / High Sensitivity

For more information, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System" in chapter 5.

Lane Safety

To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist function.- Active LKA / Standard LKA / Lane Departure Warning

For more information, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

To activate or deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system.

For more information, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" inchapter 5.

Forward Collision Warning

To adjust the initial warning alert time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system.

- Early / Normal / Late

For more information, refer to "Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in chap-ter 5.

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) SoundTo activate or deactivate the Blind- Spot Collision Warning sound.

For more information, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System" in chapter 5.

2. Driver Assistance

3-78


Items Explanation

Auto Lock

- Disable: The auto door lock operation will be canceled.- Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3

mph (15 km/h).- Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park)

position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position (only when the engine is run-ning).

Auto Unlock

- Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.- On Key Out: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the

key ignition switch (if equipped with remote key).- Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set

to the OFF position. (if equipped with smart key)- On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted to

the P (Park) position (only when the engine is running).

Two Press Unlock

- Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if thedoor unlock button is pressed.

- On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the doorunlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.

Horn Feedback

To activate or deactivate the horn feedback.If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remotekey, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indi-cate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).

3. Door

3-79


3

Items Explanation

One Touch Turn Signal

- Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.- 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is

moved slightly.

For more information, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.

Headlight DelayTo activate or deactivate the headlight delay function.

For more information, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.

4. Lights

Items Explanation

Welcome Sound To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.

5. Sound

3-80


Items Explanation

Wireless Charging SystemTo activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.

For more information, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter.

Wiper/Lights DisplayTo activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode.When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you changethe mode.

Gear Position Pop-upTo activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up.When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display.

Icy Road Warning To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.

6. Convenience

3-81


3

Items Explanation

Service Interval To activate or deactivate the service interval function.

Adjust Interval If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.

7. Service interval

Information To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the followingsituations each time the vehicle is turned on.- Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service.- Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.

Information If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect.

- The battery cable is disconnected.

- The fuse switch is turned off.

- The battery is discharged.

i

i

3-82


Items Explanation

Fuel Economy Reset

- Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.- After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy

will reset automatically.- After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6

liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).

For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Fuel Economy UnitTo select the fuel economy unit.- US gallon / UK gallon

Temperature UnitTo select the temperature unit.- °C / °F

Tire Pressure UnitTo select the tire pressure unit.- psi / kPa / bar

8. Other

Items Explanation

Language To select language.

9. Language

Items Explanation

ResetYou can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode arereset to factory settings, except language and service interval.

10. Reset

3-83


3

The trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving.

Information Some driving information stored in thetrip computer (for example AverageVehicle Speed) resets if the battery isdisconnected.

Trip modes

To change the trip mode, toggle the" , " switch on the steeringwheel.

i

TTRRIIPP CCOOMMPPUUTTEERR

OOS047038N

• Tripmeter • Fuel Economy• Timer

Drive Info

• Tripmeter • Fuel Economy• Timer

Accumulated Info

• Average Fuel Economy• Instant Fuel Economy

Fuel Economy

Digital Speedometer

3-84


Average fuel economy/Instant fuel economy

Average Fuel Economy (1)

• The average fuel economy is calcu-lated by the total driving distanceand fuel consumption since the lastaverage fuel economy reset.

• The average fuel economy can bereset both manually and automati-cally.

Manual resetTo clear the average fuel economymanually, press the OK button on thesteering wheel for more than 1 sec-ond when the average fuel economyis displayed.

Automatic resetTo automatically reset the averagefuel economy, select between "AfterIgnition" or "After Refueling" in theUser Settings mode on the LCD dis-play.- After Ignition: When the engine has

been OFF for 4 hours or longer theaverage fuel economy will resetautomatically.

- After Refueling: The average fueleconomy will reset automaticallyafter adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) offuel or more and after driving speedexceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).

Information The vehicle must be driven for a min-imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) sincethe last ignition key cycle before theaverage fuel economy will be recalcu-lated.

Instant Fuel Economy (2)

• The instantaneous fuel economy isdisplayed according to the bargraph in the LCD display whiledriving.

i

OPD047464N/OPD047465N

■ Type A ■ Type B

3-85


3

Accumulated Info display

This display shows the accumulatedtrip distance (1), the average fueleconomy (2), and the total drivingtime (3).The information is accumulated start-ing from the last reset.To reset the information, press andhold the OK button when viewing theAccumulated driving info. The tripdistance, the average fuel economy,and total driving time will reset simul-taneously.

The accumulated driving informationwill continue to be counted while theengine is still running (for example,when the vehicle is in traffic orstopped at a stop light).

Information The vehicle must be driven for a min-imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) sincethe last ignition key cycle before theaverage fuel economy will be recalcu-lated.

Drive Info display

This display shows the trip distance(1), the average fuel economy (2),and the total driving time (3).The information is combined for eachignition cycle. However, when theengine has been OFF for 4 hours orlonger the Drive Info screen will reset.To manually reset the information,press and hold the OK button whenviewing the Drive Info. The trip dis-tance, the average fuel economy, andtotal driving time will reset simultane-ously.

i

OPD047468N/OPD047469N


OPD047466N/OPD047467N


3-86


The driving information will continue tobe counted while the engine is still run-ning (for example, when the vehicle isin traffic or stopped at a stop light).

Information The vehicle must be driven for a mini-mum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since thelast ignition key cycle before the averagefuel economy will be recalculated.

Digital speedometer

The digital speedometer displayshows the speed of the vehicle.

i

OPDE046145R

3-87


3

The Head-Up Display is an optionalfeature that allows the driver to viewinformation projected onto a trans-parent screen while still keeping youreyes safely on the road ahead whiledriving.

Precautions while using thehead up displayIt may sometimes be difficult to readinformation on the head up display inthe following situations.- The driver is improperly positioned

in the driver's seat.- The driver wears polarizing-filter

sunglasses.- An object is located above the

head up display cover.- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.- Any improper lighting accessory is

installed inside the vehicle, or thereis incoming light from outside ofthe vehicle.

- The driver wears glasses.- The driver wears contact lenses.When it is difficult to read the headup display information, adjust theimage height of HUD or the head updisplay brightness level in the UserSettings Mode. For more information,refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.

HHEEAADD UUPP DDIISSPPLLAAYY ((HHUUDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

• Do not attach any stickers oraccessories on the head-updisplay or crash pad.

• Do not attempt to adjust or tryto move the combiner screenor the mechanical door on topof the dash manually by hand.

• The image may be invisibledue to finger prints. Also,excessive force applied dur-ing operation may damage thedisplay.

• Do not place any objects nearthe head-up display.Interference with such objectsduring activation may influ-ence the operation or damagethe display.

• Do not put any drinks near thehead-up display. If liquid flowsin the display, the unit couldbe damaged.

WARNING

OOS047079N

3-88


Head Up Display ON/OFF

Use the button on the left hand sideof the dash panel to activate/deacti-vate the Head-up display when theignition is in the ON position or whenthe engine is running.The Head-Up display will retractautomatically when the engine isturned OFF and the doors are lockedwith the Smart Key or when pressingthe button on the outside door han-dle.Note that if the engine is turned OFFand the doors are not locked, theHead-up display will automaticallyretract after approximately five min-utes.

• When you open or close theHUD, noise may occur fromthe motor and gear.

• When you adjust the imageheight of the HUD, noise mayoccur from the motor andgear.

CAUTION• Do not place any objects on oraround the head-up display.Do not apply any decals orstickers on the combinerscreen. Doing so mayobstruct the image display.

• Avoid prolonged exposure ofdirect sunlight onto the com-biner screen.

• Do not place any objects on,inside, or near the combinerscreen when the head-up dis-play is either opened orclosed.Use caution to prevent anyobjects from falling inside themechanical door.

• Use only a soft cloth to cleanthe combiner screen. Do notuse any organic solvents,detergents, or polishing mate-rials. Doing so could damagethe display.

• For your safety, make sure tostop the vehicle before adjust-ing the settings.

OOS047402N

3-89


3

Head Up Display Information

1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigationinformation

2. Speed Limit Sign3. Speedometer4. Cruise Control SET Indicator5. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-

tem information6. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system information7. Warning Message (Low Fuel, etc.)8. Audio Station Info

Information If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT)navigation information as HUD con-tents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) naviga-tion information will not be displayedon the LCD Display.

Head Up Display SettingOn the LCD display, you can changethe head up display settings as fol-lows.• Display Height• Rotation• Brightness• Content Select• Speedometer Size• Speedometer Color

For more information, refer to"LCD Display" in this chapter.

i

OOS047082N

3-90


LLIIGGHHTTIINNGGExterior LightsLighting controlTo operate the lights, turn the knob atthe end of the control lever to one ofthe following positions:

1. OFF position2. AUTO headlamp position3. Parking lamp position4. Headlamp position

Daytime running light (DRL)

The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)can make it easier for others to seethe front of your vehicle during theday, especially after dawn and beforesunset.

The DRL system will turn the dedi-cated lamp OFF when :• The headlamps are ON.• The parking lamps are ON.• The vehicle is turned off.• The parking brake is engaged.

AUTO headlamp position (ifequipped)

The parking lamp and headlamp willbe turned ON or OFF automaticallydepending on the amount of daylightas measured by the ambient lightsensor on the center dash.

Even with the AUTO headlamp fea-ture in operation, it is recommendedto manually turn ON the headlampswhen driving at night or in a fog, driv-ing in the rain, or when you enterdark areas, such as tunnels andparking facilities.

OOS047404N

OOS047050N

3-91


3

• Do not cover or spill anything onthe sensor (1) located in front ofthe instrument panel.

• Do not clean the sensor using awindow cleaner, the cleanser mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tintor other types of metallic coat-ing on the front windshield, theAUTO headlamp system may notwork properly.

Parking lamp position ( )

The parking lamp, license plate lampand instrument panel lamp are turnedON.

Headlamp position ( )

The headlamp, parking lamp, licenseplate lamp and instrument panel lampare turned ON.

Information The ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlamp.

i

NOTICE

OOS047405N OOS047406N

3-92


High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlamp,push the lever away from you. Thelever will return to its original position.The high beam indicator will lightwhen the headlamp high beams areswitched on.To turn off the high beam headlamp,pull the lever towards you. The lowbeams will turn on.

To flash the high beam headlamp,pull the lever towards you, thenrelease the lever. The high beamswill remain ON as long as you holdthe lever towards you.

High Beam Assist (HBA) (if equipped)

The High Beam Assist (HBA) is asystem that automatically adjusts theheadlamp range (switches betweenhigh beam and low beam) accordingto the brightness of other vehiclesand road conditions.

Operating condition

1. Place the headlamp switch in theAUTO position.

2. Turn on the high beam by pushingthe lever away from you.The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( )indicator will illuminate.

Do not use high beam when thereare other vehicles approachingyou. Using high beam couldobstruct the other driver's vision.

WARNING

OOS047407N

OOS047408N

OOS047409N

3-93


3

3. The High Beam Assist (HBA) willturn on when vehicle speed isabove 25 mph (40 km/h).• If the headlamp switch is pushed

away when the High Beam Assist(HBA) is operating, the High BeamAssist (HBA) will turn off and thehigh beam will be on continuously.

• If the headlamp switch is pulledtowards you when the high beamis off, the high beam will turn onwithout the High Beam Assist(HBA) canceled. When you let goof the light switch, the lever willmove to the middle and the highbeam will turn off.

• If the headlamp switch is pulledtowards you when the high beamis on by the High Beam Assist(HBA), the low beam will be onand the High Beam Assist (HBA)will turn off.

• If the headlamp switch is placedto the headlamp ON position, theHigh Beam Assist (HBA) will turnoff and the low beam will be oncontinuously.

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) isoperating, the high beam switches tolow beamif any of the following condi-tions occur :- When the headlamp of an on-com-

ing vehicle is detected.- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in

front is detected.- When the headlamp or tail lamp of

a motorcycle or a bicycle is detect-ed.

- When the surrounding ambient lightis bright enough that high beamsare not required.

- When streetlights or other lightsare detected.

- When the headlamp switch is not inthe AUTO position.

- When the High Beam Assist (HBA)is off.

- When vehicle speed is below 22mph(35 km/h).

Warning light and message

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) isnot working properly, the Check HighBeam Assist warning message willcome on for a few second. After themessage disappears, the masterwarning light ( ) will illuminate.Takeyour vehicle to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have the systemchecked.

OOS047127L

3-94


The system may not operate nor-mally if any of the following con-ditions should occur:1) When the illumination from

an on-coming vehicle or avehicle in front is dim. Suchexamples may include:

• When the headlamps of an on-coming vehicle or the taillamps of a vehicle in front iscovered with dust, snow, orwater.

• When the headlamps on an on-coming vehicle are OFF, but thefog lamps are ON.

2) When the High Beam Assistcamera is adversely affectedby an external condition.Such examples may include:

• When the vehicle's head-lamps have been damaged ornot repaired properly.

• When the vehicle headlampsare not aimed properly.

• When the vehicle is driven ona narrow curved road or roughroad

• When the vehicle is driven onan uphill road or downhillroad

• When only part of the vehicle infront is visible on a crossroador curved road.

• When there is a traffic light,reflecting sign, flashing sign ormirror.

• When the road conditions arebad such as being wet or cov-ered with snow.

• When a vehicle suddenlyappears from a curve.

• When the vehicle is tilted froma flat tire or being towed.

• When the Lane Keeping Assist(LKA) system warning lightilluminates.

• When the light from the on-coming or front vehicle is notdetected because of exhaustfume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.

• When the front window is cov-ered with foreign matters suchas ice, dust, fog, or is damaged.

3) When the forward visibility ispoor. Such examples mayinclude:

• When the headlamps of an on-coming vehicle or a vehicle infront is not detected due topoor outside visibility (smog,smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain,snow, etc.).

• When the windshield visibilityis poor.

WARNING

3-95


3

Turn signals and lane changesignals

To signal a turn, push down on thelever for a left turn or up for a rightturn in position (A).If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one ofthe turn signal bulbs may be burnedout and will require replacement.

OOS047410N

• Do not attempt to disassem-ble the front view camerawithout the assistance of anauthorized HYUNDAI dealertechnician. If camera isremoved for any reason, thesystem may need to be re-cal-ibrated. Have the systeminspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• If the windshield of your vehi-cle is replaced, most likely thefront view camera will need tobe re-calibrated. If thisoccurs, have your vehicleinspected and have the sys-tem re-calibrated by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Be careful that water doesn’tget into the High Beam Assist(HBA) unit and do not removeor damage related parts of theHigh Beam Assist (HBA) sys-tem.

• Do not place objects on thecrash pad that reflect lightsuch as mirrors, white paper,etc. The system may malfunc-tion if sunlight is reflected.

• At times, the High BeamAssist (HBA) may not workproperly. The system is foryour convenience only. It isthe responsibility of the driverfor safe driving practices andalways check the road condi-tions for your safety.

• When the system does notoperate normally, change theheadlamp position manuallybetween the high beam andlow beam.

WARNING

3-96


Onetouch turn signal function

To activate the One Touch TurnSignal function, push the turn signallever up or down to position (B) andthen release it.The lane change signals will blink 3,5 or 7 times.You can activate or deactivate theOne Touch Turn Signal function orchoose the number of blinks (3, 5, or7) from the User Settings mode inthe LCD display.

For more information, refer to the"LCD Display" section in thischapter.

Front fog lamp (if equipped)

Fog lamps are used to provideimproved visibility when visibility ispoor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.Use the switch next to the headlampswitch to turn the fog lamps ON andOFF.1. Turn on the parking lamp.2. Turn the headlamp switch (1) to

the front fog lamp position.3. To turn off the front fog lamp, turn

the headlamp switch to the frontfog lamp position again or turn offthe parking lamp.

When in operation, the fog lampsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglamps when visibility is poor.

Battery saver functionThe purpose of this feature is to pre-vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lamp when thedriver turns the vehicle off and opensthe driver-side door.With this feature, the parking lampswill turn off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lamps onwhen the vehicle is turned off, performthe following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and

ON again using the headlampswitch on the steering column.

NOTICE

OOS047414N

3-97


3

Headlamp delay functionIf the key is removed from the ignitionswitch or placed in the ACC positionor the LOCK/OFF position with theheadlamps ON, the headlamps(and/or parking lamps) remain on forabout 5 minutes. However, if the dri-ver’s door is opened and closed, theheadlights are turned off after 15seconds. Also, with the engine off ifthe driver's door is opened andclosed, the headlamps (and/or park-ing lamps) are turned off after 15seconds.The headlamps (and/or parkinglamps) can be turned off by pressingthe lock button on the remote key orsmart key twice or turning the head-lamp switch to the OFF or AUTOposition.You can activate or deactivate theHeadlamp Delay function from theUser Settings Mode in the LCD dis-play.For more information, refer to the"LCD Display" section in thischapter.

If the driver exits the vehiclethrough another door besides thedriver door, the battery saver func-tion does not operate and theheadlamp delay function does notturn OFF automatically.This may cause the battery to dis-charge. To avoid battery dis-charge, turn OFF the headlampsmanually from the headlampswitch before exiting the vehicle.

Smart cornering lamp (if equipped)As an optional safety feature, yourvehicle may be equipped with asmart cornering lamp. The corneringlamp turns ON automatically whiledriving when the vehicle enters into acornering maneuver.The system will operate under thefollowing conditions:• When the headlamps are turned

ON• When the steering angle is above

25 to 35 degrees (depending onvehicle speed)

• When the vehicle speed is under25 mph (40 kph)

When the smart cornering lampturns on, the front fog lamp turns off.(if equipped)

NOTICE

3-98


Interior Lights

Do not use the interior lights forextended periods when the vehi-cle is turned off or the battery willdischarge.

Interior lamp AUTO cutThe interior lamps will automaticallygo off approximately 20 minutes afterthe engine is turned off and thedoors are closed. If a door is opened,the lamp will go off 40 minutes afterthe engine is turned off. If the doorsare locked by the remote key orsmart key and the vehicle enters thearmed stage of the theft alarm sys-tem, the lamps will go off five sec-onds later.

Front lamps Front Map Lamp (1) :

Press either lenses to turn the maplamp on or off. This light produces aspot beam for convenient use as amap lamp at night or as a personallamp for the driver and the front pas-senger.

Front Door Lamp (2) ( ):

The front or rear room lamps come onwhen the front or rear doors areopened if the engine is running or not.When doors are unlocked by theremote key or smart key, the front andrear lamps come on for approximate-ly 30 seconds as long as any door isnot opened. The front and rear roomlamps go out gradually after approxi-mately 30 seconds when the door isclosed. However, if the ignition switchis in the ON position or all doors arelocked, the front and rear lamps willturn off. If a door is opened with theignition switch in the ACC position orthe OFF position, the front and rearlamps stay on for about 20 minutes.

NOTICE

OOS047051

OOS047052

■ Type A (Without sunglass case)

■ Type B (With sunglass case)

Do not use the interior lightswhen driving in the dark. Theinterior lights may obscure yourview and cause an accident.

WARNING

3-99


3

Front room lamp

• (3) :

Press the button to turn ON theroom lamp for the front/rear seats.

• (4) :Press the button to turn OFF theroom lamp for the front/rear seatsregardless of front or rear door openposition.

Rear lamp

Rear Room Lamp ( ):

Press this switch to turn the rearroom lamp on and off.

Luggage compartment lamp (if equipped)

The luggage compartment lampcomes on when the liftgate isopened.

The luggage compartment lampcomes on as long as the liftgate isopen.To prevent unnecessary bat-tery system drain, close the lift-gate securely after using the lug-gage compartment.

NOTICE

OOS047321

OOS047053

■ Type A

■ Type B OOS047054

3-100


Vanity mirror lamp

Push the switch to turn the light on oroff.• : The lamp will turn on if this

button is pressed.• : The lamp will turn off if this

button is pressed.

Always have the switch in the offposition when the vanity mirrorlamp is not in use. If the sunvisoris closed without the lamp off, itmay discharge the battery or dam-age the sunvisor.

Welcome SystemWelcome lightInterior lamp

When the interior lamp switch is inthe DOOR position and all doors areclosed and locked, the room lampwill come on for 30 seconds if any ofthe below is performed.• When the door unlock button is

pressed on the remote key orsmart key.

• When the button of the outsidedoor handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lockor unlock button on the remote key orsmart key the room lamp will turn offimmediately.

NOTICE

OOS047055

3-101


3

A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe

AUTO* – Auto control wipe· LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe timeadjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes(pull lever towards you)

D : Rear wiper/washer control· HI – High wiper speed· LO – Low wiper speed· OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)(push lever away from you)

* : if equipped

Windshield Wipers Operates as follows when the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.MIST : For a single wiping cycle,

push the lever upward andrelease. The wipers will oper-ate continuously if the lever isheld in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation.INT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Tovary the speed setting, movethe speed control lever. The topmost setting will run the wipersmost frequently (for more rain).The bottom setting will run thewipers the least frequently (forless rain).

AUTO : The rain sensor located onthe upper end of the wind-shield glass senses theamount of rainfall and con-trols the wiping cycle for theproper interval. The more itrains, the faster the wiperoperates. When the rainstops, the wiper stops.Tovary the speed setting, turnthe speed control knob (B).

WWIIPPEERRSS AANNDD WWAASSHHEERRSS

OPD047454L

OTLA045318

■ Front windshield wiper/washer

■ Rear windshield wiper/washer

3-102


LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.

Information If there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

If you do not remove the snow and/orice before using the wiper and washer,it may damage the wiper and washersystem.

AUTO (Automatic) control (if equipped)

The rain sensor located on the upperend of the windshield glass sensesthe amount of rainfall and controlsthe wiping cycle for the proper inter-val.The wiper operation time will beautomatically controlled depends onrainfall.When the rain stops, the wiper stops.To vary the sensitivity setting, turnthe sensitivity control knob (1).

If the wiper switch is set in AUTOmode when the ignition switch is inthe ON position, the wiper will oper-ate once to perform a self-check ofthe system. Set the wiper to OFFposition when the wiper is not in use.

i

To avoid personal injury fromthe windshield wipers, when theengine is running and the wind-shield wiper switch is placed inthe AUTO mode:• Do not touch the upper end of

the windshield glass facingthe rain sensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end ofthe windshield glass with adamp or wet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on thewindshield glass.

WARNING

OOS047322N

Sensor

3-103


3

Windshield Washers

In the OFF position, pull the levergently toward you to spray washerfluid on the windshield and to run thewipers 1-3 cycles. The spray andwiper operation will continue untilyou release the lever. If the washerdoes not work, you may need to addwasher fluid to the washer fluidreservoir.

When the outside temperatureis below freezing, ALWAYSwarm the windshield using thedefroster to help prevent thewasher fluid from freezing onthe windshield and obscuringyour vision which could resultin an accident and seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

OTLE045164

• When washing the vehicle, setthe wiper switch in the OFFposition to stop the auto wiperoperation.The wiper may oper-ate and be damaged if theswitch is set in the AUTO modewhile washing the vehicle.

• Do not remove the sensorcover located on the upperend of the passenger sidewindshield glass. Damage tosystem parts could occur andmay not be covered by yourvehicle warranty.

• Because of using a photo sen-sor, temporary malfunctioncould occur according tosudden ambient light changemade by stone and dust whiledriving.

CAUTION

3-104

• To prevent possible damage tothe washer pump, do not oper-ate the washer when the fluidreservoir is empty.

• To prevent possible damage tothe wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

• To prevent possible damage tothe wipers and washer system,use anti-freezing washer fluidsin the winter season or coldweather.

Rear Window Wiper and Washer

The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of thewiper and washer switch lever. Turnthe switch to the desired position tooperate the rear wiper and washer.HI – High wiper speedLO – Low wiper speed OFF – Off

Push the lever away from you tospray rear washer fluid and to run therear wipers 1~3 cycles. The sprayand wiper operation will continueuntil you release the lever.

Auto rear wiperThe rear wiper will operate while thevehicle is in reverse with the frontwiper ON by selecting the function onthe LCD display.Go to 'User Settings → Convenience→ Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.

NOTICE


OTLE045166

OTLE045165

3-105


3

Rear view monitor

The rear view monitor will activatewhen the engine is running and theshift lever is in the R (Reverse) posi-tion.

This is a supplemental system thathelps provide a view of the areabehind the vehicle through the audiodisplay while the vehicle is in the R(Reverse) position.

Always keep the camera lensclean. The camera may not worknormally if the lens is coveredwith dirt, water or snow.

NOTICE

DDRRIIVVEERR AASSSSIISSTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

The rear view monitor is not asafety device. It only serves toassist the driver in identifyingobjects directly behind the mid-dle of the vehicle. The cameradoes NOT cover the completearea behind the vehicle.

WARNING

• Never rely solely on the Rearview monitor when backing-up.

• ALWAYS look around yourvehicle to make sure there areno objects or obstacles beforemoving the vehicle in anydirection to prevent a collision.

• Always pay close attentionwhen the vehicle is drivenclose to objects, particularlypedestrians, and especiallychildren.

WARNING

OOS047046

OOS047091N

3-106


Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) system (if equipped)

[A] : Sensor

The Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) System assists the driverduring reverse movement of the vehi-cle by chiming if any object is sensedwithin approximately 50 in (120 cm)behind the vehicle.This system is a supplemental sys-tem that senses objects within therange and location of the sensors, itcannot detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed.

Operation of the ParkingDistance Warning (Reverse)systemOperating condition

• This system will activate whenbacking up with the ignition switchin the ON position. However, if thevehicle speed exceeds 3 mph(5km/h), the system may not detectobjects.

• If the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph(10 km/h), the system will not warnyou even though objects aredetected.

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.

• ALWAYS look around your vehi-cle to make sure there are notany objects or obstacles beforemoving the vehicle in any direc-tion to prevent a collision.

• Always pay close attentionwhen the vehicle is driven closeto objects, particularly pedestri-ans, and especially children.

• Be aware that some objectsmay not be visible on thescreen or be detected by thesensors, due to the objectsdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effective-ness of the sensor.

WARNING

OOS047042

3-107


3

Types of warning sound and indicator

• The indicator may differ from theillustration as objects or sen-sors status. If the indicatorblinks, have your vehiclechecked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• If the audible warning does notsound or if the buzzer soundsintermittently when shifting intoR (Reverse) position, this mayindicate a malfunction with theParking Distance Warning(Reverse) system. If this occurs,have your vehicle checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

To turn off the Parking DistanceWarning (Reverse) system(if equipped)

Push the button to turn off theParking Distance Warning (Reverse)system. The indicator light on thebutton will turn on.

NOTICE

Types of warning sound Indicator

When an object is 24 to 47 in(60 to 120 cm) from the rearbumper, the warning soundbeeps intermittently.

When an object is 12 to 24 in(30 to 60 cm) from the rearbumper, the warning soundbeeps more frequently.

When an object is within 12 in(30 cm) from the rear bumper,the warning sound beepscontinuously.

OOS047045L

3-108


Non-operational conditions ofParking Distance Warning(Reverse) systemThe Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) system may not operatenormally when:

• The sensor is covered with dirt ordebris such as snow or ice, or thesensor cover is blocked.

There is a possibility of the ParkingDistance Warning (Reverse) systemmalfunction when:

• Driving on uneven road surfacessuch as unpaved roads, gravel,bumps, or gradient.

• Objects generating excessive noisesuch as vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakescan interfere with the sensor.

• Heavy rain or water spray is present.• Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are present near the sensor.• The sensor is covered with snow.• Any non-factory equipment or acces-

sories have been installed, or if thevehicle bumper height or sensorinstallation has been modified.

Detecting range may decrease when:

• Outside air temperature is extreme-ly hot or cold.

• Undetectable objects smaller than40 inches (1 m) and narrower than6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.

The following objects may not berecognized by the sensor:

• Sharp or slim objects such asropes, chains or small poles.

• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-sor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

3-109


3

Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) system Precautions• The Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse) system may not operateconsistently in some circum-stances depending on the speed ofthe vehicle and the shapes of theobjects detected.

• The Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) system may malfunctionif the vehicle bumper height or sen-sor installation has been modifiedor damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensorperformance.

• The sensor may not recognizeobjects less than 15 in. (40 cm)from the sensor, or it may sense anincorrect distance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is blocked withsnow, dirt, debris, or ice, the rearparking assist system may be inop-erative until the snow or ice melts,or the debris is removed. Use asoft cloth to wipe debris away fromthe sensor.

• Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor with any hard objects thatcould damage the surface of thesensor. Sensor damage could occur.

• Do not spray the sensors or its sur-rounding area directly with a highpressure washer. Doing so maycause the sensors to fail to operatenormally.

Extreme caution should alwaysbe taken to avoid accidents orvehicle injuries. Do not solelyrely on the Parking DistanceWarning (Reverse) system.Always drive safely and cau-tiously, especially when back-ing up in reverse.

WARNING

3-110


MMAANNUUAALL CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS047300L

1. Fan speed control knob

2. Temperature control knob

3. Mode selection knob

4. Front windshield defroster position

5. A/C (Air conditioning) button

6. Rear window defroster button

7. Air intake control (recirculation) button

3-111


3

Heating and Air Conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling, select the modeaccording to the following:- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to freshmode or recirculation mode position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

When starting the vehicle in coldweather a more efficient way to heatthe passenger compartment is to dothe following.- Turn off or lower the blower, right after

starting the engine.• Engine temperature is still low

and the air flow from the heater isstill cold.

- After a few minutes of engine warmup, turn on or set the fan to a high-er level and adjust the temperaturesetting to hot.

Mode selection

OOS047304N

The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ven-tilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or wind-shield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrostand Defrost air position.

3-112


Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the faceand the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield andside window defrosters.

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor and the windshield with a smallamount directed to the side windowdefrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

MAX A/C-Level (B, D) (if equipped)

The MAX A/C mode is used to coolthe inside of the vehicle faster. Airflow is directed toward the upperbody and face.In this mode, the A/C button and theRecirculation mode button cannot beselected. Turn the fan speed mode toadjust.After the interior cabin has cooledsufficiently, move the temperatureknob away from the MAX A/C settingand adjust the knob to the desiredposition.If you wish to continue using A/C ON,make sure the A/C button LED is illu-minated.

OOS047305

3-113


3

Instrument panel vents

The instrument panel vent air flowcan be directed up/down or left/rightusing the vent adjustment lever.The air flow can also be CLOSEDusing the vent adjustment lever. Theinstrument panel air vents are the"click-to-close" type.To CLOSE the instrument panelvents perform the following:- For the driver side vents, slide the

vent adjustment lever to the LEFTuntil it clicks.

- For the passenger side vents, slidethe vent adjustment lever to theright until it clicks.

Temperature control (2)The temperature will increase byturning the knob to the right.The temperature will decrease byturning the knob to the left.

Air intake control (7)The air intake control button is usedto select either Fresh mode (outsideair) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).

Recirculation mode

When Recirculationmode is selected, airfrom the passengercompartment will berecirculated through thesystem and heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

Fresh mode

When Fresh mode isselected, air enters thevehicle from outside andis heated or cooledaccording to the functionselected.

Information Using the system primarily in Freshmode and Recirculation mode onlywhen needed is recommended for bestresults.

Prolonged operation of the heater inRecirculation mode and without theA/C ON can cause fogging of thewindshield.

In addition, prolonged use of the A/CON in Recirculation mode may resultin excessively dry, dehumidified air inthe cabin.

i

OOS047306N

3-114


Fan speed control (1)Turn the knob to the right to increasethe fan speed and airflow. Turn theknob to the left to decrease fanspeed and airflow.Setting the fan speed control knob tothe "0" position turns off the fan.

Operating the fan speed when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion could cause the battery todischarge. Operate the fan speedwhen the engine is running.

Air conditioning (5)Push the A/C button to turn the sys-tem on (indicator light will illuminate)and off.

System OperationCooling / Ventilation1. Select the Face Level mode.2. Set the air intake control to fresh

mode.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Select the Floor Level mode.2. Set the air intake control to fresh



desired speed.5. If desired, turn the air conditioning

ON with the temperature controlknob set to heat in order to dehu-midify the air before it enters intothe cabin.

If the windshield fogs up, select theFloor & Defrost mode or pressthe Front Defrost mode.

NOTICE

• Continued use of the climatecontrol system operation inRecirculation mode for a pro-longed period of time maycause drowsiness to theoccupants in the cabin. Thismay lead to loss of vehiclecontrol which may lead to anaccident.

• Continued use of the climatecontrol system operation inRecirculation mode with theA/C OFF may allow humidityto increase inside the cabin.This may cause condensationto accumulate on the wind-shield and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in your vehicle orremain parked in your vehiclewith the windows up andeither the heater or the airconditioning ON for pro-longed periods of time. Doingso may increase the levels ofcarbon dioxide in the cabinwhich may lead to seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

3-115


3

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the vehicle throughthe ventilation system, temporarilyset the air intake control to recircu-lation mode. Return the control toFresh mode when the unpleasantair outside has diminished.This willhelp keep the driver alert and com-fortable.

• To help prevent the inside of thewindshield from fogging, set the airintake control to fresh mode andfan speed to the desired position,turn on the air conditioning system,and adjust the temperature controlto the desired temperature.

Air conditioning Your HYUNDAI vehicle air condition-ing system is filled with R-1234yfrefrigerant.1. Start the engine.2. Press the air conditioning button.3. Set the mode to the Face Level

mode.4. Set the air intake control to

Recirculation mode temporarily toallow the cabin to cool quickly.When the desired temperature inthe cabin is reached, change theair intake control back to Freshmode.

5. Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

When maximum cooling is desired,set the temperature control to theMAX A/C position, then set the fanspeed control to the highest setting.

When using the air conditioningsystem, monitor the engine tem-perature gauge closely while driv-ing up hills or in heavy traffic whenoutside temperatures are high. Airconditioning system operationwhen climbing a steep grade or inhigh outside ambient tempera-tures can cause engine overheat-ing.Continue to use the fan, but turnthe air conditioning system off ifthe engine temperature gaugeindicates engine overheating.

NOTICE

3-116


Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked indirect sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• After sufficient cooling has beenachieved, switch back from therecirculated air to the fresh outsideair position.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the air con-ditioning system with the windowsand sunroof closed.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month only for a few minutesto ensure maximum system per-formance.

• If you operate air conditioner exces-sively, the difference between thetemperature of the outside air andthat of the windshield could causethe outer surface of the windshieldto fog up, causing loss of visibility.In this case, set the mode selectionknob or button to the positionand fan speed control to the lowerspeed.

System MaintenanceCabin air filter

The cabin air filter is installed behindthe glove box. It filters the dust or otherpollutants that enter the vehiclethrough the heating and air condition-ing system.Have the cabin air filter replaced byan authorized HYUNDAI dealeraccording to the maintenance sched-ule. If the vehicle is being driven insevere conditions such as dusty orrough roads, more frequent cabin airfilter inspections and changes arerequired.If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-es, the system should be checked atan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and com-pressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsoreduces the performance of the airconditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

It is important that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrig-erant is used. Otherwise, damageto the compressor and abnormalsystem operation may occur. Toprevent damage, the air condition-ing system in your vehicle shouldonly be serviced by trained andcertified technicians.

NOTICE1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Cabin air filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

3-117


3

Air Conditioning refrigerant label

You can find out which air condition-ing refrigerant is applied to your vehi-cle on the label located inside of thehood.

Each symbols and specification onthe air conditioning refrigerant labelis represented as below:1. Classification of refrigerant2. Amount of refrigerant3. Classification of compressor lubri-

cant4. Caution5. Flammable refrigerant6. To require registered technician to

service air conditioning system

OHYK059001

■ Example

Vehicles equipped with R-1234yfSince the refrigerant ismildly flammable andoperated at high pres-sure, the air condition-ing system should onlybe serviced by trainedand certified techni-cians. It is important

that the correct type and amountof oil and refrigerant are used.All refrigerants should bereclaimed with proper equipment.Venting refrigerants directly to theatmosphere is harmful to individu-als and environment. Failure toheed these warnings can lead toserious injuries.

WARNING

OOS087008L

3-118


AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM

OOS047301L

1. Temperature control knob

2. Fan speed control knob

3. AUTO (automatic control) button

4. Air conditioning button

5. OFF button

6. Front windshield defroster button

7. Mode selection button

8. Rear window defroster button

9. Air intake control button

10. Climate control information screen

3-119


3

Automatic TemperatureControl ModeThe Automatic Climate ControlSystem is controlled by setting thedesired temperature.1. Press the AUTO button (3).The modes, fan speeds, air intakeand air-conditioning will be controlledautomatically by the temperature set-ting you select.2. Turn the temperature control knob

(1) to the desired temperature. Ifthe temperature is set to the low-est setting (Lo), the air condition-ing system will operate continu-ously. After the interior has cooledsufficiently, adjust the knob to ahigher temperature set pointwhenever possible.

To turn the automatic operation off,select any button of the following:

- Mode selection button- Front windshield defroster button

(Press the button one more timeto deselect the front windshielddefroster function. The 'AUTO'sign will illuminate on the infor-mation display once again.)

- Fan speed control button

The selected function will be con-trolled manually while other functionsoperate automatically.For your convenience and to improvethe efficiency of the climate control,use the AUTO button and set thetemperature to 73°F (23°C).To change the temperature unit from°F to °C or °C to °F:Press and hold the AUTO and OFFbuttons on the climate control unit for3 seconds.

Never place anything near theambient light/solar sensor toensure better control of the heat-ing and cooling system.

Manual Temperature ControlModeThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pushing buttonsother than the AUTO button. In this case,the system works sequentially accordingto the order of buttons selected.When pressing any button except theAUTO button while using automaticoperation, the functions not selectedwill be controlled automatically.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling, select the modeaccording to the following:- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to Freshmode position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system on.

7. Press the AUTO button to convert tofull automatic control of the system.

NOTICE

OOS047308

3-120


The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through theventilation system.

When starting the vehicle in coldweather using manual temperaturecontrol, operate the system in the fol-lowing method to improve heating.- Turn off or lower the blower, right

after starting the engine.• Allow the engine to warm up dur-

ing this time since the air flowfrom the heater is still cold.

- After a few minutes of engine warmup, turn on or set the fan to a high-er level and adjust the temperaturesetting to hot.

Mode selection

OOS047304N

3-121


3

The air flow outlet direction is cycledas follows:

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the faceand the floor.

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor and the windshield with a smallamount directed to the side windowdefrosters.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield andside window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D) (6)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The instrument panel vent air flowcan be directed up/down or left/rightusing the vent adjustment lever.The air flow can also be CLOSEDusing the vent adjustment lever. Theinstrument panel air vents are the"click-to-close" type.To CLOSE the instrument panelvents perform the following:- For the driver side vents, slide the

vent adjustment lever to the LEFTuntil it clicks.

- For the passenger side vents, slidethe vent adjustment lever to theright until it clicks.

OOS047306N

3-122


Temperature control (1)Turn the knob to the right to increasethe temperature. Turn the knob to theleft to decrease temperature.The temperature will increase ordecrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each incre-mental location. When set to the low-est temperature setting, the air condi-tioning will operate continuously.

Air intake control (9)The air intake control button is usedto select either Fresh mode (outsideair) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).

Recirculation mode

When Recirculationmode is selected, airfrom the passengercompartment will berecirculated through thesystem and heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

Fresh mode

When Fresh mode isselected, air enters thevehicle from outside andis heated or cooledaccording to the functionselected.

Information Using the system primarily in Freshmode and Recirculation mode onlywhen needed is recommended for bestresults.

Prolonged operation of the heater inRecirculation mode and without theA/C ON can cause fogging of the wind-shield.

In addition, prolonged use of the A/CON in Recirculation mode may result inexcessively dry, dehumidified air in thecabin.

i

• Continued use of the climatecontrol system operation inRecirculation mode for a pro-longed period of time maycause drowsiness to theoccupants in the cabin. Thismay lead to loss of vehiclecontrol which may lead to anaccident.

• Continued use of the climatecontrol system operation inRecirculation mode with theA/C OFF may allow humidityto increase inside the cabin.This may cause condensationto accumulate on the wind-shield and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in your vehicle orremain parked in your vehiclewith the windows up andeither the heater or the airconditioning ON for pro-longed periods of time. Doingso may increase the levels ofcarbon dioxide in the cabinwhich may lead to seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

3-123


3

Fan speed control (2)The fan speed can be set as desiredby pushing the fan speed control but-ton.More air is delivered with higher fanspeeds.Pressing the OFF button turns off thefan.

Information For better sound quality, fan speedmay automatically slow down for acouple of minutes when you activatevoice recognition or hands free.

Operating the fan when the igni-tion switch is in the ON positioncould cause the battery to dis-charge. Operate the fan when theengine is running.

Air conditioning (4)Push the A/C button to manually turnthe system on (indicator light will illu-minate) and off.

OFF mode (5)Push the OFF button to turn the cli-mate control system off. You can stilloperate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch isin the ON position.

System OperationCooling / Ventilation1. Select the Face Level mode.2. Set the air intake control to fresh



desired speed.

Heating1. Select the Floor Level mode.2. Set the air intake control to fresh



desired speed.5. If desired, turn the air conditioning

ON with the temperature controlknob set to heat in order to dehu-midify the air before it enters intothe cabin.

If the windshield fogs up, select theFloor & Defrost mode or pressthe Front Defrost mode.

NOTICE

i

3-124


Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the car through theventilation system, temporarily setthe air intake control to the recircu-lation mode. Return the control tothe to Fresh mode when theunpleasant air outside has dimin-ished. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• To help prevent the inside of thewindshield from fogging, set the airintake control to fresh mode andthe fan speed to the desired posi-tion, turn on the air conditioningsystem, and adjust the temperaturecontrol to the desired temperature.

Air conditioning Your HYUNDAI vehicle air condition-ing system is filled with R-1234yfrefrigerant.1. Start the engine.2. Press the air conditioning button.3. Set the mode to the Face Level

mode.4. Set the air intake control to

Recirculation mode temporarily toallow the cabin to cool quickly.When the desired temperature inthe cabin is reached, change theair intake control back to Freshmode.

5. Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

When maximum cooling is desired,set the temperature control to theMAX A/C position, then set the fanspeed control to the highest setting.

When using the air conditioningsystem, monitor the engine tem-perature gauge closely while driv-ing up hills or in heavy trafficwhen outside temperatures. Airconditioning system operationwhen climbing a steep grade or inhigh outside ambient tempera-tures can cause engine overheat-ing. Continue to use the fan, butturn the air conditioning systemoff if the engine temperaturegauge indicates engine overheat-ing.

Air conditioning system operationtips

• If the vehicle has been parked indirect sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• After sufficient cooling has beenachieved, switch back from therecirculated air to the fresh outsideair position.

NOTICE

3-125


3

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the airconditioning system with the win-dows and sunroof closed.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month only for a few minutesto ensure maximum system per-formance.

• If you operate air conditionerexcessively, the difference betweenthe temperature of the outside airand that of the windshield couldcause the outer surface of thewindshield to fog up, causing lossof visibility. In this case, set themode selection knob or button tothe position and fan speedcontrol to the lower speed.

System MaintenanceCabin air filter

The cabin air filter is installed behindthe glove box. It filters the dust or otherpollutants that enter the vehiclethrough the heating and air condition-ing system.Have the The cabin air filter replacedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealeraccording to the maintenance sched-ule. If the vehicle is being driven insevere conditions such as dusty orrough roads, more frequent cabin airfilter inspections and changes arerequired.If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-es, the system should be checked atan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and com-pressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsoreduces the performance of the airconditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

It is important that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrig-erant is used. Otherwise, damageto the compressor and abnormalsystem operation may occur. Toprevent damage, the air condition-ing system in your vehicle shouldonly be serviced by trained andcertified technicians.

NOTICE1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Cabin air filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

3-126


Air Conditioning refrigerant label

You can find out which air condition-ing refrigerant is applied to your vehi-cle on the label located inside of thehood.

Each symbols and specification onthe air conditioning refrigerant labelis represented as below:1. Classification of refrigerant2. Amount of refrigerant3. Classification of compressor lubri-

cant4. Caution5. Flammable refrigerant6. To require registered technician to

service air conditioning system

OHYK059001

■ Example

Vehicles equipped with R-1234yfSince the refrigerant ismildly flammable andoperated at high pres-sure, the air condition-ing system should onlybe serviced by trainedand certified techni-cians. It is important

that the correct type and amountof oil and refrigerant are used.All refrigerants should bereclaimed with proper equipment.Venting refrigerants directly to theatmosphere is harmful to individu-als and environment. Failure toheed these warnings can lead toserious injuries.

WARNING

OOS087008L

3-127


3

• For maximum defrost perform-ance, set the temperature controlknob to the highest temperaturesetting (rotated all the way to theright) and the fan speed control tothe highest setting.

• If warm air to the floor is desiredwhile defrosting or defogging, set themode to the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow andice from the windshield, rear win-dow, side view mirrors, and all sidewindows.

• Clear all snow and ice from thehood and air inlet in the cowl grill toimprove heater and defroster effi-ciency and to reduce the probabilityof fogging up the inside of the wind-shield.

If the engine temperature is stillcold after starting, then a briefengine warm up period may berequired for the vented air flow tobecome warm or hot.

Manual Climate Control System

To defog inside windshield

1. Select any fan speed except "0"position.

2. Select the desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-

matically. Additionally, the air condi-tioning will automatically operate ifthe mode is selected to the position.

Check to make sure the A/C is ON. Ifthe A/C ON LED is not illuminated,press the A/C button once to turn theair conditioner ON.

NOTICE

WWIINNDDSSHHIIEELLDD DDEEFFRROOSSTTIINNGG AANNDD DDEEFFOOGGGGIINNGG

Windshield heating

Do not use the or posi-tion during cooling operation inextremely humid weather. Thedifference between the temper-ature of the outside air and thatof the windshield could causethe outer surface of the wind-shield to fog up, causing loss ofvisibility could cause an acci-dent resulting in serious injuryor death. In this case, set themode selection knob or buttonto the position and fanspeed control knob or button toa lower speed.

WARNING

OOS047309

3-128


Check to make sure the air intakecontrol is in Fresh mode. If the airintake control LED is illuminated,press the button once to enableFresh mode (LED OFF).

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highestsetting (knob rotated all the way tothe right).

2. Set the temperature control to thehighest temperature setting.

3. Select the position.4. Fresh mode (Recirculation OFF)

and A/C ON will automatically beselected.

Automatic Temperature ControlSystem (if equipped)

To defog inside windshield

1. Select the desired fan speed.2. Select the desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-

matically.Check to make sure the air intakecontrol is in Fresh mode. If the airintake control LED is illuminated,press the button once to enableFresh mode (LED OFF).If the position is selected, the fanspeed is automatically increased.

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highest(extreme right) position.

2. Set the temperature to the extremehot (HI) position.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically.If the position is selected, lowerfan speed is adjusted to a higher fanspeed.

OOS047310

OOS047311

OOS047312

3-129


3

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of foggingup the inside of the windshield, theair intake or air conditioning are con-trolled automatically according tocertain conditions such as or positions. To cancel or reset thedefogging logic, do the following.

Manual climate control system

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Press the defroster button ( ).3. Press the air intake control button

at least 5 times within 3 seconds.The LED indicator on the A/C ONbutton will blink 3 times to indicatethat the defogging logic has beendisabled.Repeat the steps again to re-enablethe defogging logic.

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, it resets to the defoglogic status.

Automatic climate control system

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Press the defroster button ( ).3. While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intakecontrol button at least 5 times with-in 3 seconds.

The Automatic Temperature Controlinformation screen will blink 3 timesto indicate that the defogging logichas been disabled.Repeat the steps again to re-enablethe defogging logic.

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, it resets to the defoglogic status.

Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature withAutomatic TemperatureControl System)Auto defogging reduces the possibili-ty of fogging up the inside of the wind-shield by automatically sensing themoisture on inside the windshield.The auto defogging system operateswhen the heater or air conditioning ison.

Information The auto defogging system may notoperate normally, when the outsidetemperature is below 50 °F (-10 °C).

i

3-130


When the Auto DefoggingSystem operates, the indi-cator will illuminate.

If a high amount of humidity isdetected in the vehicle, the AutoDefogging System will be enabled.The following steps will be performedautomatically:Step 1) The air intake control will

change to Fresh mode.Step 2) The A/C button will turn ON.Step 3) The mode will be changed to

defrost to direct airflow to thewindshield.

Step 4) The fan speed will be set toMAX.

If the air conditioning is off or recircu-lated air position is manually select-ed while Auto Defogging System isON, the Auto Defogging SystemIndicator will blink 3 times to signalthat the manual operation has beencanceled.

To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging System

Press the front windshield defrosterbutton for 3 seconds when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. When theAuto Defogging System is canceled,the ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 timesand ADS OFF will be displayed on theclimate control information screen.When the Auto Defogging System isreset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink6 times without a signal.

Information • When the air conditioning is turned

on by Auto defogging system, if youtry to turn off the air conditioning, theindicator will blink 3 times and the airconditioning will not be turned off.

• To maintain the effectiveness andefficiency of the Auto DefoggingSystem, do not select Recirculationmode while the system is operating.

• When the Auto Defogging System isoperating, the fan speed adjustmentknob, the temperature adjustmentknob, and the air intake control but-ton are all disabled.

Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thewindshield glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.

NOTICE

i

3-131


3

Rear Window Defroster

To prevent damage to the rearwindow defroster conducting ele-ments bonded to the inside sur-face of the rear window, never usesharp instruments or windowcleaners containing abrasives toclean the window.

If you want to defrost and defogthe front windshield, refer to the"Windshield Defrosting andDefogging" section in this chapter.

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice fromthe interior and exterior of the rearwindow, while the engine is running.• To activate the rear window

defroster, press the rear windowdefroster button located in the centercontrol panel. The indicator on therear window defroster button illumi-nates when the defroster is ON.

• To turn off the defroster, press therear window defroster button again.

Information • If there is heavy accumulation of

snow on the rear window, brush itoff before operating the reardefroster.

• The rear window defroster automat-ically turns off after approximately20 minutes or when the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK/OFF posi-tion.

Side view mirror defrosterIf your vehicle is equipped with theside view mirror defrosters, they willoperate at the same time you turn onthe rear window defroster.

iNOTICE

OOS047303L

■ Automatic climate control system

OOS047302L

■ Manual climate control system

3-132


CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AADDDDIITTIIOONNAALL FFEEAATTUURREESS ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))Cluster ionizerWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the clean air function turnson automatically.Also, the clean air function turns offautomatically, when the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position.

Automatic VentilationWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition or when the engine is run-ning and temperature is below 59°F(15°C) with the recirculation modeselected more than five minutes, theair intake position will automaticallychange to fresh mode.

To cancel or reset the AutomaticVentilation

When the air conditioning system ison, press the mode selection buttonand the recirculation mode buttonfive times within three seconds.When the Automatic Ventilation fea-ture is enabled, the Recirculationbutton LED indicator will blink 6times.When the Automatic Ventilation fea-ture is disabled, the Recirculationbutton LED indicator will blink 3times.

Sunroof Inside AirRecirculationWhen the sunroof is opened, outside(fresh) air will be automaticallyselected. At this time, if you press theair intake control button, recirculatedair position will be selected but willchange back to outside (fresh) airafter 3 minutes. When the sunroof isclosed, the air intake position willreturn to the original position thatwas selected.

3-133


3

SSTTOORRAAGGEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

To avoid possible theft, do notleave valuables in the storagecompartments.

Center Console Storage

To open :Grab and hold the latch (1) on thearm rest then lift the lid.

Glove Box

To open:Pull the lever (1).

NOTICE

Never store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or otherflammable/explosive materialsin the vehicle. These items maycatch fire and/or explode if thevehicle is exposed to hot tem-peratures for extended periods.

WARNING

ALWAYS keep the storage com-partment covers closed secure-ly while driving. Items insideyour vehicle are moving as fastas the vehicle. If you have tostop or turn quickly, or if thereis a crash, the items may fly outof the compartment and maycause an injury if they strike thedriver or a passenger.

WARNING

ALWAYS close the glove boxdoor after use.An open glove box door cancause serious injury to the pas-senger in an accident, even if thepassenger is wearing a seat belt.

WARNING

OOS047056 OOS047057

3-134


Sunglass Holder

To open:Push and release the cover and theholder will slowly open. Place yoursunglasses in the compartment doorwith the lenses facing out.To close:Push back into position.Make sure the sunglass holder isclosed while driving.

Multi Box

Small things may be placed in themulti box.

• Do not keep objects exceptsunglasses inside the sun-glass holder. Such objects canbe thrown from the holder inthe event of a sudden stop oran accident, possibly injuringthe passengers in the vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglassholder while the vehicle ismoving. The rear view mirrorof the vehicle can be blockedby an open sunglass holder.

• Do not put the glasses forciblyinto a sunglass holder. It maycause personal injury if youtry to open it forcibly when theglasses are jammed in holder.

WARNING

Do not keep objects that can bethrown from the multi box andseverely injure passengers inthe vehicle in the event of a sud-den stop or an accident.

WARNING

OOS048059OOS047058

3-135


3

Cup Holder

Cups or small beverages cups maybe placed in the cup holders.

Rear

Pull the armrest down to use the cupholders.

IINNTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS

Keep cans or bottles out ofdirect sun light and do not putthem in a hot vehicle. It mayexplode.

WARNING

• Avoid abrupt starting andbraking when the cup holderis in use to prevent spillingyour drink. If hot liquid spills,you could be burned. Such aburn to the driver could causeloss of vehicle control result-ing in an accident.

• Do not place uncovered orunsecured cups, bottles,cans, etc., in the cup holdercontaining hot liquid while thevehicle is in motion. Injuriesmay result in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• Only use soft cups in the cupholders. Hard objects caninjure you in an accident.

WARNING

OOS048060 OOS047061N

3-136


• Keep your drinks sealed whiledriving to prevent spilling yourdrink. If liquid spills, it may getinto the vehicle's electrical/elec-tronic system and damage elec-trical/electronic parts.

• When cleaning spilled liquids donot use hot air to blow out or drythe cup holder. This may dam-age the interior.

Sunvisor

To use the sunvisor, pull it down-ward.To use the sunvisor to block the sunfrom the side window, pull it down-ward, release it from the bracket (1)and swing it to the side (2) towardsthe window.To use the vanity mirror, pull downthe sunvisor and slide the mirrorcover (3).Adjust the sunvisor forward or back-ward (4) as needed (if equipped).

Close the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisorto its original position after use.

Do not put several tickets in theticket holder at one time. Thiscould cause damage to the ticketholder.

NOTICE

NOTICENOTICE

OOS047062

For your safety, do not blockyour view when using the sunvi-sor.

WARNING

3-137


3

Power Outlet

The power outlet is designed to pro-vide power for mobile telephones orother devices designed to operatewith vehicle electrical systems. Thedevices should draw less than 180 Wwith the engine running.

To prevent damage to the PowerOutlets :• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running andremove the accessory plug afteruse. Using the accessory plugfor prolonged periods of timewith the engine off could causethe battery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric acces-sories which are less than 180 Win electric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.

• Some electronic devices cancause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle'spower outlet.These devices maycause excessive audio staticand malfunctions in other elec-tronic systems or devices usedin your vehicle.

• Push the plug in as far as it willgo. If good contact is not made,the plug may overheat and thefuse may open.

• Plug in battery equipped electri-cal/electronic devices withreverse current protection. Thecurrent from the battery mayflow into the vehicle's electri-cal/electronic system and causesystem malfunction.

NOTICE

OOS048063

Avoid electrical shocks. Do notplace your fingers or foreignobjects (pin, etc.) into a poweroutlet or touch the power outletwith a wet hand.

WARNING

3-138

USB charger (if equipped)

The USB charger is designed torecharge batteries of small size elec-trical devices using a USB cable.The electrical devices can berecharged when the ignition switchor the Engine Start/Stop button is inthe ACC, ON or START position.The battery charging state may bemonitored on the electrical device.Disconnect the USB cable from theUSB port after use.

• A smart phone or a tablet PC mayget warmer during the re-chargingprocess. It does not indicate anymalfunction with the charging sys-tem.

• A smart phone or a tablet PC,which adopts a different re-charg-ing method, may not be properlyre-charged. In this case, use anexclusive charger of your device.

• The charging terminal is only torecharge a device. Do not use thecharging terminal either to turn ONan audio or to play media on theAVN.

Wireless Cellular PhoneCharging System (if equipped)

On certain models, the vehiclecomes equipped with a wireless cel-lular phone charger.The system is available when alldoors are closed, and when the igni-tion switch is in the ACC/ON position.


OOS048143

OOS048064

3-139


3

To charge a cellular phone The wireless cellular phone chargingsystem charges only the Qi-enabledcellular phones ( ). Read the labelon the cellular phone accessorycover or visit your cellular phonemanufacturer's website to checkwhether your cellular phone supportsthe Qi technology.The wireless charging process startswhen you put a Qi-enabled cellularphone on the wireless charging unit.

1. Remove other items, including thesmart key, from the wirelesscharging unit. If not, the wirelesscharging process may be inter-rupted. Place the cellular phoneon the center of the charging pad.

2. The indicator light is orange whenthe cellular phone is charging. Theindicator light turns green whenphone charging is complete.

3. You can turn ON or OFF the wire-less charging function in the usersettings mode on the instrumentcluster. For further information,refer to the "LCD Display Modes"in this chapter.

If your cellular phone is not charging:- Slightly change the position of the

cellular phone on the charging pad.- Make sure the indicator light is

orange.

The indicator light will blink orangefor 10 seconds if there is a malfunc-tion in the wireless charging system.In this case, temporarily stop thecharging process, and re-attempt tocharge your cellular phone again.The system warns you with a mes-sage on the LCD display if the cellu-lar phone is still on the wirelesscharging unit after the engine isturned OFF and the front door isopened.

Information For some manufacturer's cellularphones, the system may not warn youeven though the cellular phone is lefton the wireless charging unit. This isdue to the particular characteristic ofthe cellular phone and not a malfunc-tion of the wireless charging.

• The wireless cellular phonecharging system may not sup-port certain cellular phones,which are not verified for the Qispecification ( ).

• When placing your cellularphone on the charging mat,position the phone in the middleof the mat for optimal chargingperformance. If your cell phoneis off to the side, the chargingrate may be less and in somecases the cell phone may experi-ence higher heat conduction.

• In some cases, the wirelesscharging may stop temporarilywhen the Smart Key is used,either when starting the vehicleor locking/unlocking the doors,etc.

• When charging certain cellularphones, the charging indicatormay not change to green whenthe cell phone is fully charged.

NOTICE

i

3-140


• The wireless charging processmay temporarily stop, when tem-perature abnormally increasesinside the wireless cellularphone charging system. Thewireless charging processrestarts, when temperature fallsto a certain level.

• The wireless charging processmay temporarily stop whenthere is any metallic item, suchas a coin, between the wirelesscellular phone charging systemand cellular phone.

• When charging some cellphones with the case stillapplied, the wireless chargingspeed may decrease and thewireless charging may stop.

• If the cellular phone has a thickcover, the wireless charging maynot be possible.

• If the cell phone is not complete-ly contacting the charging pad,wireless charging may not oper-ate properly.

• Some magnetic items like creditcards, phone cards or rail ticketsmay be damaged if left with thecellular phone during the charg-ing process.

• If the cellular phone without thewireless charging function orthe metallic items are placed onthe charging pad, it may causeslight noise. This noise does notaffect the cellular phone and thevehicle, because this noise is anoperating sound during deter-mining the item on the chargingpad.

Information If the ignition switch is OFF, thecharging also stops.

Information This device complies with part 15 ofthe FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Clock

Vehicles with Audio systemSelect the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Date/Time].• Set time: Set the time displayed on

the audio screen.• Time format: Choose between 12-

hour and 24-hour time formats.

Vehicles with Navigation systemSelect the Settings menu on theNavigation system ➟ Select[Date/Time].• GPS time: Displays time according

to the received GNSS time.• 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24

hour.

i

i

Do not attempt to adjust theclock while driving. Doing somay result in distracted drivingwhich may lead to an accidentinvolving personal injury ordeath.

WARNING

3-141


3

Clothes Hanger

These hangers are not designed tohold large or heavy items.

Floor Mat Anchor(s)

ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchorsto attach the front floor mats to thevehicle. The anchors on the frontfloor carpet keep the floor mats fromsliding forward.

Do not hang other objects suchas hangers or hard objectsexcept clothes. Also, do not putheavy, sharp or breakableobjects in the clothes pockets.In an accident or when the cur-tain air bag is inflated, it maycause vehicle damage or per-sonal injury.

WARNING

OOS047065 OOS047066 OOS047067

Do not overlay additional matsor liners over the floor mats. Ifusing All Weather mats, removethe carpeted floor mats beforeinstalling them. Only use floormats designed to connect to theanchors.

WARNING

3-142


Luggage Net Holder (if equipped)

To keep items from shifting in the lug-gage compartment, you can use the4 holders located in the luggageboard to attach the luggage net.Make sure the luggage net is securelyattached to the holders in the luggageboard.

The following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor matto the vehicle.• Ensure to remove a protective

film attached on the carpetbefore attaching a floor maton the front floor carpet.Otherwise, the floor mat maymove freely on the protectivefilm and it could result inunintentional braking oraccelerating.

• Ensure that the floor mats aresecurely attached to the vehi-cle's floor mat anchor(s)before driving the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat thatcannot be firmly attached tothe vehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on topof one another (e.g. all-weath-er rubber mat on top of a car-peted floor mat). Only a singlefloor mat should be installedin each position.

WARNING

OOS047068N

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver’s sidefloor mat anchors that aredesigned to securely hold thefloor mat in place. To avoid anyinterference with pedal opera-tion, HYUNDAI recommendsthat the HYUNDAI floor matdesigned for use in your vehiclebe installed.

3-143


3

Cargo Area Cover

Use the cover to hide items stored inthe cargo area.The cargo area cover will lift whenthe liftgate is opened.Disconnect the strap (1) from theholder if you want to return the coverto the original position.To remove thecargo area cover completely, lift thecover to a 50-degree angle and pull itout (2).

Since the cargo area cover may bedamaged or deformed, do not putluggage on it when it is beingused.

NOTICE

• Do not place objects on thecargo area cover while driv-ing. Such objects may bethrown about inside the vehi-cle and possibly injure vehicleoccupants during an accidentor when braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride inthe luggage compartment. Itis designed for luggage only.

• Maintain balance of the vehi-cle and locate the weight asfar forward as possible.

WARNING

OOS047069

Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net.ALWAYS keep your face andbody out of the luggage net'srecoil path. DO NOT use the lug-gage net when the strap has vis-ible signs of wear or damage.Use the luggage net to keeponly light items from shifting inthe luggage compartment.

WARNING

3-144


Luggage tray (if equipped)

You can place a first aid kit, a reflec-tor triangle (front tray), tools, etc. inthe box for easy access.• Grasp the handle on the top of the

cover and lift it.

To increase luggage space

1. Grasp the handle on the top of thecover and pull out the luggage trayboard backwards.

2. Pull out the luggage tray boardcompletely and remove the lug-gage tray.(If the luggage tray isequipped.)

3. Push the luggage tray board for-wards into the lower sliding slot.

OOS047320

OOS047319

OOS047070

3-145


3

Roof Side Rails (if equipped)

If your vehicle comes equipped withroof side rails, then roof side railscrossbars can be installed on top ofyour vehicle.The roof side rails crossbars are anaccessory and are available at yourlocal HYUNDAI dealer.

If the vehicle is equipped with asunroof, be sure not to positioncargo onto the roof side rails insuch a way that it could interferewith sunroof operation.

• When carrying cargo on the roofside rails, take the necessaryprecautions to make sure thecargo does not damage the roofof the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects onthe roof side rails, make surethey do not exceed the overallroof length or width.

NOTICE

NOTICE

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS

• The following specification isthe maximum weight that canbe loaded onto the roof siderails. Distribute the load asevenly as possible onto theroof side rails and secure theload firmly.Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof side rails maydamage your vehicle.

• The vehicle center of gravitywill be higher when items areloaded onto the roof siderails. Avoid sudden starts,braking, sharp turns, abruptmaneuvers or high speedsthat may result in loss of vehi-cle control or rollover result-ing in an accident.

• Always drive slowly and turncorners carefully when carry-ing items on the roof side rails.Severe wind updrafts, causedby passing vehicles or naturalcauses, can cause suddenupward pressure on itemsloaded on the roof side rails.This is especially true whencarrying large, flat items suchas wood panels or mattresses.This could cause the items tofall off the roof side rails andcause damage to your vehicleor others around you.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo while driving, check fre-quently before or while driv-ing to make sure the items onthe roof side rails are secure-ly fastened.

WARNING OOS047317

ROOF SIDE 176 lbs. (80kg)RAILS EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

Infotainment System

Infotainment System..............................................4-2AUX, USB and iPod® Port ...............................................4-2Antenna ...............................................................................4-2Steering Wheel Audio Controls......................................4-3Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free...........4-4Audio (Display Audio) / Video /Navigation System (AVN).................................................4-5

4

4-2

Infotainment System

• If you install an aftermarket HIDhead lamp, your vehicle's audioand electronic devices may notfunction properly.

• Prevent chemicals such as per-fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,hand cleaner, and air freshenerfrom contacting the interiorparts because they may causedamage or discoloration.

AUX, USB and iPod® Port

You can use an AUX or USB cable toconnect audio devices to the vehicleAUX or USB port.

Information When using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noisemay occur during playback. If thishappens, use the portable audiodevice's power source.

❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

AntennaPole antenna (if equipped)

Your vehicle uses a roof antenna toreceive AM or/and FM broadcast sig-nals. This antenna pole is removable.To remove the roof antenna pole,turn it counterclockwise.To install the roof antenna pole, turnit clockwise.

i

NOTICE

IINNFFOOTTAAIINNMMEENNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

OOS048074

OOS047071

4-3

Infotainment System

4

• Before entering a place with alow height clearance or a carwash, remove the antenna poleby rotating it counterclockwise.If not, the antenna may be dam-aged.

• When reinstalling your roofantenna, it is important that it isfully tightened and adjusted tothe upright position to ensureproper reception.

• When cargo is loaded on theroof rack, do not place the cargonear the antenna pole to ensureproper reception.

Shark fin antenna (if equipped)

The shark fin antenna receivestransmitted data. (for example:AM/FM, SXM, GPS, LTE)

Steering Wheel Audio Control

Do not operate multiple audioremote control buttons simultane-ously.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OOS048421 OOS047072

OOS047073

■ Type A

■ Type B

4-4

Infotainment System

VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)• Press the VOLUME switch up to

increase volume.• Press the VOLUME switch down to

decrease volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)If the SEEK/PRESET switch ispressed up or down and held for 0.8second or more, it will function in thefollowing modes:

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEKselect button. It will SEEK until yourelease the button.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the FF/RW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET switch ispressed up or down, it will function inthe following modes:

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA-TION UP/DOWN button.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWN button.

MODE (3)Press the MODE button to togglethrough Radio, SXM, or AUX modes.

MUTE ( ) (4) • Press the MUTE button to mute the

sound.• Press the MUTE button again to

activate the sound.

Information Detailed information for audio controlbuttons are described in the separatelysupplied manual with the vehicle.

Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Hands-Free

With the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology in the vehicle, you canuse the phone wireless.

i

OOS047075

OOS047076

(1) Call / Answer button(2) Call end button(3) MicrophoneDetailed information for the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology hands-free isdescribed in the Vehicle InfotainmentUser's Manual.

Audio (Display Audio) / Video /Navigation System (AVN) (if equipped)Detailed information for the AVN sys-tem is described in the VehicleInfotainment User's Manual.

4-5

Infotainment System

4


5

Before driving.........................................................5-4Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-4Before Starting ..................................................................5-4

Ignition switch ........................................................5-6Key Ignition Switch ...........................................................5-6Engine Start/Stop Button................................................5-9

Automatic Transmission ......................................5-14Automatic Transmission Operation.............................5-14Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-18

Dual clutch transmission.....................................5-20Dual Clutch Transmission Operation ..........................5-20Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-27

Braking system.....................................................5-29Power Brakes...................................................................5-29Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ..........................................5-30Parking Brake...................................................................5-30Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-32Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-34Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-36Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-37Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ......................................5-37Good Braking Practices.................................................5-39

All Wheel Drive (AWD) ........................................5-40AWD operation.................................................................5-41Emergency precautions.................................................5-44

Drive Mode Integrated Control System............5-46Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...5-47

BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning)...........................5-48RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning).........5-50Detecting sensor .............................................................5-52Limitations of the System.............................................5-53

Declaration of conformity .................................5-55Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) system - Camera type.........................................5-56

System setting and activation......................................5-56FCA warning message and system control ..............5-58FCA sensor........................................................................5-60System malfunction........................................................5-62Limitations of the system .............................................5-64

Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) system-sensor fusion type (Front radar + Front camera) ............................5-69

System Setting and Activation.....................................5-69FCA Warning Message and System Control ............5-71FCA Sensor .......................................................................5-73System Malfunction .......................................................5-74Limitations of the System.............................................5-76

5

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...................5-81LKA system Operation ...................................................5-82Warning Light and Message.........................................5-86Limitations of the System.............................................5-87LKA system Function Change ......................................5-88

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system .........5-89System Setting and Activation.....................................5-90Resetting the System.....................................................5-90System Standby...............................................................5-91System Malfunction .......................................................5-91

Cruise Control.......................................................5-93Cruise Control operation ...............................................5-93

Smart Cruise Control system..............................5-98Smart Cruise Control Switch ........................................5-98Smart Cruise Control Speed .........................................5-99Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance...........................................................................5-103Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead..5-106SCC Reaction Setting ...................................................5-108Conventional Cruise Control Mode...........................5-109Limitations of the System...........................................5-109

Special Driving Conditions ................................5-115Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-115Rocking the Vehicle......................................................5-115Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-116Driving at Night .............................................................5-116Driving in the Rain ........................................................5-116Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-117Highway Driving ............................................................5-117Reducing the risk of a rollover .................................5-118

Winter driving.....................................................5-119Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-119Winter Precautions.......................................................5-121

Vehicle load limit................................................5-123Tire Loading Information Label .................................5-124

Trailer towing .....................................................5-128

5-3


5

Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can causeunconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. Ifyou hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of thevehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine onlylong enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in anopen area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshieldclear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the liftgate open:Close all windows.Open instrument panel air vents.Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.

WARNING

5-4


Before Entering the Vehicle• Be sure all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are cleanand unobstructed.

• Remove frost, snow, or ice.• Visually check the tires for uneven

wear and damage.• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Before Starting• Make sure the hood, the liftgate,

and the doors are securely closedand locked.

• Adjust the position of the seat andsteering wheel.

• Adjust the inside and outsiderearview mirrors.

• Verify all the lights work.• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all

passengers have fastened theirseatbelts.

• Check the gauges and indicators inthe instrument panel and the mes-sages on the instrument displaywhen the ignition switch is in theON position.

• Check that any items you are car-rying are stored properly or fas-tened down securely.


Engine exhaust and a wide vari-ety of automobile componentsincluding components found inthe interior furnishings in avehicle, contain or emit harmfulchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer andbirth defects and reproductiveharm. In addition, certain fluidscontained in vehicles and cer-tain products of componentscontain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of Californiato cause cancer and birthdefects or other reproductiveharm.

WARNING

BBEEFFOORREE DDRRIIVVIINNGG

5-5


5

NEVER drink or take drugs anddrive.Drinking or taking drugs and driv-ing is dangerous and may resultin an accident and SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH.Drunk driving is the numberone contributor to the highwaydeath toll each year. Even asmall amount of alcohol willaffect your reflexes, percep-tions and judgment. Just onedrink can reduce your ability torespond to changing conditionsand emergencies and your reac-tion time gets worse with eachadditional drink.Driving while under the influ-ence of drugs is as dangerousor more dangerous than drivingunder the influence of alcohol.

WARNING You are much more likely to havea serious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive. If you aredrinking or taking drugs, don'tdrive. Do not ride with a driverwho has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driv-er or call a taxi.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, take the fol-lowing precautions:• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.

All passengers must be prop-erly belted whenever the vehi-cle is moving. For more infor-mation, refer to "Seat Belts" inchapter 2.

• Always drive defensively.Assume other drivers or pedes-trians may be careless andmake mistakes.

• Stay focused on the task ofdriving. Driver distraction cancause accidents.

• Leave plenty of space betweenyou and the vehicle in front ofyou.

WARNING

5-6

Key Ignition Switch

Whenever the front door is opened,the ignition switch will illuminate, pro-vided the ignition switch is not in theON position. The light will go offimmediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30seconds when the door is closed. (ifequipped)

IIGGNNIITTIIOONN SSWWIITTCCHH


To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, take the fol-lowing precautions:• NEVER allow children or any

person who is unfamiliar withthe vehicle to touch the igni-tion switch or related parts.Unexpected and sudden vehi-cle movement can occur.

• NEVER reach through thesteering wheel for the ignitionswitch, or any other control,while the vehicle is in motion.The presence of your hand orarm in this area may cause aloss of vehicle control result-ing in an accident.

WARNING NEVER turn the ignition switchto the LOCK or ACC positionwhile the vehicle is in motionexcept in an emergency. Thiswill result in the engine turningoff and loss of power assist forthe steering and brake systems.This may lead to loss of direc-tional control and braking func-tion, which could cause an acci-dent.Before leaving the driver's seat,always make sure the shift leveris in P (Park, for automatic trans-mission/dual clutch transmis-sion vehicle) position, apply theparking brake, and turn ignitionswitch to the LOCK position.Unexpected vehicle movementmay occur if these precautionsare not followed.

WARNING

OAE056172L

LOCK

ACCON

START

5-7


5

Key ignition switch positions

SwitchPosition Action Notice

LOCK

To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, put thekey in at the ACC position and turn the key towards theLOCK position.

The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position.

(The shift lever must be in the P (Park) position for auto-matic transmission/dual clutch transmission vehicles)

ACCElectrical accessories are usable.

The steering wheel unlocks.

ON

This is the normal key position when the engine hasstarted.

All features and accessories are usable.

The warning lights can be checked when you turn theignition switch from ACC to ON.

Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position whenthe engine is not running in order to prevent the batteryfrom discharging.

STARTTo start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition. The switch returns to the ON position when youlet go of the key.

The engine will crank until you release the key.

5-8

Starting the engine Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission:1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).3. Depress the brake pedal.4. Turn the ignition switch to the

START position. Hold the key(maximum of 10 seconds) until theengine starts and release it.

Information• It is best to maintain a moderate

engine speed until the vehicle enginecomes up to normal operating tem-perature. Avoid harsh or abruptacceleration or deceleration whilethe engine is still cold.

• Whether the engine is cold or warm,always start the vehicle with yourfoot on the brake pedal. Do notdepress the accelerator while start-ing the vehicle. Do not rev theengine while warming it up.

To prevent damage to the vehicle:• Do not hold the ignition key in

the START position for morethan 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10seconds before trying again.

• Do not push or tow your vehicleto start the engine.

NOTICE

i


Always wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes, such as highheels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere withyour ability to use the brake andaccelerator pedals.

WARNING

5-9


5

Engine Start/Stop Button

Whenever the front door is opened,the Engine Start/Stop button will illu-minate and will go off 30 secondsafter the door is closed.

• NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop button while the vehicleis in motion except in an emer-gency. This will result in theengine turning off and loss ofpower assist for the steeringand brake systems.

WARNING

To turn the engine off in anemergency:Press and hold the EngineStart/Stop button for more thantwo seconds OR rapidly pressand release the Engine Start/Stop button three times (withinthree seconds).If the vehicle is still moving, youcan restart the engine withoutdepressing the brake pedal bypressing the Engine Start/Stopbutton with the shift lever in theN (Neutral) position.

This may lead to loss of direc-tional control and brakingfunction, which could causean accident.

• Before leaving the driver'sseat, always make sure theshift lever is in the P (Park)position, set the parkingbrake, press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF posi-tion, and take the Smart Keywith you. Unexpected vehiclemovement may occur if theseprecautions are not followed.

• NEVER reach through thesteering wheel for the EngineStart/Stop button or any othercontrol while the vehicle is inmotion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area maycause a loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident.

WARNING

To reduce risk of serious injuryor death, NEVER allow childrenor any person who is unfamiliarwith the vehicle to touch theEngine Start/Stop button orrelated parts. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement canoccur.

WARNING

OOS057001

5-10


Engine Start/Stop button positions - Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission

Button Position Action Notice

OFF To turn off the engine, press the EngineStart/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park).When you press the Engine Start/Stop but-ton without the shift lever in P (Park), theEngine Start/Stop button does not turn to theOFF position, but turns to the ACC position.

ACC Press the Engine Start/Stop button when thebutton is in the OFF position without depress-ing the brake pedal.Electrical accessories are usable.

If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in theACC position for more than one hour, the bat-tery power will turn off automatically to preventthe battery from discharging.

5-11


5

Button Position Action Notice

ON Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it isin the ACC position without depressing thebrake pedal.The warning lights can be checked beforethe engine is started.

Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button inthe ON position when the engine is not run-ning to prevent the battery from discharging.

START To start the engine, depress the brake pedaland press the Engine Start/Stop button withthe shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N(Neutral) position.For your safety, start the engine with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position.

If you press the Engine Start/Stop button with-out depressing the brake pedal, the enginedoes not start and the Engine Start/Stop but-ton changes as follows:OFF →→ ACC →→ ON →→ OFFHowever, the engine may start if you depressthe brake pedal within 0.5 second after press-ing the Engine Start/Stop button from the OFFposition.

- Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission

5-12


Starting the engine Information• The engine will start by pressing the

Engine Start/Stop button, only whenthe smart key is in the vehicle.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-cle, if it is far away from the driver,the engine may not start.

• When the Engine Start/Stop buttonis in the ACC or ON position, if anydoor is open, the system checks forthe smart key. If the smart key is notin the vehicle, the " " indicatorwill blink and the warning "Key notin vehicle" will come on and if alldoors are closed, the chime will alsosound for about 5 seconds. Keep thesmart key in the vehicle when usingthe ACC position or if the vehicleengine is ON.

Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission:1. Always carry the smart key with

you.2. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.3. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).4. Depress the brake pedal.5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton.

Information• Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains station-ary. Start driving at moderateengine speeds. (Aggressive accelerat-ing and decelerating should beavoided.)

• Always start the vehicle with yourfoot on the brake pedal. Do notdepress the accelerator while start-ing the vehicle. Do not rev theengine while warming it up.

i

i

• Always wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes, such ashigh heels, ski boots, sandals,flip-flops, etc., may interferewith your ability to use thebrake and accelerator pedals.

• Do not start the vehicle with theaccelerator pedal depressed.The vehicle can move and leadto an accident.

• Wait until the engine rpm isnormal. The vehicle may sud-denly move if the brake pedalis released when the rpm ishigh.

WARNING

5-13


5

To prevent damage to the vehicle:• If the engine stalls while you are

in motion, do not attempt tomove the shift lever to the P(Park) position.If traffic and road conditionspermit, you may put the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) positionwhile the vehicle is still movingand press the Engine Start/Stopbutton in an attempt to restartthe engine.

• Do not push or tow your vehicleto start the engine.

To prevent damage to the vehicle:When the stop lamp switch fuse isblown, you can't start the enginenormally. Replace the fuse with anew one. If you are not able toreplace the fuse, you can start theengine by pressing and holdingthe Engine Start/Stop button for10 seconds with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position.Do not press the Engine Start/Stopbutton for more than 10 secondsexcept when the stop lamp switchfuse is blown.For your safety always depressthe brake pedal before starting theengine.

InformationIf the smart key battery is weak or thesmart key does not work correctly,you can start the engine by pressingthe Engine Start/Stop button with thesmart key in the direction of the pic-ture above.

i

NOTICENOTICE

OOS057003

5-14


AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN

Move shift lever.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever.Depress the brake pedal, press ths shift button, and then move shift lever.

OOS057004

Automatic Transmission Operation The automatic transmission has six forward speeds and one reverse speed.The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death:• ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle forpeople, especially children,before shifting a vehicle intoD (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver'sseat, always make sure theshift lever is in the P (Park)position, then set the parkingbrake, and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF posi-tion. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occurif these precautions are notfollowed.

• When using Manual ShiftMode, use caution when shift-ing from a higher gear to alower gear on slippery roads.This could cause the tires toslip and may result in an acci-dent.

WARNING

5-15


5

Transmission rangesThe indicator in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park).To shift from P (Park), you mustdepress firmly on the brake pedaland make sure your foot is off theaccelerator pedal.If you have done all of the above andstill cannot shift the lever out of P(Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" inthis section.The shift lever must be in P (Park)before turning the engine off.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransmission if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are notengaged.Use N (Neutral) if you need to restarta stalled engine.Shift into P (Park) if you need toleave your vehicle for any reason.Always depress the brake pedalwhen you are shifting from N(Neutral) to another gear.

NOTICE

• Shifting into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion maycause you to lose control ofthe vehicle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,always make sure the shiftlever is in P (Park), apply theparking brake, and turn theengine off.

• When parking on an incline,place the shift lever in P (Park)and apply the parking brake toprevent the vehicle fromrolling downhill.

WARNING

5-16


D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position.The transmission will automaticallyshift through a six-gear sequence,providing the best fuel economy andpower.For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or driving uphill depressthe accelerator pedal further untilyou feel the transmission downshiftto a lower gear.The DRIVE MODE switch, locatedon the shift lever console, allows thedriver to switch from COMFORTmode to SPORT mode.

For more information, refer to"Drive Mode Integrated ControlSystem" later in this chapter.

Manual shift mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, manual shift mode isselected by pushing the shift leverfrom the D (Drive) position into themanual gate. To return to D (Drive)range operation, push the shift leverback into the main gate.

In Manual Shift mode, moving theshift lever backwards and forwardswill allow you to select the desiredrange of gears for the current drivingconditions.+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once

to shift up one gear.- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down onegear.

Information• Only the six forward gears can be

selected in Manual Shift mode. Toreverse or park the vehicle, movethe shift lever to the R (Reverse) orP (Park) position as required.

• Downshifts are made automaticallywhen the vehicle slows down. Whenthe vehicle stops, 1st gear is automat-ically selected.

• When the engine rpm approachesthe red zone the transmission willupshift automatically.

i

Do not shift into gear unlessyour foot is firmly on the brakepedal. Shifting into gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed can cause the vehicle tomove very rapidly. You couldlose control of the vehicle andhit people or objects.

WARNING

OOS057069

++++ ((((UUUUPPPP))))

---- ((((DDDDOOOOWWWWNNNN))))

5-17


5

• If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) or - (Down) position, thetransmission may not make therequested gear change if the nextgear is outside of the allowableengine rpm range. The driver mustexecute upshifts in accordance withroad conditions, taking care to keepthe engine rpms below the red zone.

• When accelerating from a stop on aslippery road, push the shift leverforward into the + (Up) position.This allows the transmission to shiftinto the 2nd gear which is better forsmooth driving on a slippery road.Push the shift lever to the - (Down)side to shift back to the 1st gear.

• When driving in Manual ShiftMode, slow down before shifting toa lower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged if theengine rpms are outside of theallowable range.

Shift-lock system For your safety, the automatic trans-mission has a shift-lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transmis-sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transmission from P(Park) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or place the igni-

tion switch in the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.

Shift-lock release

If the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) position into R (Reverse)position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, and then do the following:1. Place the ignition switch in the

LOCK/OFF position.2. Apply the parking brake.3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-

ering the shift-lock release accesshole.

4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-driver) into the access hole andpress down on the tool.

OOS057005L

5-18


5. Move the shift lever.6. Remove the tool from the shift-

lock override access hole theninstall the cap.

If you need to use the shift-lockrelease, have your vehicle inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealeras soon as possible.

ParkingAlways come to a complete stop andcontinue to depress the brake pedal.Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position, apply the parking brake,and place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position. Take the Keywith you when exiting the vehicle.

Good Driving Practices • Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any otherposition with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is inmotion.Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N(Neutral) when driving. If the shiftlever is moved to N (Neutral) whiledriving the vehicle loses the abilityto provide engine braking. Doingso may increase the risk of an acci-dent.Also, moving the shift lever back toD (Drive) while the vehicle is mov-ing may severely damage thetransmission.

• When you stay in the vehiclewith the engine running, becareful not to depress theaccelerator pedal for a longperiod of time. The engine orexhaust system may overheatand start a fire.

• The exhaust gas and theexhaust system are very hot.Keep away from the exhaustsystem components.

• Do not stop or park over flam-mable materials, such as drygrass, paper or leaves. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

WARNING

5-19


5

• Driving uphill or downhill, alwaysshift to D (Drive) when driving for-ward or to R (Reverse) when driv-ing backwards, and check the gearposition indicated on the clusterbefore driving. If you drive in theopposite direction of the selectedgear, the engine will turn off and aserious accident might be occurreddue to the degraded brake per-formance.

• Do not drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. Even light, butconsistent pedal pressure canresult in the brakes overheating,brake wear and possibly evenbrake failure.

• Depressing both accelerator andbrake pedals at the same time cantrigger logic for engine powerreduction to assure vehicle decel-eration. Vehicle acceleration willresume after the brake pedal isreleased.

• Always apply the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle. Do notdepend on placing the transmis-sion in P (Park) to keep the vehiclefrom moving.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andmay cause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH:• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.

In a collision, an unbeltedoccupant is significantly morelikely to be seriously injuredor killed than a properly belt-ed occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-nering or turning.

WARNING

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such assharp lane changes or fast,sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose controlof your vehicle at highwayspeeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop offthe roadway and the driverover steers to reenter theroadway.

• In the event your vehicleleaves the roadway, do notsteer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back intothe travel lanes.

• HYUNDAI recommends youfollow all posted speed limits.

5-20


Dual Clutch TransmissionOperationThe dual clutch transmission hasseven forward speeds and onereverse speed.The individual speeds are selectedautomatically when the shift lever isin the D (Drive) position.• The dual clutch transmission can

be thought of as an automaticallyshifting manual transmission. Itgives the driving feel of a manualtransmission, yet provides theease of a fully automatic transmis-sion.

• When D (Drive) is selected, thetransmission will automatically shiftthrough the gears similar to a con-ventional automatic transmission.Unlike a traditional automatictransmission, the gear shifting cansometimes be felt and heard as theactuators engage the clutches andthe gears are selected.

DDUUAALL CCLLUUTTCCHH TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Move shift lever.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever.Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button, and then move shift lever.

OOS057004

5-21


5

• The dual clutch transmission incor-porates a dry-type dual clutchmechanism, which allows for betteracceleration performance andincreased fuel efficiency while driv-ing. But it differs from a conven-tional automatic transmissionbecause it does not incorporate atorque converter. Instead, the tran-sition from one gear to the next ismanaged by clutch slip, especiallyat lower speeds. As a result, shiftsare sometimes more noticeable,and a light vibration can be felt asthe transmission shaft speed ismatched with the engine shaftspeed.This is a normal condition ofthe dual clutch transmission.

• The dry-type clutch transferstorque more directly and providesa direct-drive feeling which mayfeel different from a conventionalautomatic transmission. This maybe more noticeable when launch-ing the vehicle from a stop or whentraveling at low, stop-and-go vehi-cle speeds.

• When rapidly accelerating from alower vehicle speed, the enginerpm may increase dramatically asa result of clutch slip as the dualclutch transmission selects the cor-rect gear. This is a normal condi-tion.

• When accelerating from a stop onan incline, press the acceleratorsmoothly and gradually to avoidany shudder feeling or jerkiness.

• When traveling at a lower vehiclespeed, if you release the accelera-tor pedal quickly, you may feelengine braking before the trans-mission changes gears. Thisengine braking feeling is similar tooperating a manual transmission atlow speed.

• When driving downhill, you maywish to move the gear shift lever toManual Shift mode and downshiftto a lower gear in order to controlyour speed without using the brakepedal excessively.

• When you turn the engine on andoff, you may hear clicking soundsas the system goes through a self-test. This is a normal sound for thedual clutch transmission.

• During the first 1000 miles, youmay feel that the vehicle may notbe smooth when accelerating atlow speed. During this break-inperiod, the shift quality and per-formance of your new vehicle iscontinuously optimized.

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death:• ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle forpeople, especially children,before shifting a vehicle intoD (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver'sseat, always make sure theshift lever is in the P (Park)position, then set the parkingbrake, and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF posi-tion. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occurif these precautions are notfollowed.

WARNING

5-22


• Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into D (Drive) orR (Reverse).

• Do not put the shift lever in N(Neutral) while driving.

DCT warning messages

Steep grade

This warning message is displayedwhen vehicle is driven slowly on agrade and the vehicle detects thatthe brake pedal is not applied.Driving up hills or on steep grades:• To hold the vehicle on an incline

use the foot brake or the parkingbrake.

• When in stop-and-go traffic on anincline, allow a gap to form aheadof you before moving the vehicleforward. Then hold the vehicle onthe incline with the foot brake.

• If the vehicle is held or creepingforward on an incline by applyingthe accelerator pedal, the clutchand transmission may overheatwhich can result in damage. At thistime, a warning message willappear on the LCD display.

• If the LCD display warning isactive, the foot brake must beapplied.

• Ignoring the warnings can lead todamage to the transmission.

NOTICE

OTLE055019

• Do not use aggressive enginebraking (shifting from a high-er gear to a lower gear) onslippery roads. This couldcause the tires to slip and mayresult in an accident.

Due to transmission failure, youmay not continue to drive andthe position indicator (D, P) onthe instrument cluster will blink.Contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have thesystem checked.

WARNING

5-23


5Transmission high temperature

• Under certain conditions, such asrepeated stop-and-go launches onsteep grades, sudden take off oracceleration, or other harsh drivingconditions, the transmission clutchtemperatures will increase exces-sively.

• When the clutch temperatures aretoo high, the "Transmission temp.is high! Stop safely" warning mes-sage will appear on the LCD dis-play, a chime will sound, and thetransmission shifting may not besmooth.

• If this occurs, pull over to a safelocation, stop the vehicle with theengine running, apply the brakesand shift the vehicle to P (Park)with engine on, and allow thetransmission to cool.

• If you ignore this warning, the driv-ing condition may become worse.You may experience abrupt shifts,frequent shifts, or jerkiness.

• When the message "Trans cooled.Resume driving" appears you cancontinue to drive your vehicle.

• When possible, drive the vehiclesmoothly.

Transmission overheated

• If the vehicle continues to be driv-en and the clutch temperaturesreach the maximum temperaturelimit, the "Transmission Hot! Parkwith engine on" warning will be dis-played. When this occurs the clutchis disabled until the clutch cools tonormal temperatures.

• The warning will display a time towait for the transmission to cool.

• If this occurs, pull over to a safelocation, stop the vehicle with theengine running, apply the brakesand shift the vehicle to P (Park)with engine on for a certain time,and allow the transmission to cool.

OTLE055022 OOS057100L/OOS057101L

5-24


• When the message "Trans cooled.Resume driving" appears you cancontinue to drive your vehicle.

• When possible, drive the vehiclesmoothly.

If any of the warning messages inthe LCD display continue to blink, foryour safety, contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-tem checked.

Transmission rangesThe indicator in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park).To shift from P (Park), you mustdepress firmly on the brake pedaland make sure your foot is off theaccelerator pedal.If you have done all of the above andstill cannot shift the lever out of P(Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" inthis chapter.

The shift lever must be in P (Park)before turning the engine off.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransmission if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are notengaged.Use N (Neutral) if you need to restarta stalled engine, or if it is necessaryto stop with the engine ON.Shift into P (Park) if you need toleave your vehicle for any reason.Always depress the brake pedalwhen you are shifting from N(Neutral) to another gear.

NOTICE• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion maycause you to lose control ofthe vehicle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,always make sure the shiftlever is in P (Park), apply theparking brake, and turn theengine off.

• When parking on an incline,place the shift lever in P (Park)and apply the parking brake toprevent the vehicle fromrolling downhill.

• For safety, always engage theparking brake with the shiftlever in the P (Park) positionexcept for the case of emer-gency parking.

WARNING

5-25


5D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position.The transmission will automaticallyshift through a seven-gearsequence, providing the best fueleconomy and power.For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or driving uphill depressthe accelerator pedal further untilyou feel the transmission downshiftto a lower gear.

The DRIVE MODE switch, locatedon the shift lever console, allows thedriver to switch from COMFORTmode to SPORT mode.

For more information, refer to"Drive Mode Integrated ControlSystem" later in this chapter.

Manual shift mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, manual shift mode isselected by pushing the shift leverfrom the D (Drive) position into themanual gate. To return to D (Drive)range operation, push the shift leverback into the main gate.In Manual Shift mode, moving theshift lever backwards and forwardswill allow you to select the desiredrange of gears for the current drivingconditions.+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once

to shift up one gear.- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down onegear.

Do not shift into gear unlessyour foot is firmly on the brakepedal. Shifting into gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed can cause the vehicle tomove very rapidly. You couldlose control of the vehicle andhit people or objects.

WARNING

OOS057069

++++ ((((UUUUPPPP))))

---- ((((DDDDOOOOWWWWNNNN))))

5-26


Information• Only the seven forward gears can be

selected in Manual Shift Mode. Toreverse or park the vehicle, movethe shift lever to the R (Reverse) orP (Park) position as required.

• Downshifts are made automaticallywhen the vehicle slows down. Whenthe vehicle stops, 1st gear is automat-ically selected.

• When the engine rpm approachesthe red zone the transmission willupshift automatically.

• If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) or - (Down) position, thetransmission may not make therequested gear change if the nextgear is outside of the allowableengine rpm range. The driver mustexecute upshifts in accordance withroad conditions, taking care to keepthe engine rpms below the red zone.

Shift-lock systemFor your safety, the dual clutch trans-mission has a shift-lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transmis-sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transmission from P(Park) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or place the igni-

tion switch in the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.

Shift-lock release

If the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) position into R (Reverse)position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, and then do the following:1. Place the ignition switch in the

LOCK/OFF position.2. Apply the parking brake.3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-

ering the shift-lock release accesshole.

4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-driver) into the access hole andpress down on the tool.

i

OOS057005L

5-27


5

5. Move the shift lever.6. Remove the tool from the shift-

lock override access hole theninstall the cap.

If you need to use the shift-lockrelease, have your vehicle inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealerimmediately.

ParkingAlways come to a complete stop andcontinue to depress the brake pedal.Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position, apply the parking brake,and place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position. Take the keywith you when exiting the vehicle.

Moving up a steep grade from astanding startTo move up a steep grade from astanding start, depress the brakepedal, shift the shift lever to D(Drive). Depress the acceleratorpedal gradually while releasing thebrake pedal.

Good Driving Practices • Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any otherposition with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is inmotion.Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N(Neutral) when driving. Doing somay result in an accident becauseof a loss of engine braking and thetransmission could be damaged.

• Driving uphill or downhill, alwaysshift to D (Drive) when driving for-ward or to R (Reverse) when driv-ing backwards, and check the gearposition indicated on the clusterbefore driving. If you drive in theopposite direction of the selectedgear, the engine will turn off and aserious accident might be occurreddue to the degraded brake per-formance.

When you stay in the vehiclewith the engine running, becareful not to depress the accel-erator pedal for a long period oftime. The engine or exhaustsystem may overheat and starta fire.The exhaust gas and theexhaust system are very hot.Keep away from the exhaustsystem components.Do not stop or park over flam-mable materials, such as drygrass, paper or leaves. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

WARNING

5-28


• Do not drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. Even light, butconsistent pedal pressure canresult in the brakes overheating,brake wear and possibly evenbrake failure.

• Depressing both accelerator andbrake pedals at the same time cantrigger logic for engine powerreduction to assure vehicle decel-eration. Vehicle acceleration willresume after the brake pedal isreleased.

• When driving in Manual Shiftmode, slow down before shifting toa lower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged if theengine rpms are outside of theallowable range.

• Always apply the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle. Do notdepend on placing the transmis-sion in P (Park) to keep the vehiclefrom moving.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andmay cause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator.


• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose controlof your vehicle at highwayspeeds.



• HYUNDAI recommends youfollow all posted speed limits.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH:• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.

In a collision, an unbeltedoccupant is significantly morelikely to be seriously injuredor killed than a properly belt-ed occupant.


WARNING

5-29


5

Power BrakesYour vehicle has power-assistedbrakes that adjust automaticallythrough normal usage.If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.You can still stop your vehicle byapplying greater force to the brakepedal than typical. The stopping dis-tance, however, will be longer thanwith power brakes.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partiallydepleted each time the brake pedalis applied. Do not pump the brakepedal when the power assist hasbeen interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only whennecessary to maintain steering con-trol on slippery surfaces.

BBRRAAKKIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM

Take the following precautions:• Do not drive with your foot

resting on the brake pedal.This will create abnormal highbrake temperatures, exces-sive brake lining and padwear, and increased stoppingdistances.

• When descending down along or steep hill, move thegear shift lever to ManualShift Mode and manuallydownshift to a lower gear inorder to control your speedwithout using the brake pedalexcessively. Applying thebrakes continuously willcause the brakes to overheatand could result in a tempo-rary loss of braking perform-ance.

• Wet brakes may impair thevehicle's ability to safely slowdown; the vehicle may alsopull to one side when thebrakes are applied. Applyingthe brakes lightly will indicatewhether they have beenaffected in this way. Alwaystest your brakes in this fash-ion after driving through deepwater. To dry the brakes, light-ly tap the brake pedal to heatup the brakes while maintain-ing a safe forward speed untilbrake performance returns tonormal. Avoid driving at highspeeds until the brakes func-tion correctly.

WARNING

5-30


Disc Brakes Wear IndicatorWhen your brake pads are worn andnew pads are required, you will heara high pitched warning sound fromyour front or rear brakes. You mayhear this sound come and go or itmay occur whenever you depressthe brake pedal.Note that some driving conditions orclimates may cause a brake squealwhen you first apply (or lightly apply)the brakes. This is normal and doesnot indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

To avoid costly brake repairs, donot continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

InformationAlways replace brake pads as com-plete front or rear axle sets.

Parking Brake

Always set the parking brake beforeleaving the vehicle. To apply theparking brake:Firmly depress the brake pedal.Pull up the parking brake lever as faras possible.

To release:Firmly depress the brake pedal.While pressing the release button(1), slightly pull up on the parkingbrake lever then lower the parkingbrake lever (2).If the parking brake does not releaseor does not release all the way, haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.i

NOTICE

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, do not oper-ate the parking brake while thevehicle is moving except in anemergency situation. It coulddamage the brake system andlead to an accident.

WARNING

OOS057010

OOS057011

5-31


5

• Do not apply the acceleratorpedal while the parking brake isengaged. If you depress theaccelerator pedal with the park-ing brake engaged, warning willsound. Damage to the parkingbrake may occur.

• Driving with the parking brakeon can overheat the braking sys-tem and cause premature wearor damage to brake parts. Makesure the parking brake isreleased and the Brake WarningLight is off before driving.

Check the ParkingBrake Warning Lightby placing the ignitionswitch to the ON posi-tion (do not start theengine).

This light will be illuminated when theparking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON posi-tion.Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is released and the BrakeWarning Light is OFF.If the Parking Brake Warning Lightremains on after the parking brake isreleased while engine is running,there may be a malfunction in thebrake system. Immediate attention isnecessary.If at all possible, cease driving thevehicle immediately. If that is not pos-sible, use extreme caution whileoperating the vehicle and only con-tinue to drive the vehicle until youcan reach a safe location.

NOTICE

• Whenever leaving the vehicleor parking, always come to acomplete stop and continue todepress the brake pedal. Movethe shift lever into P (Park)position, then apply the park-ing brake, and place the igni-tion switch in the LOCK/OFFposition.Vehicles with the parkingbrake not fully engaged are atrisk for moving inadvertentlyand causing injury to yourselfor others.

• When parking on an incline,block the wheels to preventthe vehicle from rolling down.

• NEVER allow anyone who isunfamiliar with the vehicle totouch the parking brake. If theparking brake is releasedunintentionally, serious injurymay occur.

• Only release the parkingbrake when you are seatedinside the vehicle with yourfoot firmly on the brake pedal.

WARNING

5-32


Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

ABS is an electronic braking systemthat helps prevent a braking skid.ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time.

Using ABS To obtain the maximum benefit fromyour ABS in an emergency situation,do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try topump your brakes. Depress yourbrake pedal as hard as possible.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear sounds fromthe brakes, or feel a correspondingsensation in the brake pedal. This isnormal and it means your ABS isactive.ABS does not reduce the time or dis-tance it takes to stop the vehicle.Always maintain a safe distance fromthe vehicle in front of you.ABS will not prevent a skid thatresults from sudden changes indirection, such as trying to take acorner too fast or making a suddenlane change. Always drive at a safespeed for the road and weather con-ditions.

• Tire chains are installed onyour vehicle.

The safety features of an ABSor ESC equipped vehicle shouldnot be tested by high speeddriving or cornering. This couldendanger the safety of yourselfor others.

An Anti-Lock Braking System(ABS) or an Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system will notprevent accidents due toimproper or dangerous drivingmaneuvers. Even though vehi-cle control is improved duringemergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distancebetween you and objects aheadof you. Vehicle speeds shouldalways be reduced duringextreme road conditions. Thebraking distance for carsequipped with ABS or ESC maybe longer than for those withoutthese systems in the followingroad conditions.Drive your vehicle at reducedspeeds during the followingconditions:• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads.• On roads where the road sur-

face is pitted or has differentsurface height.

WARNING

5-33


ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili-ty. Always steer moderately whenbraking hard. Severe or sharp steer-ing wheel movement can still causeyour vehicle to veer into oncomingtraffic or off the road.

On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake sys-tem may result in a longer stoppingdistance than for vehicles equippedwith a conventional brake system.The ABS warning light ( ) will stayon for several seconds after the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.During that time, the ABS will gothrough self-diagnosis and the lightwill go off if everything is normal. Ifthe light stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible

InformationWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the ABSwarning light ( ) may turn on at thesame time. This happens because ofthe low battery voltage. It does notmean your ABS is malfunctioning.Have the battery recharged beforedriving the vehicle.

i

5

If the ABS warning light ( ) ison and stays on, you may havea problem with the ABS. Yourpower brakes will work normal-ly. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death, contact yourHYUNDAI dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNING

When you drive on a road hav-ing poor traction, such as an icyroad, and apply your brakescontinuously, the ABS will beactive continuously and theABS warning light ( ) mayilluminate. Pull your car over toa safe place and turn the engineoff.Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have aproblem with your ABS system.Contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION

5-34


Electronic Stability Control(ESC)

The Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system helps to stabilize thevehicle during cornering maneuvers.ESC checks where you are steeringand where the vehicle is actuallygoing. ESC applies braking pressureto any one of the vehicle's brakesand intervenes in the engine man-agement system to assist the driverwith keeping the vehicle on theintended path. It is not a substitutefor safe driving practices. Alwaysadjust your speed and driving to theroad conditions.

ESC operation ESC ON condition

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the ESC and the ESC OFFindicator lights illuminate for approxi-mately three seconds. After bothlights go off, the ESC is enabled.

When operating

When the ESC is in opera-tion, the ESC indicator lightblinks:

• When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear sounds fromthe brakes, or feel a correspondingsensation in the brake pedal. Thisis normal and it means your ESC isactive.

• When the ESC activates, theengine may not respond to theaccelerator as it does under rou-tine conditions.

• If the Cruise Control was in usewhen the ESC activates, theCruise Control automatically disen-gages. The Cruise Control can bereengaged when the road condi-tions allow. See "Cruise ControlSystem" later in this chapter. (ifequipped)

• When moving out of the mud ordriving on a slippery road, theengine RPM (revolutions perminute) may not increase even ifyou press the accelerator pedaldeeply. This is to maintain the sta-bility and traction of the vehicle anddoes not indicate a problem.

OOS058012N

Never drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly whencornering. The ESC system willnot prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmaneuvers, and hydroplaningon wet surfaces can result insevere accidents.

WARNING

5-35


5

ESC OFF condition

To cancel ESC operation :

• State 1Press the ESC OFF button briefly.The ESC OFF indicator light andmessage "Traction Control disabled"will illuminate. In this state, the trac-tioncontrol function of ESC (engine man-agement) is disabled, but the brakecontrol function of ESC (brakingmanagement) still operates.

• State 2Press and hold the ESC OFF buttoncontinuously for more than 3 sec-onds. The ESC OFF indicator lightand message "Traction and StabilityControl disabled" illuminates and awarning chime sounds. In this state,both the traction control function ofESC (engine management) and thebrake control function of ESC (brak-ing management) are disabled.If the ignition switch is placed to theLOCK/OFF position when ESC is off,ESC remains off. Upon restarting theengine, the ESC will automatically turnon again.

Indicator lights

When the ignition switch is placed tothe ON position, the ESC indicatorlight illuminates, then goes off if theESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks when-ever the ESC is operating.If ESC indicator light stays on, yourvehicle may have a malfunction withthe ESC system. When this warninglight illuminates have your vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.The ESC OFF indicator light comeson when the ESC is turned off.

Driving with wheels and tires withdifferent sizes may cause the ESCsystem to malfunction. Beforereplacing tires, make sure all fourtires and wheels are the samesize. Never drive the vehicle withdifferent sized wheels and tiresinstalled.

NOTICE

■ ESC indicator light (blinks)

■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

When the ESC is blinking, thisindicates the ESC is active:Drive slowly and NEVER attemptto accelerate. NEVER turn theESC off while the ESC indicatorlight is blinking or you may losecontrol of the vehicle resulting inan accident.

WARNING

5-36


ESC OFF usage When Driving

The ESC OFF mode should only beused briefly to help free the vehicle ifstuck in snow or mud by temporarilystopping operation of the ESC tomaintain wheel torque.To turn ESC off while driving, pressthe ESC OFF button while driving ona flat road surface.

To prevent damage to the trans-mission:• Do not allow wheel(s) of one

axle to spin excessively whilethe ESC, ABS, and parking brakewarning lights are displayed.The repairs would not be cov-ered by the vehicle warranty.Reduce engine power and donot spin the wheel(s) excessive-ly while these lights are dis-played.

• When operating the vehicle on adynamometer, make sure theESC is turned off (ESC OFF lightilluminated).

InformationTurning the ESC off does not affect ABSor standard brake system operation.

Vehicle Stability Management(VSM)The Vehicle Stability Management(VSM) is a function of the ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system. Ithelps ensure the vehicle stays stablewhen accelerating or braking sud-denly on wet, slippery and roughroads where traction over the fourtires can suddenly become uneven.

VSM operationVSM ON condition

The VSM operates when:• The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) is on.• Vehicle speed is approximately

above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curveroads.

• Vehicle speed is approximatelyabove 12 mph (20 km/h) when thevehicle is braking on rough roads.

When operating

When you apply your brakes underconditions which may activate theESC, you may hear sounds from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sen-sation in the brake pedal. This is nor-mal and it means your VSM is active.

i

NOTICE

Take the following precautionswhen using the Vehicle StabilityManagement (VSM):• ALWAYS check the speed and

the distance to the vehicleahead. The VSM is not a sub-stitute for safe driving prac-tices.

• Never drive too fast for theroad conditions.The VSM sys-tem will not prevent acci-dents. Excessive speed in badweather, slippery and unevenroads can result in severeaccidents.

WARNING

5-37


5

The VSM does not operate when:• Driving on a banked road such

as gradient or incline.• Driving rearward.• ESC OFF indicator light is on.• EPS (Electric Power Steering)

warning light ( ) is on orblinks.

Driving with wheels and tires with dif-ferent sizes may cause the ESC sys-tem to malfunction. Before replacingtires, make sure all four tires andwheels are the same size. Neverdrive the vehicle with different sizedtires and wheels installed.

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)helps prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards when starting a vehiclefrom a stop on a hill. The systemoperates the brakes automatically forapproximately 2 seconds and releas-es the brake after 2 seconds or whenthe accelerator pedal is depressed.

• The HAC does not operate whenthe shift lever is in P (Park) or N(Neutral)

• The HAC activates even thoughthe ESC (Electronic StabilityControl) is off but does not acti-vate when the ESC has malfunc-tioned.

Downhill Brake Control (DBC)

The Downhill Brake Control (DBC)feature assists the driver to descenddown a steep hill without having todepress the brake pedal. The systemautomatically applies the brakes tomaintain the vehicle speed below 5mph (8 km/h) and allows the driver toconcentrate on steering the vehicledown hill.

NOTICE

NOTICE

If ESC indicator light ( ) orEPS warning light ( ) stays onor blinks, your vehicle may havea malfunction with the VSM sys-tem.When the warning light illu-minates, have your vehiclechecked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNING Always be ready to depress theaccelerator pedal when startingoff on a incline.The HAC activatesonly for approximately 2 seconds.

WARNING

OOS057058

5-38


• The DBC defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON posi-tion.

• Noise or vibration may occurfrom the brakes when the DBC isactivated.

• The rear stop light comes onwhen DBC is activated.

DBC operation

NOTICE

Always turn off the DBC on nor-mal roads. The DBC might acti-vate inadvertently from the stand-by mode when driving throughspeed bumps or making sharpcurves.

WARNING

Standby

Press the DBC button when vehicle speed is under 25 mph (40 km/h). The DBC system will turn ON andenter the standby mode.

The system does not turn ON if vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

In the standby mode, if vehicle speed is under 22 mph(35 km/h) while driving down a steep hill, the DBC willactivate automatically.

In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deacti-vate under the following conditions:• The hill is not steep enough.• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed.If the above conditions are not met, the DBC will auto-matically activate again.

The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:

• The DBC button is pressed again.

• Vehicle speed is over 38 mph (60 km/h).

Activated

Temporarilydeactivated

OFF

Mode Indicator light Description

blinks

illuminated

not illuminated

illuminated

5-39


5• The DBC may not deactivate on

steep inclines even though thebrake or accelerator pedal isdepressed.

• The DBC does not operatewhen:- The shift lever is in P (Park).- The ESC is activated.

Good Braking Practices

Wet brakes can be dangerous! Thebrakes may get wet if the vehicle isdriven through standing water or if itis washed. Your vehicle will not stopas quickly if the brakes are wet. Wetbrakes may cause the vehicle to pullto one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returnsto normal, taking care to keep thevehicle under control at all times. Ifthe braking action does not return tonormal, stop as soon as it is safe todo so and call an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for assistance.DO NOT drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. Even light, butconstant pedal pressure can result inthe brakes overheating, brake wear,and possibly even brake failure.If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing, apply the brakes gently andkeep the vehicle pointed straightahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for itto be safe to do so, pull off the roadand stop in a safe location.Keep your foot firmly on the brakepedal when the vehicle is stopped toprevent the vehicle from rolling for-ward.

NOTICE

If the DBC red indicator lightilluminates, the system mayhave overheated or have mal-functioned. When the warninglight illuminates even thoughthe DBC system has cooled off,have your vehicle checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealeras soon as possible.

WARNING

Whenever leaving the vehicle orparking, always come to a com-plete stop and continue todepress the brake pedal. Movethe shift lever into P (Park) posi-tion, then apply the parkingbrake, and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF posi-tion.Vehicles parked with the park-ing brake not applied or notfully engaged may roll inadver-tently and may cause injury tothe driver and others. ALWAYSapply the parking brake beforeexiting the vehicle.

WARNING

5-40


The All Wheel Drive (AWD) systemdelivers engine torque to both thefront and rear wheels for extra trac-tion. AWD is useful when maximumtraction is required on slippery,muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.Occasional off-road use such asestablished unpaved roads and trailsare OK. It is always important thatthe driver carefully reduces thespeed to a level that does not exceedthe safe operating speed for thoseconditions.

• Do not drive in water if the levelis higher than the bottom of thevehicle.

• Check your brake conditiononce you are out of mud orwater. Depress the brake pedalseveral times as you move slow-ly until you feel normal brakingreturn.

• Shorten your scheduled mainte-nance interval if you drive in off-road conditions such as sand,mud or water (see "MaintenanceUnder Severe Usage Conditions"in chapter 7).

• Always wash your vehicle thor-oughly after off road use, espe-cially the bottom of the vehicle.

• Be sure to equip the vehicle withfour tires of the same size andtype.

• Make sure that a full time AWDvehicle is towed by a flat bedtow truck.

NOTICE

AALLLL WWHHEEEELL DDRRIIVVEE ((AAWWDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH:• Do not drive in conditions that

exceed the vehicles intendeddesign such as challengingoff-road conditions.



• The risk of a rollover is great-ly increased if you lose con-trol of your vehicle at highwayspeeds.



WARNING

OOS057057

5-41


5

AWD operation

If AWD warning light ( ) stays on the instrument cluster, your vehicle may have a malfunction with theAWD system. When the AWD warning light ( ) illuminates have your vehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING

In the AWD LOCK mode, the system is deactivated when vehi-cle speed is over 20 mph (30 km/h) and the mode is shifted toAWD AUTO mode. If the vehicle speed is reduced back downto 20 mph (30 km/h) the system shifts back into AWD LOCKmode.

Use this mode when driving up or down steep inclines, drivingoff-road, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc. to maximizetraction

AWD AUTO (AWD LOCK is

deactivated)

(not illuminated)

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description

In the AWD AUTO mode, under normal operating conditions,the vehicle operates similar to conventional 2WD vehicles. If thesystem determines there is a need for four wheel drive, theengine's driving power is distributed to all four wheels automat-ically.

Use this mode when driving on normal roads.

AWD LOCK

(illuminated)

All Wheel Drive (AWD) mode selection

5-42


When the AWD LOCK mode isdeactivated, a sensation may befelt as the driving power is deliv-ered entirely to the front wheels.

For safe AWD operationBefore driving

• Make sure all passengers arewearing seat belts.

• Sit upright and closer to the steer-ing wheel than usual. Adjust thesteering wheel to a position com-fortable for you to drive.

Driving on snow-covered or icyroads

• Start off slowly by applying theaccelerator pedal gently.

• Use snow tires or tire chains.• Keep sufficient distance between

your vehicle and the vehicle in frontof you.

• Apply engine braking during decel-eration by switching the gear shiftlever to Manual Shift Mode andmanually selecting a lower gear.

• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,sudden brake applications, andsharp turns to prevent skids.

Driving in sand or mud

• Maintain slow and constant speed.• Use tire chains driving in mud if

necessary.• Keep sufficient distance between

your vehicle and the vehicle in frontof you.

• Reduce vehicle speed and alwayscheck the road condition.

• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,sudden brake applications, andsharp turns to prevent gettingstuck.

NOTICE

When driving on normal roads,deactivate the AWD LOCK modeby pushing the AWD LOCK but-ton (AWD LOCK indicator lightgoes off). Driving on normalroads with the AWD LOCKmode, especially, when corner-ing may cause mechanicalnoise or vibration. The noiseand vibration will disappearwhen the AWD LOCK mode isdeactivated. Prolong drivingwith the noise and vibrationmay damage some parts of thepower train.

CAUTION

When the vehicle is stuck insnow, sand or mud, place a non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction ORSlowly spin the wheels in for-ward and reverse directionswhich causes a rocking motionthat may free the vehicle.However, avoid running theengine continuously at highrpm, doing so may damage theAWD system.

CAUTION

5-43


5Driving up or down hills

• Driving uphill - Before starting off, check if it is

possible to drive uphill.- Drive as straight as possible.

• Driving downhill - Do not change gear while driving

downhill. Select gear before driv-ing downhill.

- Drive slowly using engine brakingwhile driving downhill.

- Drive straight as possible.

Driving through water

• Try to avoid driving in deep stand-ing water. It may stall your engineand clog your exhaust system.

• If you need to drive in water, stopyour vehicle, set the vehicle inAWD LOCK mode and drive under5 mph (8 km/h).

• Do not change gear while driving inwater.

OLMB053017

OLMB053018

Exercise extreme caution whendriving up or down steep hills.The vehicle may flip overdepending on the grade, the ter-rain, and the trail conditions.

WARNING

Do not drive across the contourof steep hills. A slight change inthe wheel angle can destabilizethe vehicle, or a stable vehiclemay lose stability if the vehiclestops its forward motion. Yourvehicle may roll over and lead toa serious injury or death.

WARNING

Always drive slowly in water. Ifyou drive too fast, water mayget into the engine compart-ment and wet the ignition sys-tem causing your vehicle tosuddenly stop.

CAUTION

5-44


Additional driving conditions

• Become familiar with the off-roadconditions before driving.

• Always pay attention when drivingoff-road and avoid dangerousareas.

• Drive slowly when driving in heavywind.

• Reduce vehicle speed when cor-nering. The center of gravity ofAWD vehicles is higher than con-ventional 2WD vehicles, makingthem more likely to roll over whenyou rapidly turn corners.

• Always hold the steering wheelfirmly when you are driving off-road.

Emergency precautionsTiresDo not use a tire and wheel packagewith a different size and type fromthe one originally installed on yourvehicle. It can affect the safety andperformance of your vehicle, whichcould lead to steering failure orrollover causing serious injury.When replacing the tires, be sure toequip all four tires with the tire andwheel of the same size, type, tread,brand and load-carrying capacity. Ifyou equip your vehicle with anytire/wheel combination not recom-mended by HYUNDAI for off-roaddriving, you should not use thesetires for highway driving.

OOS057075L

Do not grab the inside of thesteering wheel when you aredriving off-road. You may hurtyour arm by a sudden steeringmaneuver or from steering wheelrebound due to an impact withobjects on the ground.You couldlose control of the steering wheelwhich may lead to serious injuryor death.

WARNING

Never start or run the enginewhile a full-time AWD vehicle israised on a jack.The vehicle canslip or roll off of a jack causingserious injury or death to you orthose nearby.

WARNING

5-45


5

Towing AWD vehicles must be towed with awheel lift and dollies or flatbed equip-ment with all the wheels off theground. For more information, referto "Towing" in chapter 6.

Dynamometer testingA full-time AWD vehicle must be test-ed on a special four wheel chassisdynamometer.

A full-time AWD vehicle should notbe tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a2WD roll tester must be used, per-form the following procedure:1. Check the tire pressures recom-

mended for your vehicle.2. Place the front wheels on the roll

tester for a speedometer test asshown in the illustration.

3. Release the parking brake.4. Place the rear wheels on the tem-

porary free roller as shown in theillustration.

OOS057009Roll Tester (Speedometer)

Temporary Free Roller

• Never engage the parkingbrake while performing thetest.

• When the vehicle is lifted up,do not operate the front andrear wheel separately. All fourwheels should be operated.

CAUTION

Keep away from the front of thevehicle while the vehicle is ingear on the dynamometer. Thevehicle can jump forward andcause serious injury or death.

WARNING

5-46


The drive mode may be selectedaccording to the driver's preferenceor road condition.The system resets to be in the NOR-MAL mode, when the engine isrestarted.

Information If there is a problem with the instru-ment cluster, the drive mode will be inNORMAL mode and may not changeto SPORT mode.

The mode changes, as below, when-ever the DRIVE MODE button ispressed.

NORMAL modeIn NORMAL mode the engine andtransmission control logic worktogether to provide regular daily driv-ing performance with some fuel effi-ciency.• When NORMAL mode is selected,

it is not displayed on the instrumentcluster.

SPORT modeSPORT mode managesthe driving dynamics byautomatically adjusting thesteering effort, and theengine and transmissioncontrol logic for enhanceddriving performance.

• When SPORT mode is selected bypressing the DRIVE MODE button,the SPORT indicator will illuminate.

• Whenever the engine is restarted,the Drive Mode will revert back toNORMAL mode. If SPORT mode isdesired, re-select SPORT modefrom the DRIVE MODE button.

• When SPORT mode is activated:- The engine rpm will tend to

remain a little higher for a brieftime even after releasing theaccelerator. This is a typical whenthe SPORT mode is activated.

- Upshifts are delayed when accel-erating

Information In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiencymay decrease.

i

i

DDRRIIVVEE MMOODDEE IINNTTEEGGRRAATTEEDD CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS058060

NORMAL SPORT

5-47


5

[A] : Blind spot area

[B] : Closing at high speed

The Blind-Spot Collision Warning(BCW) system uses radar sensors inthe rear bumper to monitor and warnthe driver of an approaching vehiclein the driver's blind spot area.The system monitors the rear area ofthe vehicle and provides informationto the driver with an audible alert andan indicator on the outer side viewmirrors.

(1) Blind-Spot Collision Warning(BCW)The Blind-Spot Collision Warning(BCW) range varies relative tovehicle speed. Note that if yourvehicle is traveling much fasterthan the vehicles around you, thewarning will not occur.

(2) BCW : Closing at high speedThe BCW-Closing at high speedfeature will alert you when a vehi-cle is approaching in an adjacentlane at a high rate of speed. If thedriver activates the turn signalwhen the system detects anoncoming vehicle, the systemsounds an audible alert.The time of alert (warning signal)varies according to the speed dif-ference between you and theapproaching vehicle.

(3) RCCW (Rear Cross-TrafficCollision Warning)The RCCW feature monitorsapproaching cross traffic from theleft and right side of the vehiclewhen your vehicle is in reverse.

The feature will operate when thevehicle is moving in reverse belowabout 6 mph (10 km/h). If oncom-ing cross traffic is detected awarning chime will sound. Thetime of alert varies according tothe speed difference between youand the approaching vehicle.

BBLLIINNDD--SSPPOOTT CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((BBCCWW)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS057099L

A

B

• Always be aware of road con-ditions while driving and bealert for unexpected situationseven though the Blind-SpotCollision Warning (BCW) sys-tem is operating.

• The Blind-Spot CollisionWarning (BCW) system is nota substitute for proper andsafe driving. Always drivesafely and use caution whenchanging lanes or backing upthe vehicle. The Blind-SpotCollision Warning (BCW) sys-tem may not detect everyobject alongside the vehicle.

WARNING

5-48


BCW (Blind-Spot CollisionWarning)Operating conditions

To operate:Press the BCW switch with the igni-tion switch in the ON position.The indicator on the BCW switch willilluminate.

To cancel:Press the BCW switch again. Theindicator on the switch will go off.When the system is not used, turnthe system off by turning off theswitch.

Information • If the ignition switch is turned OFF

and then ON again, the BCW sys-tem returns to the previous state.

• When the system is turned on, thewarning light will illuminate for 3seconds on the outer side view mir-ror.

The function will activate when:1. The system is on.2. The vehicle speed is above

approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).3. An oncoming vehicle is detected

in the blind spot area.

First stage alert

If a vehicle is detected within theboundary of the system, a warninglight will illuminate on the outer sideview mirror.Once the detected vehicle is nolonger within the blind spot area, thewarning will turn off depending onthe driving conditions of the vehicle.

i

OOS057024

■ Left side

■ Right side

OOS057023N

5-49


5

• The second stage alarm may bedeactivated.- To deactivate the warning chime:Go to the ''User Settings → DriverAssistance and deselect Blind-Spot Collision Warning sound'' onthe LCD display.

- To activate the warning chime:Go to the ''User Settings → DriverAssistance and select Blind-SpotCollision Warning sound'' on theLCD display.

InformationThe warning chime function helpsalert the driver. Deactivate this func-tion only when it is necessary.

i

OOS057025

■ Left side

OOS057026

■ Right side

[A] : Warning sound

Second stage alert

A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system

(the warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror) AND2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being

detected).When this alert is activated, the warning light on the side view mirror willalso blink.If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the warning chime will be deacti-vated.

5-50


RCCW (Rear Cross-TrafficCollision Warning)The Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionWarning function monitors approach-ing cross traffic from the left and rightside of the vehicle when your vehicleis in reverse.

Operating conditionsTo operate:Go to the 'User Settings → DriverAssistance and select Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning' on the LCDdisplay. (For more information,refer to "LCD Display" in chapter3.)The system will turn on and standbyto activate. The system will activatewhen vehicle speed is below 6 mph(10 km/h) and with the shift lever in R(Reverse).

Information The Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionWarning (RCCW) detecting range isapproximately 1 - 65 ft (0.5 – 20 m).An approaching vehicle will be detect-ed if their vehicle speed is within 2.5 -22.5 mph (4 - 36 km/h).

Note that the detecting range mayvary under certain conditions. Asalways, use caution and pay closeattention to your surroundings whenbacking up your vehicle.

Warning type

If the vehicle detected by the sensorsapproaches your vehicle, the warn-ing chime will sound, the warninglight on the outer side view mirror willblink and a message will appear onthe LCD display.

i■ Left ■ Right

OOS057031/OOS057032

5-51


5

Information • The warning chime will turn off

when:

- The detected vehicle moves out ofthe sensing area or

- when the vehicle is right behindyour vehicle or

- when the vehicle is not approach-ing your vehicle or

- when the other vehicle slows down.

• The system may not operate proper-ly due to other factors or circum-stances. Always pay attention toyour surroundings.

• If the sensing area near the rearbumper is blocked by either a wallor barrier or by a parked vehicle,the system sensing area may bereduced.

• The system may not work prop-erly when the bumper has beendamaged, or if the rear bumperhas been replaced or repaired.

• The sensing range differs some-what according to the width ofthe road. When the road is nar-row, the system may detectother vehicles in the next laneOR when the road is wide, thesystem may not detect othervehicles in the next lane.

• The system may turn off due tostrong electromagnetic waves.

NOTICE

i

• The warning light on the outerside view mirror will illumi-nate whenever a vehicle isdetected at the rear side bythe system.To avoid accidents, do notfocus only on the warninglight and neglect to see thesurrounding of the vehicle.

• Drive safely even though thevehicle is equipped with aBlind-Spot Collision Warning(BCW) system and RearCross-Traffic CollisionWarning (RCCW). Do not sole-ly rely on the system butcheck your surroundingbefore changing lanes orbacking the vehicle up.The system may not alert thedriver in some conditions soalways check your surround-ings while driving.

• The Blind-Spot CollisionWarning (BCW) system andRear Cross-Traffic CollisionWarning (RCCW) are not asubstitute for proper and safedriving practices. Alwaysdrive safely and use cautionwhen changing lanes or back-ing up your vehicle.The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)system may not detect everyobject alongside the vehicle.

WARNING

5-52


Blind-Spot Collision Warning -Sensor Location

The sensors are located inside therear bumper.Always keep the rear bumper cleanfor the proper operation of the sys-tem.

Warning message

Blind-Spot Collision Warning(BCW) system disabled.Radar blocked

• This warning message may appearwhen :- One or both of the sensors on the

rear bumper is blocked by dirt orsnow or a foreign object.

- Driving in rural areas where theBCW sensor does not detectanother vehicle for an extendedperiod of time.

- When there is inclement weathersuch as heavy snow or rain.

- A trailer or carrier is installed. Touse the BCW system, remove thetrailer or carrier from your vehicle.

If any of these conditions occur, thelight on the BCW switch and the sys-tem will turn off automatically.When the BCW cancelled warningmessage is displayed in the cluster,check to make sure that the rearbumper is free from any dirt or snowin the areas where the sensor islocated. Remove any dirt, snow, orforeign material that could interferewith the radar sensors.After any dirt or debris is removed,the BCW system should operate nor-mally after about 10 minutes of driv-ing the vehicle.If the system still does not operatenormally have your vehicle inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information Turn off the system by pressing theBCW switch and deselecting RearCross Traffic Alert from the UserSettings mode on the cluster, whenusing a trailer or carrier behind yourvehicle.

i

OOS057027

OOS057077L

5-53


5Check Blind-Spot CollisionWarning (BCW) system

If there is a problem with the BCWsystem, a warning message willappear and the light on the switchwill turn off. The system will turn offautomatically. Have your vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Non-operating conditionThe BCW indicator on the outerside view mirror may not illumi-nate properly when:

- The outer side view mirror housingis damaged.

- The mirror is covered with dirt,snow, or debris.

- The window is covered with dirt,snow, or debris.

- The window is tinted.

Limitations of the SystemThe driver must be cautious in thebelow situations, because the sys-tem may not detect other vehicles orobjects in certain circumstances.• When a trailer or carrier is

installed.• The vehicle driven in inclement

weather such as heavy rain orsnow.

• The sensor is polluted with rain,snow, mud, etc.

• The rear bumper where the sensoris located is covered with a foreignobject such as a bumper sticker, abumper guard, a bike rack, etc.

• The rear bumper is damaged, orthe sensor is out of the originaldefault position.

• The vehicle height gets lower orhigher due to heavy loading in atrunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.

• When the temperature of the rearbumper is high.

• When the sensors are blocked byother vehicles, walls or parking-lotpillars.

OOS057078L

5-54


• The vehicle driven on a curvedroad.

• The vehicle driven through a toll-gate.

• The road pavement (or the periph-eral ground) abnormally containsmetallic components (i.e. possiblydue to subway construction).

• There is a fixed object near thevehicle, such as a guardrail.

• While going down or up a steeproad where the height of the lane isdifferent.

• Driving on a narrow road wheretrees or grass or overgrown.

• Driving in rural areas where thesensor does not detect anothervehicle or structure for an extendedperiod of time.

• Driving on a wet road.• Driving on a road where the

guardrail or wall is in double struc-ture.

• A big vehicle is near such as a busor truck.

• When the other vehicle approach-es very close.

• When the other vehicle passes at avery fast speed.

• While changing lanes.• If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next toyou and has accelerated.

• When the vehicle in the next lanemoves two lanes away from youOR when the vehicle two lanesaway moves to the next lane fromyou.

• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.• A flat trailer is near.• If there are small objects in the

detecting area such as a shoppingcart or a baby stroller.

• If there is a low height vehicle suchas a sports car.





i

5-55


- United States & U.S. territory,Micronesia, DominicanRepublic and Honduras

- Canada

DDEECCLLAARRAATTIIOONN OOFF CCOONNFFOORRMMIITTYY ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

5

The radio frequency components (Rear Corner Radar) complies:

OANATEL002

OANATEL003

OANATEL004

5-56


The Forward Collision-AvoidanceAssist (FCA) system is designed tohelp detect and monitor the vehicleahead in the roadway through camerarecognition to warn the driver that acollision is imminent, and if necessary,apply emergency braking.The camera type Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) systemdetects the vehicle ahead in theroadway through camera.

System setting and activationSystem setting• The Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) system is enabledwhenever the vehicle is turned on.To turn off the system, go to the'User settings → Driver assistance'and deselect 'FCA (ForwardCollision Avoidance Assist)' on thecluster LCD display.

The warning light illumi-nates on the cluster,when you cancel the FCAsystem. The driver can

monitor the FCA ON/OFF status onthe LCD display. Also, the warninglight illuminates when the ESC(Electronic Stability Control) isturned off. If the warning lightremains ON when the FCA is acti-vated, have the system checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

FFOORRWWAARRDD CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN--AAVVOOIIDDAANNCCEE AASSSSIISSTT ((FFCCAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM -- CCAAMMEERRAA TTYYPPEE ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Take the following precautionswhen using the ForwardCollision-Avoidance Assist(FCA) system:• This system is only a supple-

mental system and it is notintended to, nor does itreplace the need for extremecare and attention of the driv-er. The sensing range andobjects detectable by the sen-sors are limited. Pay attentionto the road conditions at alltimes.

• NEVER drive too fast in accor-dance with the road condi-tions or while cornering.

• Always drive cautiously toprevent unexpected and sud-den situations from occur-ring. FCA does not stop thevehicle completely and is nota collision avoidance system.

WARNING

5-57


5

• The driver can select the initial warn-ing activation time on the LCD dis-play.Go to the 'User settings → Driverassistance → FCW (ForwardCollision Warning) → Late/Normal/Early'.

The options for the initial ForwardCollision Warning includes the fol-lowing:- Early:

When this condition is selected,the initial Forward CollisionWarning is activated earlier thannormal. This setting maximizes theamount of distance between thevehicle ahead before the initialwarning occurs.Even though, 'Early' is selected ifthe front vehicle suddenly stopsthe initial warning activation timemay not seem fast.If you feel the warning activates tooearly, set the Forward CollisionWarning to "Normal".

- Normal:When this condition is selected,the initial Forward CollisionWarning is activated normally. Thissetting allows for a nominalamount of distance between thevehicle ahead before the initialwarning occurs.

- Late:When this condition is selected,the initial Forward CollisionWarning is activated later than nor-mal. This setting reduces theamount of distance between thevehicle ahead before the initialwarning occurs.Even though, 'Late' is selected ifthe front vehicle suddenly stopsthe initial warning activation timemay not seem late.Select 'Late' when traffic is lightand when driving speed is slow.

5-58


Prerequisite for activationThe FCA gets ready to be activated,when the FCA is selected on theLCD display, and when the followingprerequisites are satisfied.- The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is on.- Vehicle speed is over 10 km/h (6

mph) and below 60 km/h (38 mph).(The FCA is only activated within acertain speed range.)

- The system detects a vehicle infront, which may collide with yourvehicle. (The FCA may not be acti-vated or may sound a warningalarm in accordance with the driv-ing situation or vehicle condition.)

FCA warning message andsystem controlThe FCA produces warning mes-sages and warning alarms in accor-dance with the collision risk levels,such as abrupt stopping of the vehi-cle in front or insufficient braking dis-tance. Also, it controls the brakes inaccordance with the collision risk lev-els.The driver can select the initial warn-ing activation time in the UserSettings on the LCD display. Theoptions for the initial ForwardCollision Warning include Late,Normal or Early initial warning time.

• Completely stop the vehicleon a safe location beforeoperating the switch on thesteering wheel to activate/deactivate the FCA system.

• The FCA automatically acti-vates upon placing thePOWER button to the ONposition. The driver can deac-tivate the FCA by cancelingthe system setting on the LCDdisplay.

• The FCA automatically deacti-vates upon canceling the ESC(Electronic Stability Control).When the ESC is canceled,the FCA cannot be activatedon the LCD display. The FCAwarning light will illuminatewhich is normal.

WARNING

5-59


5

Collision warning (First warning)

This warning message appears onthe LCD display with a warningchime. Additionally, some vehiclesystem intervention occurs by theengine management system to helpdecelerate the vehicle.

- Your vehicle speed may deceler-ate moderately.

- The FCA system limitedly con-trols the brakes to preemptivelymitigate impact in a collision.

Emergency braking (Second warning)

This warning message appears onthe LCD display with a warningchime. Additionally, some vehiclesystem intervention occurs to helpdecelerate the vehicle.

- The FCA system limitedly con-trols the brakes to preemptivelymitigate impact in a collision. Thebrake control is maximized justbefore a collision.

Brake operation• In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready statusfor prompt reaction against the dri-ver’s depressing the brake pedal.

• The FCA provides additional brak-ing power for optimum braking per-formance, when the driver depress-es the brake pedal.

• The braking control is automatical-ly deactivated, when the driversharply depresses the acceleratorpedal, or when the driver abruptlyoperates the steering wheel.

• The FCA brake control is automat-ically canceled, when risk factorsdisappear.

OOS057016L OOS057017L

The driver should always useextreme caution while operatingthe vehicle, whether or not thereis a warning message or alarmfrom the FCA system.

CAUTION

5-60


FCA sensor

In order for the FCA system to oper-ate properly, always make sure thecamera is clean and free of dirt,snow, and debris. Dirt, snow, or for-eign substances on the surface mayadversely affect the sensing perform-ance of the camera.

• Always keep the camera sensorclean and free of dirt and debris.

• Be careful not to apply unneces-sary force on the camera sensor.If the sensor is forcibly movedout of proper alignment, the FCAsystem may not operate correct-ly. In this case, a warning mes-sage may not be displayed. Havethe vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Use only genuine HYUNDAIparts to repair or replace a dam-aged sensor.

NOTICE

The FCA braking control cannotcompletely stop the vehicle noravoid all collisions. The drivershould hold the responsibilityto safely drive and control thevehicle.

WARNING

Never deliberately drive danger-ously to activate the system.

WARNING

The FCA system logic operateswithin certain parameters, suchas the distance from the vehicleahead, the speed of the vehicleahead, and the driver's vehiclespeed. Certain conditions suchas inclement weather and roadconditions may affect the oper-ation of the FCA system.

WARNING

OOS057033

■ Front camera

5-61


5

• NEVER install any accessoriesor stickers on the front wind-shield, nor tint the front wind-shield.

• NEVER locate any reflectiveobjects (i.e. white paper, mirror)over the dashboard. Any lightreflection may cause a malfunc-tion of the system.

• Pay extreme caution to keep thecamera out of water.

• NEVER disassemble the cameraassembly, nor apply any impacton the camera assembly.

• Playing the vehicle audio sys-tem at high volume may offsetthe system warning sounds.

InformationHave the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer when:

• The windshield glass is replaced.

• The camera or related parts arerepaired or removed.

Warning message and warninglight

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist(FCA) system disabled. Camera obscured

When the sensor is contaminateddue to external environment such assnow, rain or foreign substances, theFCA system operation may stoptemporarily. If this occurs, a warningmessage will appear on the LCD dis-play. In order for the FCA system tooperate properly, remove any dirt,snow or debris and clean the camerasensor cover before the systemoperation.

iNOTICE

OTM058142L

5-62


The FCA may not properly operate inan area (e.g. open terrain), whereany substances are not detectedafter turning ON the engine.

System malfunction

Check Forward Collision AvoidanceAssist system

• When the FCA is not working prop-erly, the FCA warning light ( )will illuminate and the warningmessage will appear for a few sec-onds. After the message disap-pears, the master warning light( ) will illuminate. In this case,have the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• The FCA warning message mayappear along with the illuminationof the ESC (Electronic StabilityControl) warning light and the FCAis automatically deactivated.

Depending on the driving, traf-fic, road or weather condition,the FCA system may not acti-vate properly without the warn-ing message displayed.

WARNING

OOS057082L

• The FCA is only a supplemen-tal system for the driver's con-venience. The driver shouldhold the responsibility to con-trol the vehicle operation. Donot solely depend on the FCAsystem. Rather, maintain asafe braking distance, and, ifnecessary, depress the brakepedal to reduce the drivingspeed.

• In certain instances andunder certain driving condi-tions, the FCA system mayactivate unintentionally. Thisinitial warning messageappears on the LCD displaywith a warning chime.Also, in certain instances thefront camera recognition sys-tem may not detect the vehi-cle ahead. The FCA systemmay not activate and thewarning message will not bedisplayed.

WARNING

5-63


5

• If there is a malfunction withthe FCA system, the ForwardCollision avoidance assistsystem is not applied eventhough the braking system isoperating normally.

• If the vehicle in front stopssuddenly, you may have lesscontrol of the brake system.Therefore, always keep a safedistance between your vehicleand the vehicle in front of you.

• The FCA system may activateduring braking and the vehi-cle may stop suddenly shift-ing loose objects toward thepassengers. Always keeploose objects secured.

• The FCA system may not acti-vate if the driver applies thebrake pedal to avoid a colli-sion.

• The brake control may notwork, possibly causing a colli-sion, if a vehicle in frontabruptly stops. Always payextreme caution.

• Occupants may get injured, ifthe vehicle abruptly stops bythe activated FCA system. Payextreme caution.

• Even if there is any problem inthe FCA system's brake con-trol function, general brakingperformance will operate nor-mally. In this case, the brakecontrol function which oper-ates when the collision isimminent will not activate.

• The FCA system operatesonly to detect vehicles in frontof the vehicle.

• The FCA system does notoperate when the vehicle is inreverse.

• The FCA system is notdesigned to detect otherobjects on the road such asanimals.

• The FCA system does notdetect vehicles in the oppo-site lane.

• The FCA system does notdetect cross traffic vehiclesthat are approaching.

• The FCA system cannot detectthe driver approaching theside view of a parked vehicle(for example on a dead endstreet.)

In these cases, you must main-tain a safe braking distance,and if necessary, depress thebrake pedal to reduce the driv-ing speed in order to maintain asafe distance.

WARNING

5-64


Limitations of the systemThe Forward Collision-AvoidanceAssist (FCA) system is designed tomonitor the vehicle ahead in the road-way through camera recognition towarn the driver that a collision is immi-nent, and if necessary, apply emer-gency braking.In certain situations, the camera maynot be able to detect the vehicleahead. In these cases, the FCA sys-tem may not operate normally. Thedriver must pay careful attention inthe following situations where theFCA operation may be limited.

Detecting vehiclesThe sensor may be limited when:• The camera is blocked with a for-

eign object or debris• The camera lens is contaminated

due to tinted, filmed or coatedwindshield, damaged glass, orstuck of foreign matter (sticker,bug, etc.) on the glass

• Inclement weather such as heavyrain or snow obscures the field ofview of the camera

• The camera sensor recognition islimited

• The camera does not recognizethe entire vehicle in front.

• The camera is damaged.• The brightness outside is too low

such as when the headlamps arenot on at night or the vehicle isgoing through a tunnel.

• The shadow is on the road by amedian strip, trees, etc.

• The vehicle drives through a toll-gate.

• The rear part of the vehicle in frontis not normally visible. (the vehicleturns in other direction or the vehi-cle is overturned.)

• The vehicle in front is too small tobe detected (for example a motor-cycle or a bicycle, etc.)

• The vehicle in front is an oversizevehicle or trailer that is too big tobe detected by the camera recog-nition system (for example a tractortrailer, etc.)

• The camera's field of view is notwell illuminated (either too dark ortoo much reflection or too muchbacklight that obscures the field ofview)

• The vehicle in front does not havetheir rear lights properly turned ONor their rear lights are locatedunusually.

• The outside brightness changessuddenly, for example when enter-ing or exiting a tunnel

• When light coming from a streetlight or an oncoming vehicle isreflected on a wet road surfacesuch as a puddle in the road

5-65


5

• The field of view in front is obstruct-ed by sun glare

• The windshield glass is fogged up;a clear view of the road is obstruct-ed

• The vehicle in front is driving errati-cally

• The vehicle is on unpaved oruneven rough surfaces, or roadwith sudden gradient changes.

• The vehicle drives inside a building,such as a basement parking lot

• The adverse road conditions causeexcessive vehicle vibrations whiledriving

• The sensor recognition changessuddenly when passing over aspeed bump

• The vehicle in front is moving verti-cally to the driving direction

• The vehicle in front is stopped ver-tically

• The vehicle in front is drivingtowards your vehicle or reversing

• You are on a roundabout and thevehicle in front circles

- Driving on a curveThe performance of ForwardCollision-Avoidance Assist systemmay be limited when driving on acurved road.The front camera recognition systemmay not detect the vehicle travelingin front on a curved road. This mayresult in no alarm and braking whennecessary.Always pay attention to road anddriving conditions, and if necessary,depress the brake pedal to reduceyour driving speed in order to main-tain a safe distance.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assistsystem may recognize a vehicle inthe next lane or outside the lanewhen driving on a curved road.If this occurs, the system may unnec-essarily alarm the driver and applythe brake.Always pay attention to road anddriving conditions, while driving.

OOS058103 OOS058104

5-66


- Driving on a slopeThe performance of ForwardCollision-Avoidance Assist systemmay be decreased while drivingupward or downward on a slope. Thefront camera recognition may notdetect the vehicle in front. This mayresult in unnecessary alarm andbraking or no alarm and brakingwhen necessary.When the system suddenly recog-nizes the vehicle in front while pass-ing over a slope, you may experiencesharp deceleration.

Always keep your eyes forward whiledriving upward or downward on aslope, and, if necessary, depress thebrake pedal to reduce your drivingspeed in order to maintain distance.

- Changing lanesWhen a vehicle changes lanes infront of you, the FCA system may notimmediately detect the vehicle, espe-cially if the vehicle changes lanesabruptly. In this case, you must main-tain a safe braking distance, and ifnecessary, depress the brake pedalto reduce your driving speed in orderto maintain a safe distance.

OOS058073 OOS058105

5-67


5When driving in stop-and-go traffic,and a stopped vehicle in front of youmerges out of the lane, the FCA sys-tem may not immediately detect thenew vehicle that is now in front ofyou. In this case, you must maintaina safe braking distance, and if nec-essary, depress the brake pedal toreduce your driving speed in order tomaintain a safe distance.

- Detecting the vehicle in front of youIf the vehicle in front of you has cargothat extends rearward from the cab,or when the vehicle in front of youhas higher ground clearance, addi-tional special attention is required.The FCA system may not be able todetect the cargo extending from thevehicle. In these instances, you mustmaintain a safe braking distancefrom the rearmost object, and if nec-essary, depress the brake pedal toreduce your driving speed in order tomaintain distance.

OTM058119 OOS058022

• Do not use the ForwardCollision-Avoidance Assist(FCA) system when towing avehicle. Application of theFCA system while towing mayadversely affect the safety ofyour vehicle or the towingvehicle.

• Use extreme caution when thevehicle in front of you hascargo that extends rearwardfrom the cab, or when thevehicle in front of you hashigher ground clearance.

• The FCA system is designedto detect and monitor thevehicle ahead in the roadwaythrough camera recognition. Itis not designed to detect bicy-cles, motorcycles, or smallerwheeled objects such as lug-gage bags, shopping carts, orstrollers.

WARNING

5-68


Information In some instances, the FCA systemmay be cancelled when subjected toelectromagnetic interference.





i

i

• Never try to test the operationof the FCA system. Doing somay cause severe injury ordeath.

• Have your vehicle checked byan authorized HYUNDAI deal-er when the windshield glassor camera is replaced.

5-69


5

The Forward Collision-avoidanceAssist (FCA) system is designed tohelp detect and monitor the vehicleahead or detect a pedestrian (ifequipped) in the roadway throughradar signals and camera recogni-tion to warn the driver that a collisionis imminent, and if necessary, applyemergency braking.

System Setting and ActivationSystem setting• The driver can activate the FCA by

placing the ignition switch to theON position and by selecting:''User Settings → DriverAssistance → Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)''

The FCA deactivates, when the driv-er deselects the system setting.

FFOORRWWAARRDD CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN--AAVVOOIIDDAANNCCEE AASSSSIISSTT ((FFCCAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM--SSEENNSSOORR FFUUSSIIOONN TTYYPPEE ((FFRROONNTT RRAADDAARR ++ FFRROONNTT CCAAMMEERRAA)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Take the following precautionswhen using the ForwardCollision-avoidance Assist (FCA)system:

• This system is only a supple-mental system and it is notintended to, nor does it replacethe need for extreme care andattention of the driver. Thesensing range and objectsdetectable by the sensors arelimited. Pay attention to theroad conditions at all times.

• NEVER drive too fast in accor-dance with the road condi-tions or while cornering.

• Always drive cautiously toprevent unexpected and sud-den situations from occur-ring. The Forward CollisionAvoidance system may notalways stop the vehicle com-pletely and is only intended tohelp mitigate a collision thatis imminent.

WARNING

5-70


The warning light illumi-nates on the LCD display,when you cancel the FCAsystem. The driver can

monitor the FCA ON/OFF status onthe LCD display. Also, the warninglight illuminates when the ESC(Electronic Stability Control) isturned off.If the warning light remains ON whenthe FCA is activated, have the sys-tem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• The driver can select the initial warn-ing activation time on the LCD dis-play.Go to the 'User Settings → Driverassistance → Forward CollisionWarning → Late/Normal/Early'.

The options for the initial ForwardCollision Warning includes the fol-lowing:

- Early :When this condition is selected, theinitial Forward Collision Warning isactivated earlier than normal. Thissetting maximizes the amount of dis-tance between the vehicle aheadbefore the initial warning occurs.Even though, 'Early' is selected if thefront vehicle suddenly stops the ini-tial warning activation time may notseem fast.

- Normal :When this condition is selected, theinitial Forward Collision Warning isactivated normally. This settingallows for a nominal amount of dis-tance between the vehicle or pedes-trian ahead before the initial warningoccurs.

- Late :When this condition is selected, theinitial Forward Collision Warning isactivated later than normal. This set-ting reduces the amount of distancebetween the vehicle or pedestrianahead before the initial warningoccurs.Select 'Late' when traffic is light andwhen driving speed is slow.

Prerequisite for activationThe FCA system is on and readywhen FCA is selected on the LCDdisplay and when the following pre-requisites are satisfied:- The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is on.- Driving speed exceeds approxi-

mately 6mph (10km/h). (The FCA is only activated within a certainspeed range.)

- The system detects a pedestrianor a vehicle in front, which may col-lide with your vehicle. (The FCAmay not be activated or may sounda warning alarm in accordancewith the driving situation or vehiclecondition.)

5-71


5

FCA Warning Message andSystem ControlThe FCA produces warning mes-sages and warning alarms in accor-dance with the collision risk levels,such as abrupt stopping of the vehi-cle in front, insufficient braking dis-tance, or pedestrian detection. Also,it controls the brakes in accordancewith the collision risk levels.

The driver can select the initial warn-ing activation time in the UserSettings in the LCD display. Theoptions for the initial Forward CollisionWarning include EARLY, NORMAL, orLATE initial warning time.

Collision Warning (First warning)

This warning message appears onthe LCD display with a warningchime. Additionally, some vehiclesystem intervention occurs by theengine management system to helpdecelerate the vehicle.- Your vehicle speed may decelerate

moderately.- The FCA system limitedly controls

the brakes to preemptively mitigateimpact in a collision.

• Completely stop the vehicleon a safe location beforeoperating the switch on thesteering wheel to activate/deactivate the FCA system.

• The FCA automatically acti-vates upon placing the igni-tion switch to the ON position.The driver can deactivate theFCA by canceling the systemsetting on the LCD display.

• The FCA automatically deacti-vates upon canceling the ESC(Electronic Stability Control).When the ESC is canceled,the FCA cannot be activatedon the LCD display.

WARNING

OOS057016L

5-72


Emergency Braking(Second warning)

This warning message appears onthe LCD display with a warningchime.Additionally, some vehicle systemintervention occurs by the enginemanagement system to help decel-erate the vehicle.- The FCA system limitedly controls

the brakes to preemptively mitigateimpact in a collision. The brakecontrol is maximized just before acollision.

Brake operation• In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready statusfor prompt reaction against the dri-ver’s depressing the brake pedal.

• The FCA provides additional brak-ing power for optimum braking per-formance, when the driver depress-es the brake pedal.

• The braking control is automatical-ly deactivated, when the driversharply depresses the acceleratorpedal, or when the driver abruptlyoperates the steering wheel.

• The FCA braking control is auto-matically canceled, when risk fac-tors disappear.

The driver should always useextreme caution while operatingthe vehicle, whether or not thereis a warning message or alarmfrom the FCA system.

CAUTION

OOS057017LThe FCA system logic operateswithin certain parameters, suchas the distance from the vehicleor pedestrian ahead, the speedof the vehicle ahead, and thedriver's vehicle speed. Certainconditions such as inclementweather and road conditionsmay affect the operation of theFCA system.

WARNING

The FCA braking control cannotcompletely stop the vehicle noravoid all collisions. The drivershould hold the responsibilityto safely drive and control thevehicle.

WARNING

Never deliberately drive danger-ously to activate the system.

WARNING

5-73


5

FCA Sensor

In order for the FCA system to oper-ate properly, always make sure thesensor cover or sensor is clean andfree of dirt, snow, and debris.

Dirt, snow, or foreign substances onthe sensor cover or sensor mayadversely affect the sensing perform-ance of the sensor.

• Do not apply license plate frameor foreign objects such as abumper sticker or a bumperguard near the radar sensor.Doing so may adversely affectthe sensing performance of theradar.

• Always keep the radar sensorand cover clean and free of dirtand debris.

• Use only a soft cloth to wash thevehicle. Do not spray pressur-ized water directly on the sensoror sensor cover.

• Be careful not to apply unneces-sary force on the radar sensor orsensor cover. If the sensor isforcibly moved out of properalignment, the FCA system maynot operate correctly. In thiscase, a warning message maynot be displayed. Have the vehi-cle inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• If the front bumper becomesdamaged in the area around theradar sensor, the FCA systemmay not operate properly. Havethe vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Use only genuine HYUNDAIparts to repair or replace a dam-aged sensor or sensor cover. Donot apply paint to the sensorcover.

NOTICE

OOS057018

OOS057033

■ Front camera

■ Front radar

5-74


• NEVER install any accessoriesor stickers on the front wind-shield, nor tint the front wind-shield.

• NEVER locate any reflectiveobjects (i.e. white paper, mirror)over the dashboard. Any lightreflection may cause a malfunc-tion of the system.

• Pay extreme caution to keep thecamera out of water.

• NEVER disassemble the cameraassembly, nor apply any impacton the camera assembly.

• Playing the vehicle audio sys-tem at high volume may offsetthe system warning sounds.

InformationHave the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer when:

• The windshield glass is replaced.

• The sensor cover or sensor getsdamaged or replaced.

Warning message and warninglight

Forward Collision Avoidance Assist(FCA) system disabled. Radar blocked

When the sensor cover is blockedwith dirt, snow, or debris, the FCAsystem operation may stop temporar-ily. If this occurs, a warning messagewill appear on the LCD display.Remove any dirt, snow, or debris andclean the radar sensor cover beforeoperating the FCA system.The FCA may not properly operate inan area (e.g. open terrain), whereany substances are not detectedafter turning ON the engine.

System Malfunction

Check Forward Collision AvoidanceAssist system

• When the FCA is not working prop-erly, the FCA warning light ( )will illuminate and the warningmessage will appear for a few sec-onds. After the message disap-pears, the master warning light( ) will illuminate. In this case,have the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• The FCA warning message mayappear along with the illuminationof the ESC (Electronic StabilityControl) warning light.

i

NOTICE

OOS057080L


OOS057081L/OOS057082L

5-75


5

• Occupants may get injured, ifthe vehicle abruptly stops bythe activated FCA system. Payextreme caution.

• The FCA system operatesonly to detect vehicles orpedestrians in front of thevehicle.

• The FCA system does notoperate when the vehicle is inreverse.

• The FCA system is notdesigned to detect otherobjects on the road such asanimals.

• The FCA system does notdetect vehicles in the oppo-site lane.

• The FCA system does notdetect cross traffic vehiclesthat are approaching.

WARNING

• The FCA is only a supplemen-tal system for the driver’s con-venience. The driver shouldhold the responsibility to con-trol the vehicle operation. Donot solely depend on the FCAsystem. Rather, maintain asafe braking distance, and, ifnecessary, depress the brakepedal to reduce the drivingspeed.

• In certain instances andunder certain driving condi-tions, the FCA system mayactivate prematurely. This ini-tial warning message appearson the LCD display with awarning chime.Also, in certain instances thefront radar sensor or camerarecognition system may notdetect the vehicle or pedestri-an ahead. The FCA systemmay not activate and thewarning message will not bedisplayed.

WARNING • If there is a malfunction withthe FCA system, the ForwardCollision avoidance assistsystem is not applied eventhough the braking system isoperating normally.

• If the vehicle in front stopssuddenly, you may have lesscontrol of the brake system.Therefore, always keep a safedistance between your vehicleand the vehicle in front of you.

• The FCA system may activateduring braking and the vehi-cle may stop suddenly shift-ing loose objects toward thepassengers. Always keeploose objects secured.

• The FCA system may not acti-vate if the driver applies thebrake pedal to avoid a colli-sion.

• The brake control may notwork, possibly causing a colli-sion, if a vehicle in frontabruptly stops. Always payextreme caution.

5-76


Limitations of the SystemThe Forward Collision avoidanceassist (FCA) system is designed tomonitor the vehicle ahead or apedestrian on the roadway throughradar signals and camera recogni-tion to warn the driver that a collisionis imminent, and if necessary, applyemergency braking.In certain situations, the radar sen-sor or the camera may not be able todetect the vehicle or pedestrianahead. In these cases, the FCA sys-tem may not operate normally. Thedriver must pay careful attention inthe following situations where theFCA operation may be limited.

Detecting vehiclesThe sensor may be limited when:• The radar sensor or camera is

blocked with a foreign object ordebris

• Inclement weather such as heavyrain or snow obscures the field ofview of the radar sensor or camera

• There is interference by electro-magnetic waves

• There is severe irregular reflectionfrom the radar sensor

• The radar/camera sensor recogni-tion is limited

• The vehicle in front is too small tobe detected (for example a motor-cycle or a bicycle, etc.)

• The vehicle in front is an oversizevehicle or trailer that is too big tobe detected by the camera recog-nition system (for example a tractortrailer, etc.)

• The driver's field of view is not wellilluminated (either too dark or toomuch reflection or too much back-light that obscures the field of view)

• The vehicle in front does not havetheir rear lights properly turned ON

• The FCA system cannotdetect the driver approachingthe side view of a parked vehi-cle (for example on a deadend street.)

In these cases, you must main-tain a safe braking distance,and if necessary, depress thebrake pedal to reduce the driv-ing speed in order to maintain asafe distance.

5-77


5

• The outside brightness changessuddenly, for example when enter-ing or exiting a tunnel

• Light coming from a street light oran oncoming vehicle is reflected ona wet road surface such as a pud-dle in the road

• The field of view in front isobstructed by sun glare


• The vehicle in front is driving errat-ically

• The vehicle drives through a con-struction area, on an unpavedroad, or above metal materials,such as a railway

• The vehicle drives inside a building,such as a basement parking lot


• The vehicle in front is moving verti-cally to the driving direction

• The vehicle in front is stopped ver-tically

• The vehicle in front is drivingtowards your vehicle or reversing

- Driving on a curveThe performance of ForwardCollision-Avoidance Assist systemmay be limited when driving on acurved road.The front camera or radar sensorrecognition system may not detectthe vehicle or pedestrian traveling infront on a curved road.This may result in no alarm and brak-ing when necessary.Always pay attention to road anddriving conditions, and if necessary,depress the brake pedal to reduceyour driving speed in order to main-tain a safe distance.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assistsystem may recognize a vehicle orpedestrian in the next lane or outsidethe lane when driving on a curvedroad.If this occurs, the system may unnec-essarily alarm the driver and applythe brake.Always pay attention to road anddriving conditions, while driving.

OAE056100 OAE056101

5-78


- Driving on a slopeThe performance of ForwardCollision-Avoidance Assist systemmay be decreased while drivingupward or downward on a slope. Thefront camera or front radar sensorrecognition may not detect the vehi-cle or pedestrian in front.This may result in unnecessaryalarm and braking or no alarm andbraking when necessary.When the system suddenly recog-nizes the vehicle or pedestrian infront while passing over a slope, youmay experience sharp deceleration.

Always keep your eyes forward whiledriving upward or downward on aslope, and, if necessary, depress thebrake pedal to reduce your drivingspeed in order to maintain distance.

- Changing lanesWhen a vehicle changes lanes infront of you, the FCA system may notimmediately detect the vehicle, espe-cially if the vehicle changes lanesabruptly. In this case, you must main-tain a safe braking distance, and ifnecessary, depress the brake pedalto reduce your driving speed in orderto maintain a safe distance.

OAE056103OOS057073

5-79


5When driving in stop-and-go traffic,and a stopped vehicle in front of youmerges out of the lane, the FCA sys-tem may not immediately detect thenew vehicle that is now in front ofyou. In this case, you must maintaina safe braking distance, and if nec-essary, depress the brake pedal toreduce your driving speed in order tomaintain a safe distance.

- Detecting the vehicle in front of youIf the vehicle in front of you has cargothat extends rearward from the cab,or when the vehicle in front of youhas higher ground clearance, addi-tional special attention is required.The FCA system may not be able todetect the cargo extending from thevehicle. In these instances, you mustmaintain a safe braking distancefrom the rearmost object, and if nec-essary, depress the brake pedal toreduce your driving speed in order tomaintain distance.

Detecting pedestrians(if equipped)The sensor may be limited when:• The pedestrian is not fully detected

by the camera recognition system,for example, if the pedestrian isleaning over or is not fully walkingupright

• The pedestrian is moving veryquickly or appears abruptly in thecamera detection area

• The pedestrian is wearing clothingthat easily blends into the back-ground, making it difficult to bedetected by the camera recogni-tion system

• The outside lighting is too bright(e.g. when driving in bright sunlightor in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.when driving on a dark rural roadat night)

• It is difficult to detect and distin-guish the pedestrian from otherobjects in the surroundings, forexample, when there is a group ofpedestrians or a large crowd

• There is an item similar to a per-son's body structure

OOS057022OAE056109

5-80


• The pedestrian is small• The pedestrian has impaired

mobility• The sensor recognition is limited• The radar sensor or camera is

blocked with a foreign object ordebris

• Inclement weather such as heavyrain or snow obscures the field ofview of the radar sensor or camera

• When light coming from a streetlight or an oncoming vehicle isreflected on a wet road surfacesuch as a puddle in the road

• The field of view in front isobstructed by sun glare



Information In some instances, the FCA systemmay be canceled when subjected toelectromagnetic interference.





i

i

• Do not use the ForwardCollision avoidance Assist(FCA) system when towing avehicle. Application of theFCA system while towing mayadversely affect the safety ofyour vehicle or the towingvehicle.

• Use extreme caution when thevehicle in front of you hascargo that extends rearwardfrom the cab, or when thevehicle in front of you hashigher ground clearance.

• The FCA system is designedto detect and monitor the vehi-cle ahead or detect a pedestri-an in the roadway throughradar signals and camerarecognition. It is not designedto detect bicycles, motorcy-cles, or smaller wheeledobjects such as luggage bags,shopping carts, or strollers.

• Never try to test the operationof the FCA system. Doing somay cause severe injury ordeath.

WARNING

5-81


5The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-tem helps detect lane markers on theroad with a camera at the front wind-shield, and assists the driver's steer-ing to help keep the vehicle betweenlanes.When the system detects the vehiclestraying from its lane, it alerts thedriver with a visual and audible warn-ing, while applying a slight counter-steering torque, to try to prevent thevehicle from moving out of its lane.

LLAANNEE KKEEEEPPIINNGG AASSSSIISSTT ((LLKKAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS057033

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)system is not a substitute forsafe driving practices, but aconvenience function only. It isthe responsibility of the driverto always be aware of the sur-rounding and steer the vehicle.

WARNING

Take the following precautionswhen using the Lane KeepingAssist (LKA) system:• Do not steer the steering

wheel suddenly when thesteering wheel is being assist-ed by the system.

• LKA system helps to preventthe driver from moving out ofthe lane unintentionally byassisting the driver's steering.However, the driver should notsolely rely on the system butalways pay attention on thesteering wheel to stay in thelane.

WARNING

• The operation of the LKA sys-tem can be canceled or notwork properly according toroad condition and surround-ings. Always be cautiouswhen driving.

• Do not disassemble the LKAsystem camera temporarily totint the window or attach anytypes of coatings and acces-sories. If you disassemble thecamera and assemble it again,take your vehicle to an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked forcalibration.

• When you replace the wind-shield glass, LKA systemcamera or related parts of thesteering wheel, take yourvehicle to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have thesystem checked for calibra-tion.

5-82


• The system detects lane linesand controls the steeringwheel by a camera, therefore,if the lane lines are hard todetect, the system may notwork properly.Please refer to "Limitations ofthe system".

• Do not remove or damage therelated parts of LKA system.

• You may not hear a warningsound of LKA systembecause of excessive audiosound.

• Do not place objects on thedashboard that reflects lightsuch as mirrors, white paper,etc. The system may malfunc-tion if the sunlight is reflected.

LKA System Operation

To activate/deactivate the LKA sys-tem:With the ignition switch in the ONposition, press the LKA system but-ton located on the instrument panelon the left hand side of the steeringwheel. The indicator in the clusterdisplay will initially illuminate white.This indicates the LKA system is inthe READY but NOT ENABLEDstate.

• Always have your hands onthe steering wheel while theLKA system is activated. Ifyou continue to drive withyour hands off the steeringwheel after the "Keep handson steering wheel" warningmessage appears, the systemwill turn off automatically.

• The steering wheel is not con-tinuously controlled so if thevehicle speed is at a higherspeed when leaving a lane thevehicle may not be able to becontrolled by the system. Thedriver must always follow thespeed limit when using thesystem.

• If you attach objects to thesteering wheel, the systemmay not assist steering or thehands off alarm may not workproperly. When you tow a trail-er, make sure that you turn offthe LKA system.

OOS058034N

5-83


5

The color of indicator willchange depending on thecondition of LKA system.

- White : Sensor does not detectlane lines or vehicle speedis under 40mph (64 km/h).

- Green : Sensor detects lane linesand the system is able tocontrol vehicle steering.

LKA system operation

• To see the LKA system screen onthe LCD display in the cluster,select Assist mode ( ). For moredetails, refer to "LCD DisplayModes" in chapter 3.

• When both lane lines are detectedand all the conditions to activatethe LKA system are satisfied, agreen steering wheel indicator willilluminate and the LKA systemindicator light will change fromwhite to green. This indicates thatthe LKA system is in theENABLED state and the steeringwheel will be able to be controlled.

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)system is a system to help pre-vent the driver from leaving thelane. However, the driver shouldnot solely rely on the systembut always check the road con-ditions when driving.

WARNING

OOS057035L

5-84


• If the system detects a lane line,the color changes from gray towhite.

• If the system detects the left laneline, the left lane line color willchange from gray to white.

• If the system detects the right laneline, the right lane line color willchange from gray to white.

• Both lane lines must be detectedfor the system to fully activate.

• If your vehicle speed exceeds 40mph (64 km/h) and the LKA sys-tem button is ON, the system isenabled. If your vehicle departsfrom the projected lane in front ofyou, the LKA system operates asfollows:

A visual warning appears on thecluster LCD display. Either the leftlane line or the right lane line in thecluster LCD display will blinkdepending on which direction thevehicle is veering.If the steering wheel appears, thesystem will help control the vehicle’ssteering to prevent the vehicle fromcrossing the lane line.

Keep hands on steering wheel

If the driver takes their hands off thesteering wheel for several secondswhile the LKA system is activated,the system will warn the driver.

Information If the steering wheel is held very light-ly the message may still appearbecause the LKA system may not rec-ognize that the driver has their handson the wheel.

i

■ Lane marker undetected ■ Lane marker detected

OOS057035L/OOS057037L

■ Left lane marker ■ Right lane marker

OOS057038L/OOS057039L

OAEE056129L

5-85


5Driver's grasp not detected.LKA system will be disabled tem-porarily

If the driver still does not have theirhands on the steering wheel after themessage "Keep hands on steeringwheel", the system will not controlthe steering wheel and warn the driv-er only when the driver crosses thelane lines.However, if the driver has their handson the steering wheel again, the sys-tem will start controlling the steeringwheel.

Information• Even though the steering is assisted

by the system, the driver can stillsteer to control the steering wheel.

• The steering wheel may feel heavierwhen the steering wheel is assistedby the system than when it is not.

i

• The driver is responsible foraccurate steering.

• Turn off the system in belowsituations.- In bad weather- In bad road condition- When the steering wheel

needs to be controlled by thedriver frequently.

WARNING

The warning message mayappear late according to roadconditions. Therefore, alwayshave your hands on the steeringwheel while driving.

WARNING

OOS057083L

5-86


Warning Light and Message

Check LKA system

If there is a problem with the systema message will appear for a few sec-onds. If the problem continues theLKA system failure indicator will illu-minate.

LKA system failure indicatorThe LKA system failureindicator (yellow) will illu-minate if the LKA systemis not working properly.Have your vehiclechecked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

When there is a problem with thesystem do one of the following:

• Turn the system on after turningthe engine off and on again.

• Check if the ignition switch is in theON position.

• Check if the system is affected bythe weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,etc.)

• Check if there is foreign matter onthe camera lens.

If the problem is not solved, haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

The LKA system will not be in theENABLED state and the steeringwheel will not be assisted when:

• The turn signal is turned on beforechanging a lane. If you changelanes without the turn signal on,the steering wheel might be con-trolled.

• The vehicle is not driven in the mid-dle of the lane when the system isturned on or right after changing alane.

• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)is activated.

• The vehicle is driven on a sharpcurve.

• Vehicle speed is below 40 mph (60 km/h) and over 110 mph (180km/h).

• The vehicle makes sharp lanechanges.

• The vehicle brakes suddenly.• Only one lane line is detected.• The lane is very wide or narrow.• There are more than two lane lines

on the road. (e.g. constructionarea)

• The vehicle is driven on a steepincline.

OOS057084R

5-87


5

Limitations of the SystemThe LKA system may operate pre-maturely even if the vehicle does notdepart from the intended lane, OR,the LKA system may not warn you ifthe vehicle leaves the intended laneunder the following circumstances:

When the lane and road condi-tions are poor• It is difficult to distinguish the lane

marking from the road surface orthe lane marking is faded or notclearly marked.

• There are markings on the roadsurface that look like a lane linethat is inadvertently being detectedby the camera.

• The lane line is merged or divided.(e.g. tollgate)

• The lane number increases ordecreases or the lane marker arecrossing complicatedly.

• There are more than two lane lineson the road in front of you.

• The lane line is very thick or thin.• The lanes ahead are not visible

due to rain, snow, water on theroad, damaged or stained roadsurface, or other factors.

• The shadow is on the lane markerby a median strip, trees, etc.

• The lanes are incomplete or thearea is in a construction zone.

• There are crosswalk signs or othersymbols on the road.

• The lane line in a tunnel is stainedwith oil, etc.

When external condition is inter-vened• The brightness outside changes

suddenly such as when entering orexiting a tunnel or passing under abridge.

• The brightness outside is too lowsuch as when the headlamps arenot on at night or the vehicle isgoing through a tunnel or passingunder a bridge.

• There is a boundary structure inthe roadway such as a concretebarrier, guardrail and reflector postthat is inadvertently being detectedby the camera.

• When light coming from a streetlight or an oncoming vehicle isreflected on a wet road surfacesuch as a puddle in the road.

• The field of view in front isobstructed by sun glare.

• The lane suddenly disappearssuch as at the intersection.

• There is not enough distancebetween you and the vehicle infront to be able to detect the laneline or the vehicle ahead is drivingon the lane line.

• Driving on a steep grade, over ahill, or when driving on a curvedroad.

• The adverse road conditions causeexcessive vehicle vibrations whiledriving.

• The surrounding of the inside rearview mirror temperature is highdue to direct sunlight.

When front visibility is poor• The windshield or the LKA system

camera lens is blocked with dirt ordebris.

• The windshield glass is fogged up;a clear view of the road is obstruct-ed.

• Placing objects on the dashboard,etc.

5-88


LKA system Function Change The driver can change LKA to LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system orchange the LKA system modebetween Standard LKA and ActiveLKA from the LCD display. Go to the'User Settings → Driver Assistance →Lane Keeping Assist → LaneDeparture Warning/StandardLKA/Active LKA'.

Lane Departure WarningLDW system alerts the driver with avisual warning and a warning alarmwhen the system detects the vehicledeparting the lane. The steeringwheel will not be controlled.

Standard LKAThe Standard LKA mode guides thedriver to help keep the vehicle withinthe lanes. It rarely controls the steer-ing wheel, when the vehicle driveswell inside the lanes. However, itstarts to control the steering wheel,when the vehicle is about to deviateout of the lanes.

Active LKAThe Active LKA mode provides morefrequent steering wheel control incomparison with the Standard LKAmode. Active LKA can help reducethe driver's fatigue to assist thesteering for maintaining the vehiclein the middle of the lane.





i

5-89


5

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)System is designed as a safety fea-ture to help reduce drowsy or inat-tentive driving. The DAW displays abar graph that is intended to repre-sent the driver's attention and fatiguelevel while driving.

System Setting and ActivationSystem setting• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system is set to be in theOFF position, when your vehicle isfirst delivered to you from the fac-tory.

• To turn ON the Driver AttentionWarning (DAW) system, turn onthe engine, and then select 'UserSettings → Driver Assistance →Driver Attention Warning → HighSensitivity/Normal Sensitivity' onthe LCD display.

• The driver can select the mode ofthe Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system.- Off : The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system is deactivated.- Normal Sensitivity : The Driver

Attention Warning (DAW) systemhelps alert the driver of his/herfatigue level or inattentive drivingpractices.

- High Sensitivity : The DriverAttention Warning (DAW) systemhelps alert the driver of his/herfatigue level or inattentive drivingpractices faster than Normalmode.

• The set-up of the Driver AttentionWarning (DAW) system will bemaintained, as selected, when theengine is re-started.

Driver's attention level DDRRIIVVEERR AATTTTEENNTTIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((DDAAWW)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS057085L

■ System off

OPDE056061

■ Attentive driving

5-90


• The driver can monitor their drivingconditions on the LCD display.The DAW screen will appear whenyou select the Assist mode tab ( )on the LCD display if the system isactivated. (For more information,refer to "LCD Display Modes" inchapter 3.)

• The driver's attention level is dis-played on the scale of 1 to 5. Thelower the number is, the more inat-tentive the driver is.

• The number decreases when thedriver does not take a break for acertain period of time.

• The number increases when thedriver attentively drives for a cer-tain period of time.

• When the driver turns on the sys-tem while driving, it displays 'LastBreak time' and level.

Take a break

• The "Consider taking a break"message appears on the LCD dis-play and a warning sounds in orderto suggest the driver to take abreak, when the driver’s attentionlevel is below 1.

• The Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system does not suggestthe driver to take a break, when thetotal driving time is shorter than 10minutes.

Resetting the System • The last break time is set to 00:00

and the driver's attention level isset to 5 (very attentive) when thedriver resets the Driver AttentionWarning (DAW) system.

• The Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system resets in the follow-ing situations.- The engine is turned OFF.- The driver unfastens the seat belt

and then opens the driver's door.- The vehicle is stopped for more

than 10 minutes.• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system operates again,when the driver restarts driving.OPDE056063

OPDE056062

■ Inattentive driving

5-91


5

System Standby

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)system enters the ready status anddisplays the 'Standby' screen in thefollowing situations.- The camera does not detect the

lanes.- Driving speed remains under 40

mph (60 km/h) or over 125 mph(200 km/h).

System Malfunction

Check Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system

When the warning messageappears, the system is not workingproperly. In this case, have the vehi-cle inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• The Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system is not a substi-tute for safe driving practices,but a convenience functiononly. It is the responsibility ofthe driver to always drive cau-tiously to prevent unexpectedand sudden situations fromoccurring. Pay attention to theroad conditions at all times.

• The system may suggest abreak according to the dri-ver's driving pattern or habitseven if the driver doesn't feelfatigue.

• The driver, who feels fatigued,should take a break, eventhough there is no break sug-gestion by the Driver AttentionWarning (DAW) system.

WARNING

OOS057086L OOS057087L

5-92


The Driver Attention Warning sys-tem utilizes the camera sensor onthe front windshield for its opera-tion. To keep the camera sensor inthe best condition, you shouldobserve the followings:• NEVER install any accessories

or stickers on the front wind-shield, nor tint the front wind-shield.

• NEVER locate any reflectiveobjects (i.e. white paper, mirror)over the dashboard. Any lightreflection may cause a malfunc-tion of the Driver Attention Alert(DAW) system.

• Pay extreme caution to keep thecamera sensor out of water.

• NEVER arbitrarily disassemblethe camera assembly, nor applyany impact on the cameraassembly.

NOTICE

The Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system may not properlyoperate with limited alerting inthe following situations:• The lane detection perform-

ance is limited. (For more infor-mation, refer to "Lane KeepingAssist (LKA) system" in thischapter.)

• The vehicle is violently drivenor is abruptly turned for obsta-cle avoidance (e.g. construc-tion area, other vehicles, fallenobjects, bumpy road).

• Forward drivability of the vehi-cle is severely undermined(possibly due to wide variationin tire pressures, uneven tirewear-out, toe-in/toe-out align-ment).

• The vehicle drives on a curvyroad.

• The vehicle drives on a bumpyroad.

• The vehicle drives through awindy area.

• The vehicle is controlled by thefollowing driving assist sys-tems:- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

system- Forward Collision-avoidance

Assist (FCA) system

CAUTION

Playing the vehicle audio sys-tem at high volume may offsetthe Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system warning sounds.

CAUTION

5-93


5

Cruise Control operation

1. Cruise indicator2. SET indicator

The Cruise Control system allowsyou to drive at speeds above 20 mph(30 km/h) without depressing theaccelerator pedal.

CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL• Do not use when:

- Driving in heavy traffic orwhen traffic conditions makeit difficult to drive at a con-stant speed

- Driving on rainy, icy, orsnow-covered roads

- Driving on hilly or windyroads

- Driving in windy areas- Driving with limited view

(possibly due to bad weathersuch as fog, snow, rain andsandstorm)

Take the following precautions:• Always set the vehicle speed

under the speed limit.• If the Cruise Control is left on,

(cruise indicator light in theinstrument cluster is illumi-nated) the Cruise Control canbe activated unintentionally.Keep the Cruise Control sys-tem off (cruise indicator lightOFF) when the Cruise Controlis not in use, to avoid inadver-tently setting a speed.

• Use the Cruise Control sys-tem only when traveling onopen highways in goodweather.

• Do not use the Cruise Controlwhen it may be unsafe to keepthe vehicle at a constantspeed.

WARNING

OOS057052N

5-94


Information • During normal cruise control opera-

tion, when the SET switch is activat-ed or reactivated after applying thebrakes, the cruise control will ener-gize after approximately 3 seconds.This delay is normal.

• Before activating the cruise controlfunction, the system will check toverify that the brake switch is oper-ating normally. Depress the brakepedal at least once after turning ONthe ignition or starting the engine.

To set Cruise Control speed

1. Press the CRUISE button on thesteering wheel to turn the systemon. The cruise indicator will illumi-nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed,which must be more than 20 mph(30 km/h).

3. Push the toggle switch down(SET-), and release it. The SETindicator light will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal.

Information On a steep slope, the vehicle mayslightly slow down or speed up, whiledriving uphill or downhill.

i

i

OOS057054N

OOS057053N

5-95


5

To increase Cruise Controlspeed

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+)and hold it, while monitoring theSET speed on the instrument clus-ter.Release the toggle switch whenthe desired speed is shown andthe vehicle will accelerate to thatspeed.

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+)and release it immediately. Thecruising speed will increase 1.0mph (1.6 km/h) each time the tog-gle switch is operated in this man-ner.

• Depress the accelerator pedal.When the vehicle attains thedesired speed, push the toggleswitch down (SET-).

To decrease Cruise Controlspeed

• Push the toggle switch down (SET-)and hold it.Your vehicle will gradual-ly slow down. Release the toggleswitch at the speed you want tomaintain.

• Push the toggle switch down (SET-)and release it immediately. Thecruising speed will decrease 1.0mph (1.6 km/h) each time the toggleswitch is operated in this manner.

• Lightly tap the brake pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desiredspeed, push the toggle switchdown (SET-).

OOS057055N OOS057054N

5-96


To temporarily accelerate withthe Cruise Control ON Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenyou take your foot off the accelerator,the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.If you push the toggle switch down(SET-) at the increased speed, theCruise Control will maintain theincreased speed.

Cruise Control will be canceledwhen:

• Depressing the brake pedal.• Pressing the CANCEL button

located on the steering wheel.• Pressing the CRUISE button. Both

the cruise indicator and the "SET"indicator will turn OFF.

• Moving the shift lever into N(Neutral).(for automatic transmis-sion/dual clutch transmission vehi-cle)

• Decreasing the vehicle speed toless than approximately 20 mph(30 km/h).

• The ESC (Electronic StabilityControl) is operating.

• Downshifting to the 2nd gear inmanual shift mode. (for automatictransmission/dual clutch transmis-sion vehicle)

Information Each of the above actions will cancelCruise Control operation (the "SET"indicator in the instrument cluster willgo off), but only pressing the CRUISEbutton will turn the system off. If youwish to resume Cruise Control opera-tion, push the toggle switch up (RES+)located on your steering wheel. Youwill return to your previously presetspeed, unless the system was turned offusing the CRUISE button.

i

OOS057056N

5-97


5

To resume preset Cruisingspeed

Push the toggle switch up (RES+). Ifthe vehicle speed is over 20 mph (30km/h), the vehicle will resume thepreset speed.

To turn Cruise Control off

• Press the CRUISE button (thecruise indicator light will go off).

• Turn the vehicle OFF.

OOS057055N

OOS057053N

5-98


➀ Cruise indicator➁ Set speed➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

To see the SCC screen on the LCDdisplay in the cluster, select Assistmode ( ). For more details, refer to"LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.

The Smart Cruise Control systemallows you to program the vehicle tomaintain constant speed and mini-mum distance between the vehicleahead.The Smart Cruise Control systemwill automatically adjust your vehiclespeed to maintain your programmedspeed and following distance withoutrequiring you to depress the acceler-ator or brake pedals.

Smart Cruise Control Switch

CRUISE: Turns cruise control sys-tem on or off.

RES+: Resumes or increases cruisecontrol speed.

SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con-trol speed.

CANCEL: Cancels cruise controloperation.

: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance.

SSMMAARRTT CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS059039R

OOS059120N

For your safety, please read theowner's manual before using theSmart Cruise Control system.

WARNING

The Smart Cruise Control sys-tem is not a substitute for safedriving practices, but a conven-ience function only. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the speed anddistance to the vehicle ahead.

WARNING

5-99


5

Smart Cruise Control SpeedTo set Smart Cruise Controlspeed

1. Push the CRUISE button on thesteering wheel to turn the systemon. The cruise indicator will illumi-nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed.The Smart Cruise Control speedcan be set as follows:5 – 110 mph (10 - 180 km/h) :

3. Push the toggle switch down(SET-), and release it at thedesired speed. The Set Speedand Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distanceon the LCD display will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal.The desired speed will automati-cally be maintained.

If there is a vehicle in front of you, thespeed may decrease to maintain thedistance to the vehicle ahead.On a steep grade, the vehicle mayslow down or speed up slightly whilegoing uphill or downhill.

Information• Vehicle speed may decrease on an

upward slope and increase on adownward slope.

• The speed is set to 18 mph (30km/h) when there is a preceding carin the front direction, and when it isset in the situation where the car is5 ~ 18 mph (10 ~ 30 km/h).

• When vehicle speed is under 6 mph(10 km/h), the smart cruise controlis canceled. The driver must adjustthe vehicle speed by depressing theaccelerator or brake pedal accord-ing to the road condition ahead anddriving condition.

i

OOS059053N

OOS059054N

5-100


To increase Smart CruiseControl set speed

Follow either of these procedures:• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),

and release it immediately. Thecruising speed will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time youmove the toggle switch up in thismanner.

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),and hold it. Your vehicle set speedwill increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).Release the toggle switch at thespeed you want.You can set the speed to 110 mph(180 km/h).

To decrease the Smart CruiseControl set speed

Follow either of these procedures:• Push the toggle lever down (SET-),

and release it immediately. Thecruising speed will decrease by 1mph (1 km/h) each time you movethe toggle lever down in this man-ner.

• Push the toggle lever down (SET-),and hold it. Your vehicle set speedwill decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).Release the toggle lever at thespeed you want.

• You can set the speed to 20 mph(30 km/h).

OOS059055N OOS059054N

Check the driving conditionbefore using the toggle lever.Driving speed sharply increas-es, when you push up and holdthe toggle lever.

CAUTION

5-101


5

To temporarily accelerate withthe Smart Cruise Control onIf you want to speed up temporarilywhen the Smart Cruise Control is on,depress the accelerator pedal.Increased speed will not interferewith Smart Cruise Control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal.If you push the toggle lever down(SET-) at increased speed, the cruis-ing speed will be set again pedal.

Smart Cruise Control set speedwill be temporarily canceledwhen:

Canceled manually• Depressing the brake pedal.• Pushing the CANCEL button locat-

ed on the steering wheel.The Smart Cruise Control turns offtemporarily when the Set Speed andVehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicatoron the LCD display turns off.The cruise indicator is illuminatedcontinuously.

Canceled automatically• The driver's door is opened.• The vehicle is shifted to N

(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).• The parking brake is applied.• The vehicle speed is over 120 mph

(190 km/h).• The vehicle stops on a steep

incline.• The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control), TCS (Traction ControlSystem) or ABS is operating.

• The ESC is turned off.• The sensor or the cover is dirty or

blocked with foreign matter.• The accelerator pedal is continu-

ously depressed for a long periodof time.

• The driver starts driving by pushingthe toggle switch up (RES+)/down(SET-) or depressing the accelera-tor pedal, after stopping the vehiclewith a vehicle stopped far away infront.

• The Forward Collision-AvoidanceAssist (FCA) is activated.

Be careful when acceleratingtemporarily, because the speedis not controlled automaticallyat this time even if there is avehicle in front of you.

CAUTION OOS059056N

5-102


• The engine performance is abnor-mal.

• When the braking control is operat-ed for FCA (Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist)

• The engine speed is in dangerousrange.

In a condition the Smart CruiseControl is canceled automatically,the Smart Cruise Control will notresume even though the RES+ orSET- toggle switch is pushed.

InformationIf the Smart Cruise Control is canceledby other than the reasons mentioned,have the system checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Smart Cruise Control canceled

If the system is cancelled, the warn-ing chime will sound and a messagewill appear for a few seconds.You must adjust the vehicle speed bydepressing the accelerator or brakepedal according to the road conditionahead and driving condition.Always check the road conditions.Do not rely on the warning chime.

To resume Smart Cruise Controlset speedIf any method other than the cruisetoggle switch was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the cruising speed willautomatically resume when youpush the toggle lever up (RES+) ordown (SET-).If you push the toggle switch up(RES+), the speed will resume to therecently set speed. The vehiclespeed can be resumed only at15mph (10 km/h).

i

OIK057096N

Always check the road condi-tions when you push the togglelever up (RES+) to resumespeed.

CAUTION

5-103


5

To turn Cruise Control off

• Push the CRUISE button (thecruise indicator light will go off).If you wish not to use the cruisecontrol system, always turn thesystem off by pushing the CRUISEbutton.

Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle DistanceTo set Vehicle-to-VehicleDistance

When the Smart Cruise Control sys-tem is ON, you can set and maintainthe distance from the vehicle aheadof you without pressing the accelera-tor or brake pedal.

Each time the button is pressed, thevehicle to vehicle distance changesas follows:

For example, if you drive at 56 mph(90 km/h), the distance is maintainedas follows:

Distance 4 - approximately 172 feetDistance 3 - approximately 130 feetDistance 2 - approximately 106 feetDistance 1 - approximately 82 feet

InformationThe distance is set to the last set dis-tance when the system is used for thefirst time after starting the engine.

i

OOS059053N

OOS059124N

Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1

5-104


When the lane ahead is clear:

The vehicle speed will maintain theset speed.

When there is a vehicle aheadof you in your lane:

• Your vehicle speed will slow downor speed up to maintain the select-ed distance.

• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,your vehicle will travel at a steadycruising speed after accelerating tothe set speed.

• Vehicles appear in LCD displayonly if there is a front vehicle.

OOS059047R

Distance 4 Distance 3

Distance 1Distance 2OOS059047R/OOS059048R/OOS059050R/OOS059049R

When using the smart cruisecontrol System:• The warning chime sounds

and the Vehicle-to VehicleDistance indicator blinks ifthe vehicle is unable to main-tain the selected distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

• If the warning chime sounds,depress brake pedal to active-ly adjust the vehicle speed,and the distance to the vehi-cle ahead.

WARNING

OOS057016L

5-105


5

• Even if the warning chime isnot activated, always payattention to the driving condi-tions to prevent dangeroussituations from occurring.

If the vehicle ahead (vehiclespeed: less than 20 mph (30km/h)) disappears to the nextlane, the warning chime willsound and a message "Watchfor surrounding vehicles" willappear. Adjust your vehiclespeed for vehicles or objectsthat can suddenly appear infront of you by depressing thebrake pedal.Always pay attention to the roadcondition ahead.

CAUTION

OOS059051L

Take the following precautions :• Always set the vehicle speed

under the speed limit.• If the Smart Cruise Control is

left on, (cruise indicator lightin the instrument cluster isilluminated) the Smart CruiseControl can be activated unin-tentionally. Keep the SmartCruise Control system off(cruise indicator light OFF)when the Smart CruiseControl is not in use, to avoidinadvertently setting a speed.

• Use the Smart Cruise Controlsystem only when travelingon open highways in goodweather.

• Do not use the Smart CruiseControl when it may not besafe to keep the vehicle at aconstant speed.

WARNING

5-106


Sensor to Detect Distance tothe Vehicle Ahead

The Smart Cruise Control uses asensor to detect distance to the vehi-cle ahead.If the sensor is covered with dirt orother foreign matter, the vehicle tovehicle distance control may notoperate correctly.Always keep the sensor clean.

• Do not use when:- Driving in heavy traffic or

when traffic conditions makeit difficult to drive at a con-stant speed

- Driving on rainy, icy, orsnow-covered roads

- When driving on hilly orwindy roads

- Driving in windy areas- Driving in parking lots- Driving near crash barriers- Driving on a sharp curve- Driving with limited view

(possibly due to bad weath-er, such as fog, snow, rain orsandstorm)

- The vehicle's sensing abilitydecreases due to vehiclemodification, resulting in alevel difference of the vehi-cle's front and rear

- The smart cruise control issupplemental systems toassist you. Do not entirelyrely on the systems. Alwayspay attention, while driving,for your safety.

- When using the cruise con-trol mode, you must manual-ly adjust the distance toother vehicles by depressingthe brake pedal. The systemdoes not automaticallyadjust the distance to vehi-cles in front of you. OOS057018

5-107


5

Warning message

Smart Cruise Control disabled.Radar blocked

When the sensor lens cover isblocked with dirt, snow, or debris, theSmart Cruise Control system opera-tion may stop temporarily. If thisoccurs, a warning message willappear on the LCD display. Removeany dirt, snow, or debris and cleanthe radar sensor lens cover beforeoperating the Smart Cruise Controlsystem. The Smart Cruise Controlsystem may not properly activate, ifthe radar is totally contaminated, or ifany substance is not detected afterturning ON the engine (e.g. in anopen terrain).

InformationThe SCC operation is temporarily dis-abled if the radar is blocked, but ifyou wish to use conventional cruisecontrol mode (speed only control func-tion), you must convert to the cruisecontrol mode (refer to "To convert toCruise Control mode" in the followingpage).

i

OTM058061L • Do not apply foreign objectssuch as a bumper sticker or abumper guard near the radarsensor. Doing so mayadversely affect the sensingperformance of the radar.

• Always keep the radar sensorand lens cover clean and freeof dirt and debris.

• Use only a soft cloth to washthe vehicle. Do not spray pres-surized water directly on thesensor or sensor cover.

CAUTION

• Be careful not to apply unnec-essary force on the radar sen-sor or sensor cover. If the sen-sor is forcibly moved out ofproper alignment, the SmartCruise Control system maynot operate correctly. In thiscase, a warning message maynot be displayed. Have thevehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• If the front bumper becomesdamaged in the area aroundthe radar sensor, the SmartCruise Control System maynot operate properly. Have thevehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Use only genuine HYUNDAIparts to repair or replace adamaged sensor or sensorcover. Do not apply paint tothe sensor cover.

5-108


Check Smart Cruise Control System

The message will appear when thevehicle to vehicle distance controlsystem is not functioning normally.Take your vehicle to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-tem checked.

SCC Reaction Setting

The sensitivity of vehicle speedwhen following the front vehicle tomaintain the set distance can beadjusted. Go to the 'User Settings →Driver Assistance → SCC Reaction→ Fast/Normal/Slow' on the LCDdisplay. You may select one of thethree stages you prefer.• Fast:

Vehicle speed following the frontvehicle to maintain the set distanceis faster than normal speed.

• Normal:Vehicle speed following the frontvehicle to maintain the set distanceis normal.

• Slow:Vehicle speed following the frontvehicle to maintain the set distanceis slower than normal speed.

InformationThe last selected smart cruise controlsensitivity remained in the system.

iOIK057110L

OIK057097N

5-109


5

Conventional Cruise ControlModeThe driver may choose to switch touse the conventional Cruise Controlmode (speed only control function)by following these steps:1. Push the CRUISE button on the

steering wheel to turn the systemon. The cruise ( ) indi-cator will illuminate.

2. Push and hold the Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance button for morethan 2 seconds.

3. Choose between "Smart CruiseControl" and "Cruise Control".

InformationWhen the system is turned OFF usingthe CRUISE button or the CRUISEbutton is turned ON after the vehicleis restarted with the POWER button,conventional cruise control will be dis-abled and Smart Cruise Control modewill be enabled again.

Limitations of the SystemThe Smart Cruise Control systemmay have limits to its ability to detectdistance to the vehicle ahead due toroad and traffic conditions.

i

When using the conventionalCruise Control mode, you mustmanually adjust the distance toother vehicles by depressingthe brake pedal. The systemdoes not automatically adjustthe distance to vehicles in frontof you.

WARNING

5-110


On curves

• The Smart Cruise Control systemmay not detect a moving vehicle inyour lane, and then your vehiclecould accelerate to the set speed.Also, the vehicle speed willdecrease when the vehicle aheadis recognized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speedon curves and apply the brakes oraccelerator pedal if necessary.

Your vehicle speed can be reduceddue to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.Apply the accelerator pedal andselect the appropriate set speed.Check to be sure that the road con-ditions permit safe operation of theSmart Cruise Control.

On inclines

• During uphill or downhill driving,the Smart Cruise Control systemmay not detect a moving vehicle inyour lane, and cause your vehicleto accelerate to the set speed.Also, the vehicle speed will rapidlydecrease when the vehicle aheadis recognized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speedon inclines and apply the brake oraccelerator pedal if necessary.

OTM058117

OTM058073

OOS057073

5-111


5

Lane changing

• A vehicle which moves into yourlane from an adjacent lane cannotbe recognized by the sensor until itis in the sensor's detection range.

• The radar may not detect immedi-ately when a vehicle cuts in sud-denly. Always pay attention to thetraffic, road and driving conditions.

• If a slower vehicle moves into yourlane, your speed may decrease tomaintain the distance to the vehicleahead.

• If a faster vehicle which moves intoyour lane, your vehicle will acceler-ate to the set speed.

Detecting vehicles

Some vehicles in your lane cannotbe recognized by the sensor:- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-

cles or bicycles- Vehicles offset to one side- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-

decelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles- Vehicles with small rear profile

such as trailers with no loads

A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-nized correctly by the sensor if any offollowing occurs:- When the vehicle is pointing

upwards due to overloading in theluggage compartment

- While the steering wheel is operat-ing

- When driving to one side of thelane

- When driving on narrow lanes oron curves

Apply the brake or accelerator pedalif necessary.

OTM058074 OTM058128

5-112


• Your vehicle may accelerate whena vehicle ahead of you disappears.

• When you are warned that thevehicle ahead of you is not detect-ed, drive with caution.

• When driving in stop-and-go traffic,and a vehicle in front of youmerges out of the lane, the systemmay not immediately detect thenew vehicle that is now in front ofyou. In this case, you must main-tain a safe braking distance, and ifnecessary, depress the brakepedal to reduce your driving speedin order to maintain a safe dis-tance.

• Always look out for pedestrianswhen your vehicle is maintaining adistance with the vehicle ahead.

OTM058129 OTM058119 OTM058124

5-113


5• Always be cautious for vehicles

with higher height or vehicles car-rying loads that sticks out from theback of the vehicle.

OOS057022

When using the Smart CruiseControl take the following pre-cautions:• If an emergency stop is nec-

essary, you must apply thebrakes. The vehicle cannot bestopped at every emergencysituation by using the SmartCruise Control system.

• Keep a safe distance accord-ing to road conditions andvehicle speed. If the vehicle tovehicle distance is too closeduring a high-speed driving, aserious collision may result.

• Always maintain sufficientbraking distance and deceler-ate your vehicle by applyingthe brakes if necessary.

• The Smart Cruise Control sys-tem cannot recognize astopped vehicle, pedestrians oran oncoming vehicle. Alwayslook ahead cautiously to pre-vent unexpected and suddensituations from occurring.

WARNING • Vehicles moving in front ofyou with a frequent lanechange may cause a delay inthe system's reaction or maycause the system to react to avehicle actually in an adjacentlane. Always drive cautiouslyto prevent unexpected andsudden situations from occur-ring.

• Always be aware of the select-ed speed and vehicle to vehi-cle distance.

• The Smart Cruise Control sys-tem may not recognize com-plex driving situations soalways pay attention to driv-ing conditions and controlyour vehicle speed.

• The smart cruise controlwarning tone may not be emit-ted while other warning tonesare given priority.

• For your safety, please readthe owner's manual beforeusing the smart cruise controlsystem.

5-114


InformationThe Smart Cruise Control systemmay not operate temporarily due to:

• Electrical interference

• Modifying the suspension

• Differences of tire abrasion or tirepressure

• Installing different type of tires



1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.


InformationRadio frequency radiation exposureinformation:

This equipment complies with FCCradiation exposure limits set forth foran uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installedand operated with minimum distanceof 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator(antenna) and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-locat-ed or operating in conjunction withany other antenna or transmitter.

i

i

i• The smart cruise control sys-tem is not a substitute for safedriving practices, but a con-venience function only. It isthe responsibility of the driverto always check the speedand distance to the vehicleahead.

• The smart cruise control issupplemental system toassist you. Do not entirely relyon the system. Always payattention, while driving, foryour safety.

• If the vehicle and trailer aretowed, smart cruise controlmay not operate correctly,care must be taken to dealwith unexpected situations.

5-115


5

Hazardous Driving ConditionsWhen hazardous driving elementsare encountered such as water,snow, ice, mud and sand, take thebelow suggestions:• Drive cautiously and keep a longer

braking distance.• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.• When your vehicle is stuck in snow,

mud, or sand, use second gear.Accelerate slowly to avoid unnec-essary wheel spin.

• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains orother non-slip materials under thewheels to provide additional trac-tion while the vehicle becomesstuck in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the Vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicleto free it from snow, sand, or mud,first turn the steering wheel right andleft to clear the area around yourfront wheels. Then, shift back andforth between R (Reverse) and a for-ward gear.Try to avoid spinning the wheels, anddo not race the engine.To prevent transmission wear, waituntil the wheels stop spinning beforeshifting gears. Release the accelera-tor pedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedal whilethe transmission is in gear. Slowlyspinning the wheels in forward andreverse directions causes a rockingmotion that may free the vehicle.

SSPPEECCIIAALL DDRRIIVVIINNGG CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNSS

Downshifting with an automatictransmission/dual clutch trans-mission while driving on slip-pery surfaces can cause anaccident. The sudden change intire speed could cause the tiresto skid. Be careful when down-shifting on slippery surfaces.

WARNING

If the vehicle is stuck andexcessive wheel spin occurs,the temperature in the tires canincrease very quickly. If the tiresbecome damaged, a tire blowout or tire explosion can occur.This condition is dangerous -you and others may be injured.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle.If you attempt to free the vehicle,the vehicle can overheat quickly,possibly causing an enginecompartment fire or other dam-age. Try to avoid spinning thewheels as much as possible toprevent overheating of either thetires or the engine. DO NOTallow the vehicle to spin thewheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).

WARNING

5-116


Information The ESC system must be turned OFFbefore rocking the vehicle.

If you are still stuck after rockingthe vehicle a few times, have thevehicle pulled out by a tow vehicleto avoid engine overheating, pos-sible damage to the transmission,and tire damage. See "Towing" inchapter 6.

Smooth CorneringAvoid braking or gear changing incorners, especially when roads arewet. Ideally, corners should alwaysbe taken under gentle acceleration.

Driving at NightNight driving presents more hazardsthan driving in the daylight. Here aresome important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-cles, as it may be more difficult tosee at night, especially in areaswhere there may not be any streetlights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce theglare from other driver's head-lamps.

• Keep your headlamps clean andproperly aimed. Dirty or improperlyaimed headlamps will make itmuch more difficult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-lamps of oncoming vehicles. Youcould be temporarily blinded, and itwill take several seconds for youreyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the RainRain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous. Here are a few things toconsider when driving in the rain oron slick pavement:• Slow down and allow extra follow-

ing distance. A heavy rainfallmakes it harder to see and increas-es the distance needed to stopyour vehicle.

• Turn OFF your Cruise Control.• Replace your windshield wiper

blades when they show signs ofstreaking or missing areas on thewindshield.

• Tires should be properly main-tained with at least 2/32nds of aninch of tread depth. If your tires donot have enough tread, making aquick stop on wet pavement cancause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. See "Tire Tread" inchapter 7.

• Turn on your headlamps to make iteasier for others to see you.

NOTICE

i

5-117


5

• Driving too fast through large pud-dles can affect your brakes. If youmust go through puddles, try todrive through them slowly.

• If you believe your brakes may bewet, apply them lightly while driv-ing until normal braking operationreturns.

Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you aregoing fast enough, your vehicle mayhave little or no contact with the roadsurface and actually ride on thewater. The best advice is SLOWDOWN when the road is wet.

The risk of hydroplaning increas-es as the depth of tire treaddecreases, refer to "Tire Tread" inchapter 7.

Driving in Flooded AreasAvoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is nohigher than the bottom of the wheelhub. Drive through any water slowly.Allow adequate stopping distancebecause brake performance may bereduced.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them sev-eral times while the vehicle is movingslowly.

Highway DrivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation, as specified.Under-inflation may overheat ordamage the tires.Do not install worn-out or damagedtires, which may reduce traction oradversely affect vehicle handling.This could lead to sudden tire failurethat may cause loss of vehicle con-trol resulting in an accident.

Information Never over-inflate your tires above themaximum inflation pressure, as speci-fied on your tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engineoilDriving at higher speeds on the high-way consumes more fuel and is lessefficient than driving at a slower,more moderate speed. Maintain amoderate speed in order to conservefuel when driving on the highway.Be sure to check both the enginecoolant level and the engine oilbefore driving.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt mayoverheat the engine.

i

5-118


Reducing the risk of a rollover Your multi-purpose passenger vehi-cle is defined as a Sports UtilityVehicle (SUV). SUV's have higherground clearance and a narrowertrack to make them capable of per-forming in a wide variety of off-roadapplications. The specific designcharacteristics give them a highercenter of gravity than ordinary vehi-cles making them more likely to rollover if you make abrupt turns. Utilityvehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehi-cles. Due to this risk, driver and pas-sengers are strongly recommendedto buckle their seat belts. In a rollovercrash, an unbelted person is signifi-cantly more likely to die than a per-son wearing a seat belt.There are steps that a driver canmake to reduce the risk of a rollover.If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, do not load yourvehicle with heavy cargo on the roof,and never modify your vehicle in anyway.

Utility vehicles have a signifi-cantly higher rollover rate thanother types of vehicles. To pre-vent rollovers or loss of control:• Take corners at slower speeds

than you would with a passen-ger vehicle.

• Avoid sharp turns and abruptmaneuvers.

• Do not modify your vehicle inany way that you would raisethe center of gravity.

• Keep tires properly inflated.• Do not carry heavy cargo on

the roof.

WARNING

5-119


5

WWIINNTTEERR DDRRIIVVIINNGGThe severe weather conditions ofwinter quickly wear out tires andcause other problems. To minimizewinter driving problems, you shouldtake the following suggestions:

Snow or Icy ConditionsYou need to keep sufficient distancebetween your vehicle and the vehiclein front of you.Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brakeapplications, and sharp turns arepotentially very hazardous practices.During deceleration, use enginebraking to the fullest extent. Suddenbrake applications on snowy or icyroads may cause the vehicle to skid.To drive your vehicle in deep snow, itmay be necessary to use snow tiresor to install tire chains on your tires.Always carry emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want tocarry include tire chains, tow strapsor chains, a flashlight, emergencyflares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables,a window scraper, gloves, groundcloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

Snow tires

If you mount snow tires on your vehi-cle, make sure to use radial tires ofthe same size and load range as theoriginal tires. Mount snow tires on allfour wheels to balance your vehicle’shandling in all weather conditions.The traction provided by snow tireson dry roads may not be as high asyour vehicle's original equipmenttires. Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.

Information Do not install studded tires withoutfirst checking local, state and munici-pal regulations for possible restric-tions against their use.

Tire chains

Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner than other types of tires, theymay be damaged by mounting sometypes of tire chains on them.Therefore the use of snow tires ispreferred over the use of tire chains.If the road and weather conditionsrequire the use of tire chains, be sureto use tire chains that have beenproperly selected for the size of tireon your HYUNDAI vehicle.Be sure to follow the guidelines andinstallation instructions providedfrom the tire chain manufacturer.

i

Snow tires should be equivalentin size and type to the vehicle’sstandard tires. Otherwise, thesafety and handling of yourvehicle may be adversely affect-ed.

WARNING

OOS057008

5-120


Damage to your vehicle caused byimproper tire chain use is not cov-ered by your vehicle manufacturer’swarranty.

Information • Install tire chains on both left and

right front tires. It should be notedthat installing tire chains on thetires will provide a greater drivingforce, but will not prevent sideskids.

• Do not install studded tires withoutfirst checking local, state andmunicipal regulations for possiblerestrictions against their use.

Chain installation

When installing tire chains, follow themanufacturer’s instructions andmount them as tightly possible. Driveslowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h))with chains installed. If you hear thechains contacting the body or chas-sis, stop and tighten them. If they stillmake contact, slow down until thenoise stops. Remove the tire chainsas soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning Flasher and place atriangular emergency warning devicebehind the vehicle (if available).Always place the vehicle in P (Park),apply the parking brake and turn offthe engine before installing snowchains.

i

The use of tire chains mayadversely affect vehicle han-dling:• Drive less than 20 mph

(30 km/h) or the chain manu-facturer's recommended speedlimit, whichever is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoidbumps, holes, sharp turns,and other road hazards, whichmay cause the vehicle tobounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel braking.

WARNING

5-121


5

- When using tire chains:• Wrong size chains or improperly

installed chains can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Use SAE "S" class or wirechains.

• If you hear noise caused bychains contacting the body,retighten the chain to preventcontact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,retighten the chains after driving0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

• Do not use tire chains on vehi-cles equipped with aluminumwheels. If unavoidable, use awire type chain.

• Use wire chains less than 0.47inch (12 mm) wide to preventdamage to the chain’s connec-tion.

Winter PrecautionsUse high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with highquality ethylene glycol coolant in thecooling system. It is the only type ofcoolant that should be used becauseit helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the waterpump and prevents freezing. Be sureto replace or replenish your coolantin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in chapter 7. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assurethat its freezing point is sufficient forthe temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommendedthat a lower viscosity "winter weight"oil be used during cold weather. Seechapter 8 for recommendations. Ifyou aren't sure what weight oil youshould use, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens onthe battery system. Visually inspectthe battery and cables as describedin chapter 7. The level of charge inyour battery can be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or aservice station.

NOTICE

5-122


Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs asdescribed in chapter 7 and replacethem if necessary. Also check allignition wiring and components to besure they are not cracked, worn ordamaged in any way.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the windowwasher system from freezing, add anapproved window washer anti-freezesolution in accordance with instruc-tions on the container. Window wash-er anti-freeze is available from anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andmost auto parts outlets. Do not useengine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

Do not let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engagedposition.This is most likely to happenwhen there is an accumulation ofsnow or ice around or near the rearbrakes or if the brakes are wet. Ifthere is a risk the parking brake mayfreeze, apply it only temporarily whileyou put the gear selector lever in Pand block the rear wheels so the carcannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

Do not let ice and snow accu-mulate underneathUnder some conditions, snow andice can build up under the fendersand interfere with the steering. Whendriving in severe winter conditionswhere this may happen, you shouldperiodically check underneath thecar to be sure the movement of thefront wheels and the steering com-ponents is not obstructed.

Don't place foreign objects ormaterials in the engine com-partmentPlacement of foreign object or mate-rials which prevent cooling of theengine, in the engine compartment,may cause a failure or combustion.The manufacturer is not responsiblefor the damage caused by suchplacement.

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing,squirt an approved de-icer fluid orglycerine into the key opening. If alock is covered with ice, squirt it withan approved de-icing fluid to removethe ice. If the lock is frozen internally,you may be able to thaw it out byusing a heated key. Handle the heat-ed key with care to avoid injury.

5-123


5

Two labels on your driver's door sillshow how much weight your vehiclewas designed to carry: the Tire andLoading Information Label and theCertification Label.Before loading your vehicle, familiar-ize yourself with the following termsfor determining your vehicle’s weightratings, from the vehicle's specifica-tions and the Certification Label:

Base Curb WeightThis is the weight of the vehicleincluding a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does notinclude passengers, cargo, or option-al equipment.

Vehicle Curb WeightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your deal-er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo WeightThis figure includes all weight addedto the Base Curb Weight, includingcargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight)This is the total weight placed oneach axle (front and rear) - includingvehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)This is the maximum allowableweight that can be carried by a singleaxle (front or rear). These numbersare shown on the Certification Label.The total load on each axle mustnever exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plusactual Cargo Weight plus passen-gers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle WeightRating)This is the maximum allowableweight of the fully loaded vehicle(including all options, equipment,passengers and cargo). The GVWRis shown on the Certification Labellocated on the driver’s door sill.

VVEEHHIICCLLEE LLOOAADD LLIIMMIITT

5-124


Tire Loading Information Label Vehicle capacity weight860 lbs. (390 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

Seating capacityTotal : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons,Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacityWe do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

OOS067044N

■ Type A

OOS067045N

■ Type B

OOS067046N

■ Type C

OOS068046N

■ Type D

The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

5-125


5

Cargo capacityThe cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

Steps for determining correctload limit1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 1400lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.passengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and lug-gage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of your vehi-cle.

Do not overload the vehicle asthere is a limit to the totalweight, or load limit, includingoccupants and cargo, the vehi-cle can carry. Overloading canshorten the life of the vehicle. Ifthe GVWR or the GAWR isexceeded, parts on the vehiclecan break, and it can changethe handling of your vehicle.These could cause you to losecontrol and result in an acci-dent.

WARNING

5-126


Example 1

Maximum Load(1400 lbs.)(635 kg)

Passenger Weight(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)

(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight(1100 lbs.)(499 kg)

Example 2



(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)


Example 3



(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)


+≥≥

≥≥

≥≥

+

+

5-127


5

Certification label

The certification label is located onthe driver’s door sill at the center pil-lar and shows the maximum allow-able weight of the fully loaded vehi-cle. This is called the GVWR (GrossVehicle Weight Rating). The GVWRincludes the weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel and cargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

The total weight of the vehicle,including all occupants, accessories,cargo, and trailer tongue load mustnot exceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR). To find outthe actual loads on your front andrear axles, you need to go to a weighstation and weigh your vehicle. Besure to spread out your load equallyon both sides of the centerline.

OBH059070

Overloading

• Never exceed the GVWR foryour vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings canaffect your vehicle’s handlingand braking ability, and causean accident.

• Do not overload your vehicle.Overloading your vehicle cancause heat buildup in yourvehicle’s tires and possibletire failure, increased stop-ping distances and poor vehi-cle handling-all of which mayresult in a crash.

WARNING

Overloading your vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by your warranty. Donot overload your vehicle.

We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

NOTICE

TTRRAAIILLEERR TTOOWWIINNGG

If you carry items inside yourvehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,packages, or anything else),they are moving as fast as thevehicle. If you have to stop orturn quickly, or if there is acrash, the items will keep goingand can cause an injury if theystrike the driver or a passenger.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Do not stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

WARNING


5-128


6

Hazard warning flasher ........................................6-2In case of an emergency while driving ..............6-2

If the Engine Stalls While Driving .................................6-2If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing........6-2If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................6-3

If the engine will not start ...................................6-3If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly .............................................................6-3If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start ......................................................................6-3

Jump starting ..........................................................6-4If the engine overheats ........................................6-6Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-8

Check Tire Pressure .........................................................6-8Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................................6-9Low Tire Pressure Telltale ............................................6-10Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator ............................................................6-10TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-11Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-12

If you have a flat tire (With spare tire)...........6-14Jack and Tools .................................................................6-14Changing Tires .................................................................6-15

If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit)..6-20Introduction ......................................................................6-20Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit.......6-21Components of the Tire Mobility Kit .........................6-22Using the Tire Mobility Kit............................................6-23Distributing the sealant .................................................6-24Checking the tire inflation pressure ..........................6-25

Towing ...................................................................6-27Towing Service.................................................................6-27Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-28Emergency Towing..........................................................6-29Tie-down Hook................................................................6-30

6-2

The hazard warning flasher servesas a warning to other drivers to exer-cise extreme caution when approach-ing, overtaking, or passing your vehi-cle.It should be used whenever emer-gency repairs are being made orwhen the vehicle is stopped near theedge of a roadway.

To turn the hazard warning flasheron or off, press the hazard warningflasher button. The button is locatedin the center fascia panel. Both theleft and right turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.• The hazard warning flasher oper-

ates whether your vehicle is run-ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work whenthe hazard flasher is on.

If the Engine Stalls WhileDriving• Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe place.

• Turn on your hazard warning flash-er.

• Try to start the engine again. If yourvehicle will not start, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer orseek other qualified assistance.

If the Engine Stalls at aCrossroad or Crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroads orcrossing, if safe to do so, move theshift lever to the N (Neutral) positionand then push the vehicle to a safelocation.

HHAAZZAARRDD WWAARRNNIINNGG FFLLAASSHHEERR


IINN CCAASSEE OOFF AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYYWWHHIILLEE DDRRIIVVIINNGG

OOS067001N

6-3

What to do in an em

ergency

If you Have a Flat Tire WhileDrivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:• Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slow downwhile driving straight ahead. Do notapply the brakes immediately orattempt to pull off the road as thismay cause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident. When thevehicle has slowed to such a speedthat it is safe to do so, brake care-fully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible and parkon firm, level ground. If you are ona divided highway, do not park inthe median area between the twotraffic lanes.

• When the vehicle is stopped, pressthe hazard warning flasher button,move the shift lever into P (Park),and apply the parking brake, andplace the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position.

• Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out onthe side of the vehicle that is awayfrom traffic.

• When changing a flat tire, followthe instructions provided later inthis chapter.

If the Engine Doesn't TurnOver or Turns Over Slowly • Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park). The enginestarts only when the shift lever is inN (Neutral) or P (Park).

• Check the battery connections tobe sure they are clean and tight.

• Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operatethe starter, the battery is drained.

Do not push or pull the vehicle tostart it. This could cause damage toyour vehicle. See instructions for"Jump Starting" provided in thischapter.

If the Engine Turns OverNormally but Doesn't Start Check the fuel level and add fuel ifnecessary.If the engine still does not start, haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

6

IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE WWIILLLL NNOOTT SSTTAARRTT

Push or pull starting the vehiclemay cause the catalytic con-verter to overload which canlead to damage to the emissioncontrol system.

CAUTION

6-4


Jump starting can be dangerous ifdone incorrectly. Follow the jumpstarting procedure in this section toavoid serious injury or damage toyour vehicle. If in doubt about how toproperly jump start your vehicle, westrongly recommend that you have aservice technician or towing servicedo it for you.

JJUUMMPP SSTTAARRTTIINNGG

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH to you or bystanders,always follow these precautionswhen working near or handlingthe battery:

Always read and followinstructions carefullywhen handling a battery.Wear eye protectiondesigned to protect theeyes from acid splashes.Keep all flames, sparks,or smoking materialsaway from the battery.Hydrogen is alwayspresent in battery cells,is highly combustible,and may explode if ignit-ed.Keep batteries out ofreach of children.

WARNING Batteries contain sulfu-ric acid which is highlycorrosive. Do not allowacid to contact youreyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flushyour eyes with clean water for atleast 15 minutes and get imme-diate medical attention. If acidgets on your skin, thoroughlywash the area. If you feel pain ora burning sensation, get med-ical attention immediately.• When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressureon the case may cause batteryacid to leak. Lift with a batterycarrier or with your hands onopposite corners.

• Do not attempt to jump startyour vehicle if your battery isfrozen.

• NEVER attempt to rechargethe battery when the vehicle'sbattery cables are connectedto the battery.

6-5

What to do in an em

ergency

6

InformationAn inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and humanhealth. Dispose of the batteryaccording to your local law(s)or regulations.

To prevent damage to your vehicle:• Only use a 12-volt power supply

(battery or jumper system) tojump start your vehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump startyour vehicle by push-starting.

Jump starting procedure 1. Position the vehicles close enough

that the jumper cables will reach,but do not allow the vehicles totouch.

2. Avoid fans or any moving parts inthe engine compartment at alltimes, even when the vehicles areturned off.

3. Turn off all electrical devices suchas radios, lights, air conditioning,etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)and set the parking brakes. Turnboth vehicles OFF.

4. Connect the jumper cables in theexact sequence shown in the illus-tration. First connect one jumpercable to the red, positive (+)jumper terminal of your vehicle(1).

5. Connect the other end of thejumper cable to the red, positive(+) battery/jumper terminal of theassisting vehicle (2).

6. Connect the second jumper cableto the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assistingvehicle (3).

NOTICE

i

Pb

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage.NEVER touch these compo-nents with the engine runningor when the ignition switch isin the ON position.

1VQA4001

6-6


7. Connect the other end of the sec-ond jumper cable to the black,negative (-) chassis ground ofyour vehicle (4).Do not allow the jumper cables tocontact anything except the cor-rect battery or jumper terminals orthe correct ground. Do not leanover the battery when makingconnections.

8. Start the engine of the assistingvehicle and let it run at approxi-mately 2,000 rpm for a few min-utes. Then start your vehicle.

If your vehicle will not start after afew attempts, it probably requiresservicing. In this event please seekqualified assistance. If the cause ofyour battery discharging is notapparent, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Disconnect the jumper cables in theexact reverse order you connectedthem:1. Disconnect the jumper cable from

the black, negative (-) chassisground of your vehicle (4).

2. Disconnect the other end of thejumper cable from the black, neg-ative (-) battery/chassis ground ofthe assisting vehicle (3).

3. Disconnect the second jumpercable from the red, positive (+)battery/jumper terminal of theassisting vehicle (2).

4. Disconnect the other end of thejumper cable from the red, positive(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle(1).

If your temperature gage indicatesoverheating, you experience a lossof power, or hear loud pinging orknocking, the engine may be over-heating. If this happens, you should:1. Pull off the road and stop as soon

as it is safe to do so.2. Place the shift lever in P (Park)

and set the parking brake. If the airconditioning is ON, turn it OFF.

3. If engine coolant is running outunder the vehicle or steam is com-ing out from the hood, stop theengine. Do not open the hood untilthe coolant has stopped runningor the steaming has stopped. Ifthere is no visible loss of enginecoolant and no steam, leave theengine running and check to besure the engine cooling fan isoperating. If the fan is not running,turn the engine off.

IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE OOVVEERRHHEEAATTSS

6-7

What to do in an em

ergency

6

4. Check for coolant leaking from theradiator, hoses or under the vehi-cle. (If the air conditioning hadbeen in use, it is normal for coldwater to be draining from it whenyou stop.)

5. If engine coolant is leaking out,stop the engine immediately andcall the nearest authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the enginetemperature has returned to nor-mal. Then, if coolant has beenlost, carefully add coolant to thereservoir to bring the fluid level inthe reservoir up to the halfwaymark.

7. Proceed with caution, keepingalert for further signs of overheat-ing. If overheating happens again,call an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er for assistance.

While the engine isrunning, keep hands,clothing and toolsaway from the mov-ing parts such as thecooling fan and drivebelt to prevent seri-ous injury.

WARNING

Serious loss of coolant indi-cates a leak in the cooling sys-tem and should be checked assoon as possible by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION

Your vehicle isequipped with a pres-surized coolantreserve tank. NEVERremove the engine

coolant reservoir tank/radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are HOT.Hot coolant and steam mayblow out under pressure, caus-ing serious injury.Turn the engine off and waituntil the engine cools down.Use extreme care when remov-ing the engine coolant reservoirtank/radiator cap. Wrap a towelor thick rag around it, and turn itcounterclockwise slowly torelease some of the pressurefrom the system. Step backwhile the pressure is released.When you are sure all the pres-sure has been released, contin-ue turning the cap counter-clockwise to remove it.

WARNING

6-8


TTIIRREE PPRREESSSSUURREE MMOONNIITTOORRIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM ((TTPPMMSS))

(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMSMalfunction Indicator Lamp

(2) Low Tire Pressure / Tire Pressure Monitor / TPMS Malfunction Display(shown on the cluster LCD dis-play)

Check Tire Pressure

• You can check the tire pressure inthe Assist mode on the cluster.Refer to the "LCD Display Mode"section in chapter 3.

• A "Drive to display" message willappear for the first few minutes ofdriving after initial engine start up.If the tire pressure is not displayedafter a few minutes of driving,check the tire pressures.

• The displayed tire pressure valuesmay differ from those measuredwith a tire pressure gage.

• You can change the tire pressureunit in the User Settings mode onthe cluster.- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User

Settings Mode" section inchapter 3).

OOS047115L

OOS067005N

OOS047119L

6-9

What to do in an em

ergency

6

Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehiclemanufacturer on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label. A cold tiremeans the vehicle has been sitting for3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile(1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure. If yourvehicle has tires of a different sizethan the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressurelabel, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure.Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and mayaffect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximate-ly one minute and then remain con-tinuously illuminated. This sequencewill continue upon subsequent vehi-cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists.When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire pres-sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-tions may occur for a variety of rea-sons, including the installation ofreplacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow the TPMSto continue to function properly.

Over-inflation or under-inflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure thatmay cause loss of vehicle con-trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

6-10


If any of the below happens, havethe system checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS

Malfunction Indicator does notilluminate for 3 seconds whenthe ignition switch is placed tothe ON position or engine isrunning.

2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicatorremains illuminated after blink-ing for approximately 1 minute.

3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD dis-play remains illuminated

Low Tire PressureTelltale

Low Tire PressureLCD Display withPosition Indicator

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated and the warning message isdisplayed on the cluster LCD display,one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly under-inflated. The LCD posi-tion indicator will indicate which tireis significantly under-inflated by illu-minating the corresponding positionlight.

If any of your tire pressures are indi-cated as being low, immediatelyreduce your speed, avoid hard cor-nering, and anticipate increasedstopping distances. You should stopand check your tires as soon as pos-sible. Inflate the tires to the properpressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s placard or tire inflation pressurelabel located on the driver's side cen-ter pillar outer panel.If you cannot reach a service stationor if the tire cannot hold the newlyadded air, replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire.The Low Tire Pressure LCD positionindicator will remain on and theTPMS Malfunction Indicator mayblink for one minute and then remainilluminated until you have the lowpressure tire repaired and replacedon the vehicle.

The spare tire is not equipped witha tire pressure sensor.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OOS047115L

6-11

What to do in an em

ergency

6

TPMS MalfunctionIndicator

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator willilluminate after it blinks for approxi-mately one minute when there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System.Have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible.

If there is a malfunction with theTPMS, the individual tire pres-sures in the cluster LCD displaywill not be available. Have the sys-tem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

NOTICE

In winter or cold weather, theLow Tire Pressure Telltale maybe illuminated if the tire pres-sure was adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunc-tioning because the decreasedtemperature leads to a propor-tional lowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.

CAUTION

Low pressure damage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

WARNING

6-12


The TPMS Malfunction Indicatormay illuminate after blinking forone minute if the vehicle is nearelectric power supply cables orradio transmitters such as policestations, government and publicoffices, broadcasting stations,military installations, airports,transmitting towers, etc.Additionally, the TPMS MalfunctionIndicator may illuminate if snowchains are used or electronicdevices such as computers, charg-ers, remote starters, navigation,etc. This may interfere with normaloperation of the TPMS.

Changing a Tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure and LCD position indicatorwill come on. Have the flat tirerepaired by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible orreplace the flat tire with the sparetire.

The spare tire does not come with atire pressure monitoring sensor.When the low pressure tire or the flattire is replaced with the spare tire,the Low Tire Pressure LCD positionindicator will remain on. Also, theTPMS Malfunction Indicator will illu-minate after blinking for one minute ifthe vehicle is driven at speed above15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximate-ly 20 minutes.

Once the original tire equipped witha tire pressure monitoring sensor isreinflated to the recommended pres-sure and reinstalled on the vehicle,the Low Tire Pressure LCD positionindicator and TPMS MalfunctionIndicator will go off within a few min-utes of driving.If the indicators do not disappearafter a few minutes, please visit anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem (except forthe spare tire). You must use TPMSspecific wheels. It is recommendedthat you always have your tires serv-iced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

NOTICE

It is recommended that you donot use a puncture-repairingagent not approved by HYUNDAIdealer to repair and/or inflate alow pressure tire. Tire sealantnot approved by HYUNDAI deal-er may damage the tire pressuresensor.

CAUTION

6-13

What to do in an em

ergency

6

You may not be able identify a tirewith low pressure by simply lookingat it. Always use a good quality tirepressure gage to measure the tire'sinflation pressure. Please note that atire that is hot (from being driven) willhave a higher pressure measure-ment than a tire that is cold.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.





3. Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.

i

• The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually with lightforce, and slowly move to asafe position off the road.

WARNING

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tire pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.

WARNING

6-14


Jack and Tools

➀ Jack handle② Jack③ Wheel lug nut wrench

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lugnut wrench are stored in the luggagecompartment under the luggage boxcover.The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.

Turn the winged hold down boltcounterclockwise to remove thespare tire.Store the spare tire in the same com-partment by turning the winged holddown bolt clockwise.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom "rattling", store them in theirproper location.

IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE ((WWIITTHH SSPPAARREE TTIIRREE,, IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Changing a tire can be danger-ous. Follow the instructions inthis section when changing atire to reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

Be careful as you use the jackhandle to stay clear of the flatend. The flat end has sharpedges that could cause cuts.

CAUTION

OOS067035L

OOS067036L

6-15

What to do in an em

ergency

6

If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down wing bolt by hand, you canloosen it easily using the wheel nutwrench.Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench.

Changing Tires

Follow these steps to change yourvehicle's tire:1. Park on a level, firm surface.2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)

or into R (Reverse) if equippedwith a manual transmission, applythe parking brake, and place theignition switch in the LOCK/OFFposition.

3. Press the hazard warning flasherbutton.

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thetire diagonally opposite of the tireyou are changing.

A vehicle can slip or roll off of ajack causing serious injury ordeath to you or those nearby.Take the following safety pre-cautions:• Never place any portion of

your body under a vehicle thatis supported by a jack.

• NEVER attempt to change atire in the lane of traffic.ALWAYS move the vehiclecompletely off the road onlevel, firm ground away fromtraffic before trying to changea tire. If you cannot find a level,firm place off the road, call atowing service for assistance.

• Be sure to use the jack pro-vided with the vehicle.

• ALWAYS place the jack on thedesignated jacking positionson the vehicle and NEVER onthe bumpers or any other partof the vehicle for jacking sup-port.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Keep children away from theroad and the vehicle.

WARNING

OOS067040

6-16


6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each in theorder shown above, but do notremove any lug nuts until the tirehas been raised off of the ground.

7. Place the jack at the designatedjacking position under the frameclosest to the tire you are chang-ing. The jacking positions areplates welded to the frame withtwo notches. Never jack at anyother position or part of the vehi-cle. Doing so may damage theside seal molding or other parts ofthe vehicle.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire clears theground. Make sure the vehicle isstable on the jack.

OOS067020OOS067017 OOS067018

■ Front ■ Rear

6-17

What to do in an em

ergency

6

9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheellug nut wrench and remove themwith your fingers. Remove thewheel from the studs and lay it flaton the ground out of the way.Remove any dirt or debris fromthe studs, mounting surfaces, andwheel.

10. Install the spare tire onto thestuds of the hub.

11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fin-gers onto the studs with thesmaller end of the lug nuts clos-est to the wheel.

12. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the jack handle coun-terclockwise.

13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench totighten the lug nuts in the ordershown. Double-check each lugnut until they are tight. Afterchanging tires, have an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer tighten thelug nuts to their proper torque assoon as possible. The wheel lugnut should be tightened to79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).

If you have a tire gage, check the tirepressure (see "Tires and Wheels" inchapter 8 for tire pressure instruc-tions.). If the pressure is lower orhigher than recommended, driveslowly to the nearest service stationand adjust it to the recommendedpressure. Always reinstall the valvecap after checking or adjusting tirepressure. If the cap is not replaced,air may leak from the tire. If you losea valve cap, buy another and install itas soon as possible. After changingtires, secure the flat tire and returnthe jack and tools to their proper stor-age locations. If it is hard to securethe flat tire, put the flat tire in the lug-gage compartment.

• Check the tire pressure as soonas possible after installing aspare tire. Adjust it to the rec-ommended pressure.

• Check and tighten the wheel lugnuts after driving over 30 mile(50 km) if tires are replaced.Recheck the tire wheel lug nutsafter driving over 620 mile (1,000km).

NOTICE

OOS067019L

6-18


If any of the equipment such as thejack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip-ment is damaged or in poor condi-tion, do not attempt to change thetire and call for assistance.

Use of compact spare tires

Compact spare tires are designed foremergency use only. Drive carefullyon the compact spare tire andalways follow the safety precautions.

When driving with the compact sparetire mounted to your vehicle:• Check the tire pressure after

installing the compact spare tire.The compact spare tire should beinflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

When the original tire and wheelare repaired and reinstalled on thevehicle, the lug nut torque must beset correctly. The correct lug nuttightening torque is 79~94 lbf·ft(11~13 kgf·m).

NOTICE

Your vehicle has metric threadson the studs and lug nuts. Makecertain during tire changing thatthe same nuts that wereremoved are reinstalled. If youhave to replace your lug nutsmake sure they have metricthreads to avoid damaging thestuds and ensure the wheel isproperly secured to the hub.Consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer for assistance.

CAUTION

To prevent compact spare tirefailure and loss of control pos-sibly resulting in an accident:• Use the compact spare tire

only in an emergency.• NEVER operate your vehicle

over 50 mph (80 km/h).• Do not exceed the vehicle's

maximum load rating or theload carrying capacity shownon the sidewall of the com-pact spare tire.

• Do not use the compact sparetire continuously. Repair orreplace the original tire assoon as possible to avoid fail-ure of the compact spare tire.

WARNING

6-19

What to do in an em

ergency

6

Jack label

To prevent damaging the com-pact spare tire and your vehicle:• Drive slowly enough for the

road conditions to avoid allhazards, such as a potholesor debris.

• Avoid driving over obstacles.The compact spare tire diame-ter is smaller than the diame-ter of a conventional tire andreduces the ground clearanceapproximately 1 inch (25 mm).

• Do not use tire chains on thecompact spare tire. Becauseof the smaller size, a tire chainwill not fit properly.

• Do not use the compact sparetire on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snowtires, wheel covers or trimrings be used with the com-pact spare wheel.

CAUTION

The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

1. Model Name2. Maximum allowable load3. When using the jack, set your

parking brake.4. When using the jack, stop the

engine.5. Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.6. The designated locations under

the frame7. When supporting the vehicle, the

base plate of jack must be verticalunder the lifting point.

8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicleswith manual transmission or movethe shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion on vehicles with automatictransmission/dual clutch transmis-sion.

9. The jack should be used on firmlevel ground.

10. Jack manufacture11. Production date12. Representative company and

address

■ Example

OOS067043

6-20

For safe operation, carefully readand follow the instructions in thismanual before use.(1) Compressor(2) Sealant bottleThe Tire Mobility Kit is a temporaryfix to the tire and we recommend thatthe system be inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

IntroductionWith the Tire Mobility Kit you staymobile even after experiencing a tirepuncture.The system of compressor and seal-ing compound effectively and com-fortably seals most punctures in apassenger car tire caused by nailsor similar objects and reinflates thetire.After you ensured that the tire isproperly sealed you can drive cau-tiously on the tire (distance up to 120miles (200 km)) at a max. speed of50 mph (80 km/h) in order to reach aservice station or tire dealer to havethe tire replaced.It is possible that some tires, espe-cially with larger punctures or dam-age to the sidewall, cannot be sealedcompletely.Air pressure loss in the tire mayadversely affect tire performance.For this reason, you should avoidabrupt steering or other drivingmaneuvers, especially if the vehicleis heavily loaded or if a trailer is inuse.

IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE ((WWIITTHH TTIIRREE MMOOBBIILLIITTYY KKIITT,, IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))


Do not use the Tire Mobility Kitto repair punctures in the tirewalls. This can result in an acci-dent due to tire failure.

WARNING

Have your tire repaired as soonas possible. The tire may looseair pressure at any time afterinflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.

WARNING

When two or more tires are flat,do not use the tire mobility kitbecause the supported onesealant of Tire Mobility Kit isonly used for one flat tire.

CAUTION

OOS067009

6-21

What to do in an em

ergency

The Tire Mobility Kit is not designedor intended as a permanent tirerepair method and is to be used forone tire only. This instruction showsyou step by step how to temporarilyseal the puncture simply and reliably.Read the section "Notes on the safeuse of the Tire Mobility Kit".

Notes on the safe use of theTire Mobility Kit• Park your car at the side of the road

so that you can work with the TireMobility Kit away from moving traffic.

• To be sure your vehicle will notmove, even when you're on fairlylevel ground, always set your park-ing brake.

• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit forsealing/inflation passenger car tires.Only punctured areas located withinthe tread region of the tire can besealed using the tire mobility kit.

• Do not use on motorcycles, bicyclesor any other type of tires.

• When the tire and wheel are dam-aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit foryour safety.

• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may notbe effective for tire damage largerthan approximately 0.24 in (6 mm).If the tire cannot be made roadwor-thy with the Tire Mobility Kit, we rec-ommend that you contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if atire is severely damaged by drivingrun flat or with insufficient air pres-sure.

• Do not remove any foreign objectssuch as nails or screws that havepenetrated the tire.

• Provided the car is outdoors, leavethe engine running. Otherwise oper-ating the compressor may eventual-ly drain the car battery.

• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kitunattended while it is being used.

• Do not leave the compressor run-ning for more than 10 min. at a timeor it may overheat.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if theambient temperature is below -22°F (-30°C).

• In case of skin contact with thesealant, wash the area thoroughlywith plenty of water. If the irritationpersists, seek medical attention.

• In case of eye contact with thesealant, flush your eyes for at least15 minutes. If the irritation persists,seek medical attention.

• In case of swallowing the sealant,rinse the mouth and drink plenty ofwater. However, never give anythingto an unconscious person and seekmedical attention immediately.

• Long time exposure to the sealantmay cause damage to bodily tissuesuch as kidney, etc.

6

Do not use the TMK if a tire isseverely damaged by driving runflat or with insufficient air pres-sure.Only punctured areas locatedwithin the tread region of the tirecan be sealed using the TMK.

WARNING

6-22

1. Speed-restriction label2. Sealant bottle and label with

speed restriction3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to

wheel4. Connectors and cable for the

power outlet direct connection

5. Holder for the sealant bottle6. Compressor7. ON/OFF switch8. Pressure gauge for displaying the

tire inflation pressure9. Button for reducing the tire infla-

tion pressure

Connectors, cable and connectionhose are stored in the compressorhousing.Strictly follow the specified sequence,otherwise the sealant may escapeunder high pressure.


Components of the Tire Mobility Kit

ODE067044

Expired sealant

Do not use the Tire sealant afterthe sealant has expired (i.e.past the expiration date on thesealant container). This canincrease the risk of tire failure.

WARNING

Sealant

• Keep out of reach of children.• Avoid contact with eyes.• Do not swallow.

WARNING

6-23

What to do in an em

ergency

Using the Tire Mobility Kit

1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).

2. Connect the filling hose (3) to thesealant bottle (2) in the direction of(A) and connect the sealant bottleto the compressor (6) in the direc-tion of (B).

3. Ensure that the compressor isswitched OFF.

4. Unscrew the valve cap from thevalve of the defective wheel andscrew the filling hose (3) of thesealant bottle onto the valve.

6Detach the speed restrictionlabel (1) from the sealant bottle(2), and place it in a highly visi-ble place inside the vehiclesuch as on the steering wheelto remind the driver not to drivetoo fast.

CAUTION

OOS067010

OIGH067042 OOS067011

Securely install the sealant fill-ing hose to the valve. If not,sealant may flow backward,possibly clogging the fillinghose.

CAUTION

6-24

5. Plug the compressor power cord(4) into the vehicle power outlet.

Only use the front passenger sidepower outlet when connecting thepower cord.

6. With the ignition switch in the ONposition, switch on the compres-sor and let it run for approximately5~7 minutes to fill the sealant upto proper pressure. (refer to theTire and Wheels, chapter 8). Theinflation pressure of the tire afterfilling is unimportant and will bechecked/corrected later.

Be careful not to overinflate thetire and stay away from the tirewhen filling it.

7. Switch off the compressor.8. Detach the hoses from the sealant

bottle connector and from the tirevalve.

Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor-age location in the vehicle.

Distributing the sealant

9. Immediately drive approximately4~6 miles (7~10 km or, about10min) to evenly distribute thesealant in the tire.

Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph(80 km/h). If possible, do not fallbelow a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).While driving, if you experience anyunusual vibration, ride disturbance ornoise, reduce your speed and drivewith caution until you can safely pulloff of the side of the road.Call for road side service or towing.

NOTICE


OOS067014

Tire pressure

Do not attempt to drive yourvehicle if the tire pressure isbelow 200 kPa (29 psi). Thiscould result in an accident dueto sudden tire failure.

CAUTION

Carbon monoxide

Do not leave your vehicle run-ning in a poorly ventilated areafor extended periods of time.Carbon monoxide poisoningand suffocation can occur.

WARNING

OLMF064106

6-25

What to do in an em

ergency

Checking the tire inflationpressure

1. After driving approximately 4~6miles (7~10 km or about 10 min),stop at a safety location.

2. Connect the filling hose (3) of thecompressor directly to the tirevalve.

3. Plug the compressor power cordinto the vehicle power outlet.

4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure tothe recomended tire inflation.With the ignition swithched on,proceed as follows.- To increase the inflation pres-

sure : Switch on the compressor.To check the current inflationpressure setting, briefly switch offthe compressor.

- To reduce the inflation pres-sure: Press the button (9) on thecompressor.

Do not let the compressor run formore than 10 minutes, otherwisethe device will overheat and maybe damaged.

InformationThe pressure gauge may show higherthan actual reading when the com-pressor is running. To get an accuratetire reading, the compressor needs tobe turned off.

i

NOTICE

6

OIGH067043

OOS067011

If the inflation pressure is notmaintained, drive the vehicle asecond time, refer toDistributing the sealant. Thenrepeat steps 1 to 4.Use of the TMK may be ineffec-tual for tire damage larger thanapproximately 0.16 in (4 mm).We recommend that you con-tact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer if the tire cannot be maderoadworthy with the TireMobility Kit.

CAUTION

6-26

InformationWhen reinstalling the repaired orreplaced tire and wheel on the vehicle,tighten the wheel lug nut to 79~94lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).

i


Tire pressure sensor(if equipped with TPMS)

The sealant on the tire pressuresensor and wheel should beremoved when you replace thetire with a new one and inspectthe tire pressure sensors at anauthorized dealer.

CAUTION

The tire inflation pressure mustbe at least 32 psi (220 kPa). If itis not, do not continue driving.Call for road side service ortowing.

WARNING

6-27

What to do in an em

ergency

6

Towing Service

[A] : Dollies

If emergency towing is necessary,we recommend having it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.Proper lifting and towing proceduresare necessary to prevent damage tothe vehicle. The use of wheel dolliesor flatbed is recommended.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable totow the vehicle with the rear wheelson the ground (without dollies) andthe front wheels off the ground. If anyof the loaded wheels or suspensioncomponents are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towingdolly under the front wheels.When being towed by a commercialtow truck and wheel dollies are notused, the front of the vehicle shouldalways be lifted, not the rear.If your vehicle is an AWD vehicle, itmust be towed with a wheel lift anddollies or flatbed equipment with allthe wheels off the ground.

TTOOWWIINNGG

• Do not tow the vehicle with thefront wheels on the ground asthis may cause damage to thevehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-typeequipment. Use a wheel lift orflatbed equipment.

CAUTION

OOS067007L

An AWD vehicle should neverbe towed with the wheels on theground. This can cause seriousdamage to the transaxle or theAWD system.

CAUTION

OOS067022

OOS067021

When towing your vehicle in anemergency without wheel dollies:1. Place the ignition switch in the

ACC position.2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Removable Towing Hook

1. Open the liftgate, and remove thetowing hook from the tool case.

2. Remove the hole cover pressingthe lower part of the cover on thefront or rear bumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it isfully secured.

4. Remove the towing hook andinstall the cover after use.

If your vehicle is equipped witha rollover sensor, place the igni-tion switch in the LOCK/OFF orACC position when the vehicleis being towed. The side impactand curtain air bag may deployif the sensor detects the situa-tion as a rollover.

WARNING

Failure to place the shift lever inN (Neutral) when being towedwith the front wheels on theground can cause internal dam-age to the transaxle.

CAUTION

OOS067023

OOS067041

■ Front

■ Rear


6-28

Emergency Towing

If towing is necessary, we recom-mend you have it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commer-cial tow truck service.

If a towing service is not available inan emergency, your vehicle may betemporarily towed using a cable orchain secured to the emergency tow-ing hook at the front (or rear) of thevehicle.Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle with a cable or chain. Adriver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be doneonly on hard-surfaced roads for ashort distance and at low speeds.Also, the wheels, axles, power train,steering and brakes must all be ingood condition.

Always follow these emergency tow-ing precautions:• Place the ignition switch in the

ACC position so the steeringwheel is not locked. (if equipped)

• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Depress the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you willhave reduced braking perform-ance.

• More steering effort will berequired because the power steer-ing system will be disabled.

• Use a vehicle heavier than yourown to tow your vehicle.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other fre-quently.

• Before emergency towing, checkthat the hook is not broken or dam-aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steadyand even force.

OOS067025

OOS067042

■ Front

■ Rear

What to do in an em

ergency

6-29

6

The driver must be in the vehi-cle for steering and brakingoperations when the vehicle isbeing towed. Passengers otherthan the driver must not be inthe vehicle.

CAUTION

• Use a towing cable or chain lessthan 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach awhite or red cloth (about 12 inch(30 cm) wide) in the middle of thecable or chain for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so the towing cableor chain remains tight during tow-ing.

• Before towing, check the automat-ic transaxle/dual clutch transmis-sion for fluid leaks under your vehi-cle. If the automatic transaxle/dualclutch transmission fluid is leaking,flatbed equipment or a towing dollymust be used.

Accelerate or decelerate the vehi-cle in a slow and gradual mannerwhile maintaining tension on thetow rope or chain to start or drivethe vehicle, otherwise tow hooksand the vehicle may be damaged.

To avoid damage to your vehicleand vehicle components whentowing:• Always pull straight ahead when

using the towing hooks. Do notpull from the side or at a verticalangle.

• Do not use the towing hooks topull a vehicle out of mud, sandor other conditions from whichthe vehicle cannot be driven outunder its own power.

• Limit the vehicle speed to10mph (15km/h) and drive lessthan 1 mile (1.5km) when towingto avoid serious damage totransmission. (if equipped withautomatic transmission)

• The vehicle should be towed at aspeed of 15 mph (25km/h) orless within the distance of 12miles (20km). (if equipped withdual clutch transmission)

Tie-down Hook

NOTICE

NOTICE

Do not use the tie-down hook(s)for towing purposes. If the tie-down hook(s) are used for tow-ing, the tie-down hook(s) orbumper will be damaged andthis could lead to serious injury.

WARNING

OOS067027


6-30

7

Maintenance

7

Maintenance

Engine compartment .............................................7-3Maintenance services ...........................................7-4

Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4

Owner maintenance...............................................7-5Owner Maintenance Schedule .......................................7-6

Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-7Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) .............7-8Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Nu 2.0 MPI)......................................................................7-11Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) .........................................................7-13Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) .........................................................7-16

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items..7-18Engine oil ..............................................................7-21

Checking the Engine Oil Level .....................................7-21Checking the Engine Oil and Filter.............................7-22

Engine coolant......................................................7-23Checking the Engine Coolant Level............................7-23Changing Engine Coolant ..............................................7-26

Brake fluid ............................................................7-27Checking the Brake Fluid Level...................................7-27

Washer fluid .........................................................7-28Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-28

Parking brake .......................................................7-28Checking the Parking Brake.........................................7-28

Air cleaner ............................................................7-29Filter Replacement..........................................................7-29

Climate control air filter .....................................7-30Filter Inspection...............................................................7-30

Wiper blades .........................................................7-32Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-32Blade Replacement .........................................................7-32

Battery...................................................................7-35For Best Battery Service ..............................................7-36Battery Recharging ........................................................7-36Reset Features.................................................................7-37

7

7

Tires and wheels ..................................................7-38Tire Care............................................................................7-38Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-39Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-40Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-40Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-41Tire Replacement ............................................................7-42Wheel Replacement ........................................................7-43Tire Traction .....................................................................7-43Tire Maintenance ............................................................7-43Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-43Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-47All Season Tires...............................................................7-50Summer Tires ...................................................................7-50Snow Tires ........................................................................7-51Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................7-51Low Aspect Ratio Tires..................................................7-51

Fuses......................................................................7-53Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-54Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement.......7-55Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-57

Light bulbs.............................................................7-69Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Daytime Running Light, Turn Signal Lamp and Side Marker, Cornering lamp.................................................................7-69Front fog lamp .................................................................7-74Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................7-74Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement ..............7-75High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-77License Plate Light Bulb Replacement ......................7-78Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-78

Appearance care..................................................7-80Exterior Care ....................................................................7-80Interior Care .....................................................................7-85

Emission control system .....................................7-88Crankcase Emission Control System ..........................7-88Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)............7-88Exhaust Emission Control System ..............................7-89

California perchlorate notice .............................7-92

7-3

7

Maintenance

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

OOS077001/OOS078071N

■■ Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir/Engine coolant cap

2. Fuse box

3. Battery

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Air cleaner

6. Engine oil dipstick

7. Engine oil filler cap

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

9. Engine coolant reservoir

10. Engine coolant cap

The actual engine compartment in thevehicle may differ from the illustration.

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■■ Nu 2.0 MPI

7-4

Maintenance

MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE SSEERRVVIICCEESSYou should exercise the utmost careto prevent damage to your vehicleand injury to yourself whenever per-forming any maintenance or inspec-tion procedures.We recommend you have your vehi-cle maintained and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer. Anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer meetsHYUNDAI's high service qualitystandards and receives technicalsupport from HYUNDAI in order toprovide you with a high level of serv-ice satisfaction.

Owner's ResponsibilityMaintenance service and recordretention are the owner's responsibil-ity.You should retain documents thatshow proper maintenance has beenperformed on your vehicle in accor-dance with the scheduled mainte-nance service charts shown on thefollowing pages. You need this infor-mation to establish your compliancewith the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle war-ranties.

Detailed warranty information is pro-vided in your Owner's Handbook &Warranty Information booklet.Repairs and adjustments required asa result of improper maintenance ora lack of required maintenance arenot covered.

Owner MaintenancePrecautionsInadequate, incomplete or insuffi-cient servicing may result in opera-tional problems with your vehicle thatcould lead to vehicle damage, anaccident, or personal injury. Thischapter provides instructions only forthe maintenance items that are easyto perform. Several procedures canbe done only by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer with special tools.Your vehicle should not be modifiedin any way. Such modifications mayadversely affect the performance,safety or durability of your vehicleand may, in addition, violate condi-tions of the limited warranties cover-ing the vehicle.

Certain modifications may also be inviolation of regulations established bythe U.S. Department of Transportationand other federal or state agencies.

Improper owner maintenance dur-ing the warranty period may affectwarranty coverage. For details, readthe separate Owner's Handbook &Warranty Information booklet pro-vided with the vehicle. If you'reunsure about any service or mainte-nance procedure, have it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

7-5

7

Maintenance

OOWWNNEERR MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEEThe following lists are vehicle checksand inspections that should be per-formed by the owner or an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequen-cies indicated to help ensure safe,dependable operation of your vehi-cle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your deal-er as soon as possible.These Owner Maintenance vehiclechecks are generally not covered bywarranties and you may be chargedfor labor, parts and lubricants used.

Performing maintenance workon a vehicle can be dangerous.If you lack sufficient knowledgeand experience or the propertools and equipment to do thework, have it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.ALWAYS follow these precau-tions for performing mainte-nance work:• Park your vehicle on level

ground, move the shift leverinto the P (Park, for automatictransmission vehicle) posi-tion, place the ignition switchin the LOCK/OFF position.

WARNING • Block the tires (front andback) to prevent the vehiclefrom moving.Remove loose clothing or jew-elry that can become entan-gled in moving parts.

• If you must run the engineduring maintenance, do soout doors or in an area withplenty of ventilation.

• Keep flames, sparks, or smok-ing materials away from thebattery and fuel-related parts.

7-6

Maintenance

Owner Maintenance ScheduleWhen you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in the

engine coolant reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Check the for low or under-inflated

tires.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell ofexhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice if there is anyincreased steering effort or loose-ness in the steering wheel, orchange in its straight-ahead posi-tion.

• Notice if your vehicle constantlyturns slightly or "pulls" to one sidewhen traveling on smooth, levelroad.

• When stopping, listen and checkfor unusual sounds, pulling to oneside, increased brake pedal travelor "hard-to-push" brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in theoperation of your transmissionoccurs, check the transmissionfluid level.

• Check the automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission P (Park)function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the airconditioning system during or afteruse is normal).

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the brake lights,turn signals and hazard warningflashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare for tiresthat are worn, show uneven wear,or are damaged.

• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. This may result incoolant being blown out of theopening and cause seriousburns and other injuries.

WARNING

7-7

7

Maintenance

At least twice a year:(i.e., every Spring and Autumn)• Check radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or dam-age.

• Check windshield washer sprayand wiper operation. Clean wiperblades with a clean cloth damp-ened with washer a fluid.

• Check headlamp alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the seat belts for wear and

function.

At least once a year:• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and hood

hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weather

strips.• Lubricate door checker.• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transmission linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.

Follow Normal Maintenance Scheduleif the vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply.If any of the following conditions apply,you must follow the MaintenanceUnder Severe Usage Conditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or

sandy areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in

cold temperatures and/or extreme-ly humid climates.

• More than 50% driving in heavycity traffic during hot weatherabove 90°F (32°C).

For additional information or assis-tance see your authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEESSEERRVVIICCEESS

7-8

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.*1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your

authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Drive belts *1 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months.Thereafter, inspect every 15,000 miles or 24 months

Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Fuel additives *2 Add fuel additives every 7,500 miles or 12 months

Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I

Spark plugs Replace every 97,500 miles

Rotate tires Rotate tires every 7,500 miles

Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

Replace every 15,000 miles or 12 months

Engine coolantAt first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years :

Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months

Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

7-9

7

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.*3 : Transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) (CONT)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Propeller shaft (AWD) I I I I I I I

Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Automatic transaxle fluid No check, No service required

Rear differential oil (AWD) *3 I I I

Transfer case oil (AWD)*3 I I I


MAINTENANCEITEM

7-10

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.*4 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-

nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss ofpower, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) (CONT)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I I

Fuel tank air filter *4 I I I I I I I

Fuel filter *4 I I I I I I I

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I

Brake fluidInspect every 7,500 miles(12,000km) or 12 months,

Replace every 60,000 miles(96,000km) or 48 months


MAINTENANCEITEM

7-11

7

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Nu 2.0 MPI)The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Referto the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

Engine oil and filter R Every 3,750 miles or 6 monthsA, B, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K

Automatic transmission fluid R Every 60,000 milesA, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J

Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake shoes or disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, F

7-12

Maintenance

Severe Driving ConditionsA-Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles

(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km)in freezing temperature

B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-tances

C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads

D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or invery cold weather

E-Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towingJ - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions



DRIVING CONDITION

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J


R More frequently C, E

Propeller shaft (AWD) I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Transfer case oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Rear differential oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

7-13

7

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.*1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your

authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.*3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer per-

form the operation.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Drive belts *1 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months.Thereafter, inspect every 12,000 miles or 24 months

Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Fuel additives *2 Add fuel additives every 6,000 miles or 12 months

Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I

Spark plugs Replace every 42,000 miles

Valve clearance *3 Inspect every 60,000 miles or 72 months

Rotate tires Rotate tires every 6,000 miles

Climate control air filter (for evaporate and blower unit)

Replace every 12,000 miles or 12 months.

Engine coolantAt first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years :

Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months


MAINTENANCEITEM

7-14

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) (CONT)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Propeller shaft (AWD) I I I I I I I


MAINTENANCEITEM

7-15

7

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.*4 : Transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.*5 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-

nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss ofpower, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) (CONT)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Dual clutch transmission fluid I I I

Rear differential oil (AWD) *4 I I I

Transfer case oil (AWD)*4 I I I

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I I

Fuel tank air filter *5 I I I I I I I

Fuel filter *5 I I I I I I I

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I

Brake fluidInspect every 6,000 miles(10,000km) or 12 months,

Replace every 48,000 miles(80,000km) or 48 months


MAINTENANCEITEM

7-16

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Referto the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.



DRIVING CONDITION

Engine oil and filter R Every 3,000 miles or 6 monthsA, B, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K

Dual clutch transmission fluid R Every 72,000 milesC, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake shoes or disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, F

7-17

7

MaintenanceSevere Driving Conditions

A-Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km)in freezing temperature

B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-tances

C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads

D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or invery cold weather

E-Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towingJ - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions



DRIVING CONDITION

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J


R More frequently C, E

Propeller shaft (AWD) I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Transfer case oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Rear differential oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

7-18

Maintenance

EEXXPPLLAANNAATTIIOONN OOFF SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE IITTEEMMSSEngine Oil and FilterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified inthe maintenance schedule. If thevehicle is being driven in severe con-ditions, more frequent oil and filterchanges are required.

Drive BeltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oilsaturation and replace if necessary.Drive belts should be checked peri-odically for proper tension andadjusted as necessary.

Fuel FilterA clogged-up fuel filter may limit thevehicle driving speed, damage theemission system, and cause thehard starting. When a considerableamount of foreign substances areaccumulated in the fuel tank, the fuelfilter should be replaced.Upon installing a new fuel filter, oper-ate the engine for several minutes,and check the connections for anyleakages. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses andConnections Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses andconnections for leakage and dam-age. Have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace any damaged or leak-ing parts immediately.

Vapor Hose and Fuel FillerCapThe vapor hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those inter-vals specified in the maintenanceschedule. Make sure a new vaporhose or fuel filler cap is correctlyreplaced.

Vacuum Crankcase VentilationHoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-dence of heat and/or mechanicaldamage. Hard and brittle rubber,cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterio-ration. Particular attention should bepaid to examine those hose surfacesnearest to high heat sources, suchas the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to ensurethat the hoses do not come in con-tact with any heat source, sharpedges or moving component whichmight cause heat damage ormechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps andcouplings, to make sure they aresecure, and that no leaks are pres-ent. Hoses should be replacedimmediately if there is any evidenceof deterioration or damage.

7-19

7

Maintenance

Air Cleaner FilterA genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filteris recommended when the filter isreplaced.

Spark Plugs Make sure to install new spark plugsof the correct heat range.

Cooling SystemCheck cooling system components,such as radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakageand damage. Replace any damagedparts.

Engine Coolant The coolant should be changed atthe intervals specified in the mainte-nance schedule.

Automatic Transmission Fluid(if equipped)Automatic transmission fluid shouldnot be checked under normal usageconditions. But in severe conditions,the fluid should be changed at anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inaccordance to the scheduled mainte-nance at the beginning of this chap-ter.

Automatic transmission fluidcolor is red when new.As the vehicle is driven, the auto-matic transmission fluid will beginto look darker. This is a normalcondition and you should notjudge the need to replace the fluidbased upon the changed color.

Dual Clutch TransmissionFluid (if equipped)Inspect the dual clutch transmissionfluid according to the maintenanceschedule.

NOTICE

The use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transmissionmalfunction and failure. Useonly the specified automatictransmission fluid (refer to"Recommended Lubricants andCapacities" in chapter 8).

CAUTION

7-20

Maintenance

Brake Hoses and LinesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration andany leakage. Replace any deteriorat-ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake Fluid Check the brake fluid level in thebrake fluid reservoir. The level shouldbe between the MIN and the MAXmarks on the side of the reservoir.Use only hydraulic brake fluid con-forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi-cation.

Parking BrakeInspect the parking brake systemincluding the parking brake pedaland cables.

Brake Discs, Pads, Calipersand RotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear,discs for run out and wear, andcalipers for fluid leakage.

Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-rioration, or damage. Start the engineand listen carefully for any exhaustgas leakage. Tighten connections orreplace parts as necessary.

Suspension Mounting Bolts Check the suspension connectionsfor looseness or damage. Retightento the specified torque.

Steering Gear Box, Linkage &Boots/Lower Arm Ball JointWith the vehicle stopped and theengine off, check for excessive free-play in the steering wheel. Check thelinkage for bends or damage. Checkthe dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

Drive Shafts and BootsCheck the drive shafts, boots andclamps for cracks, deterioration, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

Air Conditioning Refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines andconnections for leakage and dam-age.

7-21

7

Maintenance

EENNGGIINNEE OOIILLChecking the Engine Oil Level 1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's

precautions.2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level

ground in P (Park) with the park-ing brake set. If possible, block thewheels.

3. Turn the engine on and allow theengine to reach normal operatingtemperature.

4. Turn the engine off and wait aboutfive minutes for the oil to return tothe oil pan.

5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,and re-insert it fully.

6. Pull the dipstick out again andcheck the level. The level shouldbe between F and L.

7. If it is near or at L, add enough oilto bring the level to F.

Use only the specified engine oil.(refer to "Recommended Lubricantsand Capacities" in chapter 8).

OPDE076067 OOS077005

OOS077005N

■ 1.6 T-GDI

■ 2.0 MPI

7-22

Maintenance

To prevent damage to yourengine:• Do not overfill with engine oil.

Add oil in small quantities andrecheck level to ensure engineis not overfilled.

• Do not spill engine oil whenadding or changing engine oil.Use a funnel to help prevent oilfrom being spilled on enginecomponents. Wipe off spilled oilimmediately.

Checking the Engine Oil andFilter

Have engine oil and filter changed byan authorized HYUNDAI dealeraccording to the MaintenanceSchedule at the beginning of thischapter.

NOTICE


Engine oil contains chemicalsknown to the State of Californiato cause cancer, birth defectsand reproductive harm. Usedengine oil may cause irritationor cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for pro-longed periods of time. Alwaysprotect your skin by washingyour hands thoroughly withsoap and warm water as soonas possible after handling usedoil.

WARNING

7-23

7

Maintenance

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOOOLLAANNTTThe high-pressure cooling systemhas a reservoir filled with year-roundantifreeze coolant. The reservoir isfilled at the factory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, atthe beginning of the winter seasonand before traveling to a colder cli-mate.

Checking the Engine CoolantLevel

Check the condition and connectionsof all cooling system hoses andheater hoses. Replace any swollenor deteriorated hoses.

The coolant level should be filledbetween the F and the L marks onthe side of the coolant reservoirwhen the engine is cool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughdistilled (deionized) water to bring thelevel to the F mark, but do not overfill.If frequent additions are required, seean authorized HYUNDAI dealer for acooling system inspection.

Recommended engine coolant • When adding coolant, use only dis-

tilled (deionized) water for yourvehicle and never mix hard water inthe coolant filled at the factory.

• An improper coolant mixture canresult in severe malfunction orengine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must beprotected by an ethylene-glycolwith phosphate based coolant toprevent corrosion and freezing.

• Do not use alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the spec-ified coolant.

OOS077007

OOS077076N

■ 1.6 T-GDI

■ 2.0 MPI

7-24

Maintenance

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or lessthan 35% antifreeze, which wouldreduce the effectiveness of thesolution.

For mixing percentage, refer to thefollowing table:

InformationIf in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%water and 50% antifreeze mix is theeasiest to mix together as it will be thesame quantity of each. It is suitable touse for most temperature ranges of - 31°F and higher.

i

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

For 1.6 T-GDI Make sure the coolant cap isproperly closed after refillingcoolant. Otherwise the enginecould be overheated while driv-ing.

1. Check if the coolant cap labelis straight In front.

WARNING

OTL075062

■ Engine room front view

2. Make sure that the tiny pro-trusions inside the coolantcap is securely interlocked.

OPDE076071

7-25

7

Maintenance

The electric motor for the cooling fanis controlled by engine coolant tem-perature, refrigerant pressure andvehicle speed. As the engine coolanttemperature decreases, the electricmotor will automatically shut off. Thisis a normal condition. If your vehicleis equipped with GDI, the electricmotor for the cooling fan may beginto operate at any time and continueto operate until you disconnect thenegative battery cable.

The electric motor forthe cooling fan maycontinue to operateor start up when theengine is not running

and can cause serious injury.Keep hands, clothing and toolsaway from the rotating fanblades of the cooling fan.

WARNING

Never remove theengine coolant reser-voir tank/radiator capor the drain plugwhile the engine and

radiator are hot. Hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure, causing seriousinjury.

Turn the engine off and waituntil the engine cools down.Use extreme care when remov-ing the engine coolant reservoirtank/radiator cap. Wrap a thicktowel around it, and turn itcounterclockwise slowly to thefirst stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on thecap, using a thick towel, andcontinue turning counterclock-wise to remove it.

WARNING

OOS077009

OOS077077N

■ 1.6 T-GDI

■ 2.0 MPI

Changing Engine Coolant Have coolant changed by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at thebeginning of this chapter.

To prevent damage to engineparts, put a thick towel around theradiator cap before refilling thecoolant to prevent the coolantfrom overflowing into engineparts, such as the alternator.

NOTICE

7-26

Maintenance

Do not use engine coolant orantifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.Engine coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and maycause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident.Engine coolant may also causedamage to paint and body trim.

WARNING

7-27

7

Maintenance

BBRRAAKKEE FFLLUUIIDDChecking the Brake FluidLevel

Check the fluid level in the reservoirperiodically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir capand adding brake fluid, clean thearea around the reservoir cap thor-oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-ination.

If the level is low, add the specifiedbrake fluid to the MAX level.The levelwill fall with accumulated mileage.This is a normal condition associatedwith the wear of the brake linings. Ifthe fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not allow brake fluid to con-tact the vehicle’s body paint, aspaint damage will result.

• Brake fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for anextended time should NEVER beused as its quality cannot beguaranteed. It should be dis-posed of properly.

• Do not use the wrong kind ofbrake fluid. A few drops of min-eral based oil, such as engineoil, in your brake system candamage brake system parts.

Information Use only the specified brake fluid(refer to "Recommended Lubricantsand Capacities" in chapter 8).

i

NOTICE

If the brake system requires fre-quent additions of fluid thiscould indicate a leak in thebrake system. Have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

Do not allow brake fluid to comein contact with your eyes. Ifbrake fluid comes in contactwith your eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least 15minutes and get immediatemedical attention.

WARNING

OOS077011

7-28

Maintenance

WWAASSHHEERR FFLLUUIIDDChecking the Washer FluidLevel

Check the fluid level in the washerfluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-sary. Plain water may be used ifwasher fluid is not available.However, use washer solvent withantifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the Parking Brake

Check the stroke of the parkingbrake by counting the number of"clicks" heard while fully applying itfrom the released position. Also, theparking brake alone should securelyhold the vehicle on a fairly steepgrade. If the stroke is more or lessthan specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Stroke : 5~7 clicks at a force of 44

lbs (20 kg, 196 N)

OOS077012

OOS057010

PPAARRKKIINNGG BBRRAAKKEE

To prevent serious injury ordeath, take the following safetyprecautions when using washerfluid:• Do not use engine coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.Engine coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and maycause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident or dam-age to paint and body trim.

• Do not allow sparks or flamesto contact the washer fluid orthe washer fluid reservoir.Washer fluid may contain alco-hol and can be flammable.

• Do not drink washer fluid andavoid contact with skin.Washer fluid is harmful tohumans and animals.

• Keep washer fluid away fromchildren and animals.

WARNING

7-29

7

Maintenance

AAIIRR CCLLEEAANNEERR Filter Replacement

The air cleaner filter can be cleanedfor inspection using compressed air.Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,as water will damage the filter.If soiled, the air cleaner filter must bereplaced.

1. Loosen the air cleaner coverattaching clips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.

3. Replace the air cleaner filter.4. Lock the cover with the cover

attaching clips.5. Check that the cover is firmly

installed.

OOS077015 OOS077016

OOS077013

7-30

Maintenance

Information If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual rec-ommended intervals (refer to"Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions" in this chapter).

• Do not drive with the air cleanerfilter removed. This will result inexcessive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleanerfilter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use HYUNDAI genuine parts.Use of non-genuine parts coulddamage the air flow sensor.

Filter InspectionThe climate control air filter shouldbe replaced according to theMaintenance Schedule. If the vehicleis operated in severely air-pollutedcities or on dusty rough roads for along period, it should be inspectedmore frequently and replaced earlier.When you replace the climate controlair filter, replace it performing the fol-lowing procedure, and be careful toavoid damaging other components.

1. With the glove box open, removethe stoppers on both sides to allowthe glove box to hang freely on thehinges.

NOTICE

iCCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AAIIRR FFIILLTTEERR

OOS077018

7-31

7

Maintenance

2. Remove the support rod (1). 3. Remove the climate control air fil-ter case while pressing the lock onthe right side of the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air fil-ter.

5. Reassemble in the reverse orderof disassembly.

Install a new climate control air fil-ter in the correct direction with thearrow symbol (↓↓) facing down-wards, otherwise, it may be noisyand the effectiveness of the filtermay be reduced.

NOTICE

OOS077017 OPD076026OOS077019

7-32

Maintenance

WWIIPPEERR BBLLAADDEESSBlade InspectionContamination of either the windshieldor the wiper blades with foreign mattercan reduce the effectiveness of thewindshield wiper functionality.Common sources of contaminationare insects, tree sap, and hot waxtreatments used by some commercialcar washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the windowand the blades with a clean clothdampened with washer fluid.

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, arms or other compo-nents, do not:• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint

thinner, or other solvents on ornear them.

• Attempt to move the wipersmanually.

• Use non-specified wiper blades.

Information Commercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Blade ReplacementWhen the wipers no longer cleanadequately, the blades may be wornor cracked, and require replacement.

To prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manu-ally.

The use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper mal-function and failure.

• In order to prevent damage tothe hood and the wiper arms, thewiper arms should only be liftedwhen in the top wiping position.

• Always return the wiper arms tothe windshield before driving.

Front windshield wiper bladereplacement

■■ Type A

1. Put the front windshield wipersinto the service position.

2. Raise the wiper arm and slightlyrotate the wiper blade assembly toexpose the plastic locking clip.

Do not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since itmay chip or crack the windshield.

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

NOTICE OLMB073020

7-33

7

Maintenance

3. Press the clip (1) and slide theblade assembly downward (2).

4. Lift it off the arm.5. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.6. Return the wiper arm on the wind-

shield.

■■ Type B

1. Raise the wiper arm.

Do not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since itmay chip or crack the windshield.

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1).Then pull down the blade assem-bly (2) and remove it.

3. Install the new blade assembly inthe reverse order of removal.

4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-shield.

NOTICE

OLMB073021

OLMB073022

OLMB073098 OLMB073099

OLMB073100

Rear window wiper bladereplacement

1. Raise the wiper arm and pull outthe wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into theslot in the wiper arm until it clicksinto place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull itslightly.

To prevent damage to the wiper armsor other components, have the wiperblades replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

7-34

Maintenance

OTL075051

OTL075050

7-35

7

Maintenance

BBAATTTTEERRYY

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH to you or bystanders,always follow these precautionswhen working near or handlingthe battery:

Always read and followinstructions carefullywhen handling a battery.Wear eye protectiondesigned to protect theeyes from acid splashes.Keep all flames, sparks,or smoking materialsaway from the battery.Hydrogen is always pres-ent in battery cells, ishighly combustible, andmay explode if ignited.Keep batteries out ofreach of children.

WARNING Batteries contain sulfu-ric acid which is highlycorrosive. Do not allowacid to contact youreyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flushyour eyes with clean water for atleast 15 minutes and get imme-diate medical attention. If acidgets on your skin, thoroughlywash the area. If you feel pain ora burning sensation, get med-ical attention immediately.• When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressureon the case may cause batteryacid to leak. Lift with a batterycarrier or with your hands onopposite corners.

• Do not attempt to jump startyour vehicle if your battery isfrozen.

• NEVER attempt to rechargethe battery when the vehicle’sbattery cables are connectedto the battery.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage.NEVER touch these compo-nents with the engine runningor when the ignition switch isin the ON position.

7-36

Maintenance

• When you do not use the vehiclefor a long time in a low tempera-ture area, disconnect the batteryand keep it indoors.

• Always charge the battery fullyto prevent battery case damagein low temperature areas.

For Best Battery Service

• Keep the battery securely mount-ed.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated withpetroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled acid from the bat-tery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

Battery Recharging

NOTICE


Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories containlead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer, birthdefects and reproductive harm.Batteries also contain otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer.Wash hands after handling.

WARNING

Always follow these instruc-tions when recharging yourvehicle's battery to avoid therisk of SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH from explosions or acidburns:• Before performing mainte-

nance or recharging the bat-tery, turn off all accessoriesand place the ignition switchto the LOCK/OFF position.

• Keep all flames, sparks, orsmoking materials away fromthe battery.

• Always work outdoors or in anarea with plenty of ventilation.

• Wear eye protection whenchecking the battery duringcharging.

• The battery must be removedfrom the vehicle and placed ina well ventilated area.

WARNING

OOS077020

7-37

7

Maintenance

By jump starting After a jump start from a good bat-tery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 min-utes before it is shutoff. The vehiclemay not restart if you shut it offbefore the battery had a chance toadequately recharge. See "JumpStarting" in chapter 6 for more infor-mation on jump starting procedures.

Information An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful tothe environment and humanhealth. Dispose of the bat-tery according to your locallaw(s) or regulations.

Reset FeaturesThe following items may need to bereset after the battery has been dis-charged or the battery has been dis-connected. See chapter 3 or 4 for:• Power Windows• Trip Computer• Climate Control System• Clock• Audio System• Sunroof

i

• Watch the battery duringcharging, and stop or reducethe charging rate if the batterycells begin boiling violently.

• The negative battery cablemust be removed first andinstalled last when the batteryis disconnected. Disconnectthe battery charger in the fol-lowing order:(1) Turn off the battery charg-

er main switch.(2) Unhook the negative

clamp from the negativebattery terminal.

(3) Unhook the positive clampfrom the positive batteryterminal.

• Always use a genuineHYUNDAI approved batterywhen you replace the battery.

7-38

Maintenance

TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS Tire CareFor proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver's side centerpillar.

• Replace tires that are worn,show uneven wear, or are dam-aged. Worn tires can causeloss of braking effectiveness,steering control, or traction.

• ALWAYS replace tires with thesame size as each tire thatwas originally supplied withthis vehicle. Using tires andwheels other than the recom-mended sizes could causeunusual handling characteris-tics, poor vehicle control, ornegatively affect your vehi-cle's Anti-Lock Brake System(ABS) resulting in a seriousaccident.

Tire failure may cause loss ofvehicle control resulting in anaccident. To reduce risk ofSERIOUS INJURY or DEATH,take the following precautions:• Inspect your tires monthly for

proper inflation as well aswear and damage.

• The recommended cold tirepressure for your vehicle canbe found in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar. Alwaysuse a tire pressure gauge tomeasure tire pressure. Tireswith too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling.

• Check the pressure of thespare every time you checkthe pressure of the other tireson your vehicle.

WARNING

OOS087003

7-39

7

Maintenance

Recommended Cold TireInflation Pressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. "Cold tires" means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or has been drivenfor less than one mile (1.6 km).Warm tires normally exceed recom-mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release airfrom warm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflat-ed. For recommended inflation pres-sure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" inchapter 8.

Recommended pressures mustbe maintained for the best ride,vehicle handling, and minimumtire wear.Over-inflation or under-inflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure thatcould result in loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an accident.Severe under-inflation can leadto severe heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident. Thisrisk is much higher on hot daysand when driving for long peri-ods at high speeds.

WARNING

• Under-inflation results inexcessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation is alsopossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Over-inflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread,and a greater possibility ofdamage from road hazards.

CAUTION

7-40

Maintenance

Check Tire Inflation PressureCheck your tires, including the sparetire, once a month or more.

How to checkUse a good quality tire pressuregauge to check tire pressure. Youcan not tell if your tires are properlyinflated simply by looking at them.Radial tires may look properly inflat-ed when they are under-inflated.Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gauge firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire label located onthe driver's side center pillar or in thismanual. No further adjustment isnecessary. If the pressure is low, addair until you reach the recommendedpressure. Make sure to put the valvecaps back on the valve stems.Without the valve cap, dirt or mois-ture could get into the valve core andcause air leakage. If a valve cap ismissing, install a new one as soon aspossible.

If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gauge. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. Without the valvecap, dirt or moisture could get intothe valve core and cause air leakage.If a valve cap is missing, install a newone as soon as possible.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.

Tire Rotation To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAIrecommends that the tires be rotatedaccording to the maintenance sched-ule or sooner if irregular wear devel-ops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of the tire.Replace the tire if you find any ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness (proper torque is79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).

7-41

7

Maintenance

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

Information Tires that are asymmetrical or direc-tional can only be installed on thewheel in one direction. The outsideand inside of an asymmetrical tire isnot easily distinguishable. Pay carefulattention to the markings on the side-walls of the tires, noting the "outside"marking and also the rotating direc-tion before installing them on thevehicle.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

Improper wheel weights can dam-age your vehicle's aluminumwheels. Use only approved wheelweights.

NOTICE

i

• Do not use the compact sparetire for tire rotation.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that may cause loss ofvehicle control resulting in anaccident.

WARNING

ODH073802

■ Without a spare tire

7-42

Maintenance

Tire Replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the tread surface tobecome level with the tread wearindicators before replacing the tire.

OLMB073027

Tread wear indicator To reduce the risk of DEATH orSERIOUS INJURY:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Always replace tires with thesame size as each tire thatwas originally supplied withthis vehicle. Using tires andwheels other than the recom-mended sizes could causeunusual handling characteris-tics, poor vehicle control, ornegatively affect your vehi-cle's Anti-Lock Brake System(ABS) resulting in a seriousaccident.

WARNING • Tires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, HYUNDAI recommendsthat tires be replaced after six(6) years of normal service.

• When replacing tires (orwheels), it is recommended toreplace the two front or tworear tires (or wheels) as a pair.Replacing just one tire canseriously affect your vehicle'shandling. If only replacing onepair of tires, it is recommend-ed to install the pair of newtires on the rear axle.

• Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading con-ditions can accelerate theaging process. Failure to fol-low this warning may causesudden tire failure, whichcould lead to a loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an acci-dent.

7-43

7

Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacementA compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel ReplacementWhen replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

Tire Traction Tire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when the tread depth is atleast 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To reducethe possibility of losing control, slowdown whenever there is rain, snow orice on the road.

Tire MaintenanceIn addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

Tire Sidewall LabelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

The original tire should berepaired or replaced as soon aspossible to avoid failure of thespare and loss of vehicle con-trol resulting in an accident.Thecompact spare tire is for emer-gency use only. Do not operateyour vehicle over 50 mph (80km/h) when using the compactspare tire.

WARNING

7-44

Maintenance

1. Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire's sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.

Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)205/60R16 92H

205 - Tire width in millimeters.60 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).16 - Rim diameter in inches.92 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.Example wheel size designation:6.5J x 16

6.5 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.16 - Rim diameter in inches.

OLMB073028

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

7-45

7

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger vehicle tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire’s designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over six years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT shows aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1420 representsthat the tire was produced in the 14thweek of 2020.

4. Tire ply composition andmaterial

The number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible infla-tion pressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

SpeedRatingSymbol

Maximum Speed

S 112 mph (180 km/h)T 118 mph (190 km/h)H 130 mph (210 km/h)V 149 mph (240 km/h)W 168 mph (270 km/h)Y 186 mph (300 km/h)

7-46

Maintenance

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality gradingQuality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREAD WEAR 200TRACTION AATEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on thesidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire's ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING

7-47

7

Maintenance

Temperature - A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grade Cresponds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

Tire Terminology andDefinitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tirepressing outward on the tire. Airpressure is expressed in pounds persquare inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).

Accessory WeightThis means the combined weight ofoptional accessories. Some exam-ples of optional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerseats, and air conditioning.

Aspect RatioThe relationship of a tire's height toits width.

BeltA rubber coated layer of cords that islocated between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made from steelor other reinforcing materials.

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,under-inflation, over-inflation,or excessive loading, eitherseparately or in combination,can cause heat build-up andpossible sudden tire failure.This may cause loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

7-48

Maintenance

BeadThe tire bead contains steel wireswrapped by steel cords that hold thetire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the pliesare laid at alternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline of thetread.

Cold Tire PressureThe amount of air pressure in a tire,measured in pounds per square inch(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tirehas built up heat from driving.

Curb WeightThis means the weight of a motorvehicle with standard and optionalequipment including the maximumcapacity of fuel, oil and coolant, butwithout passengers and cargo.

DOT MarkingsA code molded into the sidewall of atire signifying that the tire is in com-pliance with the U.S. Department ofTransportation motor vehicle safetystandards. The DOT code includesthe Tire Identification Number (TIN),an alphanumeric designator whichcan also identify the tire manufactur-er, production plant, brand and dateof production.

GVWRGross Vehicle Weight Rating

GAWR FRTGross Axle Weight Rating for theFront Axle.

GAWR RRGross Axle Weight Rating for theRear axle.

Intended Outboard SidewallThe side of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa)The metric unit for air pressure.

Light truck(LT) tireA tire designated by its manufactureras primarily intended for use on light-weight trucks or multipurpose pas-senger vehicles.

Load ratingsThe maximum load that a tire is ratedto carry for a given inflation pressure.

Load IndexAn assigned number ranging from 1to 279 that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation PressureThe maximum air pressure to whicha cold tire may be inflated. The max-imum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.

7-49

7

Maintenance

Maximum Load RatingThe load rating for a tire at the maxi-mum permissible inflation pressurefor that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeightThe sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant WeightThe number of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by 150pounds (68 kg).

Occupant DistributionDesignated seating positions.

Outward Facing SidewallAn asymmetrical tire has a particularside that faces outward when mount-ed on a vehicle. The outward facingsidewall bears white lettering orbears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) tireA tire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks and multipur-pose vehicles.

Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallelcords.

Pneumatic tireA mechanical device made of rubber,chemicals, fabric and steel or othermaterials, that, when mounted on anautomotive wheel provides the trac-tion and contains the gas or fluid thatsustains the load.

Pneumatic options weightThe combined weight of installedregular production options weighingover 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of thestandard items which they replace,not previously considered in curbweight or accessory weight, includ-ing heavy duty breaks, ride levelers,roof rack, heavy duty battery, andspecial trim.

Recommended InflationPressureVehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard.

Radial Ply TireA pneumatic tire in which the plycords that extend to the beads arelaid at 90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

RimA metal support for a tire and uponwhich the tire beads are seated.

SidewallThe portion of a tire between thetread and the bead.

Speed RatingAn alphanumeric code assigned to atire indicating the maximum speed atwhich a tire can operate.

7-50

Maintenance

TractionThe friction between the tire and theroad surface. The amount of grip pro-vided.

TreadThe portion of a tire that comes intocontact with the road.

Treadwear IndicatorsNarrow bands, sometimes called"wear bars", that show across thetread of a tire when only 1/16 inch oftread remains.

UTQGSUniform Tire Quality GradingStandards is a tire information sys-tem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle Capacity WeightThe number of designated seatingpositions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68kg) plus the rated cargo and luggageload.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTireLoad on an individual tire due to curband accessory weight plus maximumoccupant and cargo weight.

Vehicle Normal Load on the TireLoad on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and dividing by 2.

Vehicle PlacardA label permanently attached to avehicle showing the original equip-ment tire size and recommendedinflation pressure.

All Season TiresHYUNDAI specifies all season tireson some models to provide goodperformance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer TiresHYUNDAI specifies summer tires onsome models to provide superiorperformance on dry roads. Summertire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summertires do not have the tire traction rat-ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tireside wall. If you plan to operate yourvehicle in snowy or icy conditions,HYUNDAI recommends the use ofsnow tires or all season tires on allfour wheels.

7-51

7

Maintenance

Snow TiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result. Snowtires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)more air pressure than the pressurerecommended for the standard tireson the tire label on the driver’s side ofthe center pillar, or up to the maxi-mum pressure shown on the tiresidewall, whichever is less. Do notdrive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)when your vehicle is equipped withsnow tires.

Radial-Ply TiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.

Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical pairs of radial-plytires should always be used as a setfor the front tires and a set for therear tires.Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval in this chapter toachieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

Low Aspect Ratio TiresThe aspect ratio is lower than 50 onlow aspect ratio tires.Because low aspect ratio tires areoptimized for handling and braking,their sidewall is a little stiffer than astandard tire. Also low aspect ratiotires tend to be wider and conse-quently have a greater contact patchwith the road surface. In someinstances they may generate moreroad noise compared with standardtires.

Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances.This may cause unusu-al handling characteristics thatmay cause loss of vehicle con-trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

7-52

Maintenance

Because the sidewall of a lowaspect ratio tire is shorter thana standard tire, the rim of thewheel and the tire itself is moreeasily susceptible to damage.Use caution when driving andfollow the guidelines below tohelp minimize damage to thewheel and tire:- When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiouslybecause tires and wheels maybe damaged. And after driving,inspect tires and wheels.

- When passing over a pothole,speed bump, manhole, or curbstone, drive slowly so that thetires and wheels are not dam-aged.

- If the tire is subjected to asevere impact, have the tireand wheel inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

- Inspect the tire condition andpressure every 1,800 miles(3,000km).

CAUTION

• It is not easy to recognize tiredamage with your own eyes.But if there is the slightesthint of tire damage, have thetire checked or replacedbecause the tire damage maycause air leakage from thetire.

• If the tire is damaged by driv-ing on a rough road, off road,pothole, manhole, or curbstone, it will not be covered bythe warranty.

CAUTION

7-53

7

Maintenance

FFUUSSEESSA vehicle's electrical system is pro-tected from electrical overload dam-age by fuses.This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,one located in the driver's side panelbolster, the other in the engine com-partment near the battery.If any of your vehicle's lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, checkthe appropriate circuit fuse. If a fusehas blown, the element inside thefuse will be melted or broken.If the electrical system does notwork, first check the driver's sidefuse panel. Before replacing a blownfuse, turn the engine and all switchesoff, and then disconnect the negativebattery cable. Always replace ablown fuse with one of the same rat-ing.If the replacement fuse blows, thisindicates an electrical problem. Avoidusing the system involved and imme-diately consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Do not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to removefuses because it may cause ashort circuit and damage the sys-tem.

NOTICE

NEVER replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.• A higher capacity fuse could

cause damage and possiblycause a fire.

• Do not install a wire or alu-minum foil instead of theproper fuse - even as a tem-porary repair. It may causeextensive wiring damage andpossibly a fire.

WARNING ■ Blade type

Normal

■ Cartridge typeBlown

Normal Blown■ Multi fuse

Normal Blown

Normal Blown

OLF074075

7-54

Maintenance

Instrument Panel FuseReplacement

1. Turn the engine off.2. Turn all other switches OFF.3. Open the fuse panel cover.4. Refer to the label on the inside of

the fuse panel cover to locate thesuspected fuse location.

5. Pull the suspected fuse straightout. Use the removal tool providedin the engine compartment fusepanel.

6. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown. Spare fuses are pro-vided in the instrument panel fusepanels (or in the engine compart-ment fuse panel).

7. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips. If it fits loosely, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

In an emergency, if you do not havea spare fuse, use a fuse of the samerating from a circuit you may notneed for operating the vehicle.If the headlamps or other electricalcomponents do not work and thefuses are undamaged, check thefuse panel in the engine compart-ment. If a fuse is blown, it must bereplaced with the same rating.

OOS077026

OOS077028

7-55

7

Maintenance

Fuse switch

Always, place the fuse switch to theON position.If you move the switch to the OFFposition, some items such as theaudio system and digital clock mustbe reset and the smart key may notwork properly.

Information

If the fuse switch is OFF, the abovemessage will appear.

• Always place the fuse switch inthe ON position while driving thevehicle.

• Do not move the fuse switchrepeatedly. The fuse switch maybe damaged.

Engine Compartment PanelFuse Replacement

1. Turn the engine off.2. Turn all other switches OFF.

NOTICE

i

OOS077027 OOS047142L

OOS077024

OOS077025

■ Blade type fuse

■ Cartridge type fuse

7-56

Maintenance

3. Remove the fuse panel cover bypressing the tap and pulling up.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown. To remove or insertthe fuse, use the fuse puller in theengine compartment fuse panel.

5. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips. If it fits loosely, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Main fuse

If the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling it up.4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Information If the main fuse is blown, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling it up.4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Information If the multi fuse is blown, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

ii

After checking the fuse box inthe engine compartment secure-ly close the fuse box coverinside the engine compartment,until it clicks.If the fuse box is not closedproperly, water may leak in side,possibly causing a malfunctionwith the electrical system.

CAUTIONOOS077022 OOS077023

7-57

7

Maintenance

Fuse/Relay Panel DescriptionInstrument panel fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, youcan find the fuse/relay label describ-ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to yourvehicle; the information is accurate atthe time of printing. When you inspectthe fuse box on your vehicle, refer tothe fuse box label.

i

OOS077028

OOS077078N

7-58

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

MODULE 5 7.5AATM Shift Lever IND., Electro Chromic Mirror, AMP, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, A/C Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Module, Front Seat Warmer Module

MODULE 3 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, BCM, ATM Shift Lever

SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Unit

TAIL GATEOPEN

10A Tail Gate Relay

P/WINDOWLH

25A Power Window LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module

MULTI MEDIA 15A A/V & Navigation Head Unit

P/WINDOWRH

25A Power Window RH Relay, Passenger Safety Power Window Module

P/SEAT (DRV) 25A Driver Seat Manual Switch

P/SEAT(PASS)

25A Passenger Seat Manual Switch

MODULE 4 7.5ABlind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Active Air Flap, BCM, Parking Distance Warning Buzzer, Lane Keeping Assist Unit (Line), 4WD ECM

PDM3 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module

POWER OUTLET 2

20A ICM Relay Box(Power Outlet Relay)

Instrument panel fuse panel

7-59

7

Maintenance


INTERIORLAMP

7.5AGlove Box Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Wiresess Charger Unit, Driver Console Switch, Luggage Lamp

B/ALARMHORN

10A ICM Relay Box(Burglar Alarm Horn Relay)

MEMORY 10A A/C Control Module, Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster, Electro Chromic Mirror

AMP 30A AMP

MODULE 6 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, BCM

MDPS 7.5A MDPS Unit

MODULE 1 7.5A Active Air Flap, Ignition key Interlock Switch, BCM, Hazard Switch, Data Link Connector, Rain sensor

MODULE 7 7.5A Front Air Ventilation Seat Module, Front Seat Warmer Module

A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Modulee

BRAKESWITCH

7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

START 7.5A Transaxle Range Switch(A/T), ECM, ICM Relay Box(Burglar Alarm Relay)

CLUSTER 7.5A Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster


7-60

Maintenance


DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box(Two Turn Unlock Relay)

PDM 2 7.5A Start/Stop Button Switch, Immobilizer Module

FCA 10A Forward Collision Avoidance Assist Unit

S/HEATER 20A Front Seat Warmer Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Module

A/C 2 20A A/C Control Module, Blower Motor, Blower Resistor, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)

A/C 1 7.5A A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block(PTC Heater #2 Relay, Blower Relay, PTC Heater #1 Relay)

PDM 1 15A Smart Key Control Module

AIR BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

IG1 25A PCB Block(FUSE : ABS 3, ECU 5, SENSOR 4, TCU 2)

MODULE2 10AWiresess Charger Unit, Smart Key Control Module, BCM, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, ICM Relay Box(Power Outlet Relay), Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP

WASHER 15A Muntifunction Switch

WIPER(LO/HI)

10A BCM, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay), Front Wiper Motor


7-61

7

Maintenance


WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor

WIPER FRT 25A Front Wiper Motor, PCB Block(Front Wiper(Low) Relay)

HEATED MIRROR

10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module, ECM

POWER OUTLET 1

20A Cigarette Lighter

HEATEDSTEERING

15A BCM


7-62

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel


Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to yourvehicle; the information is accurate atthe time of printing. When you inspectthe fuse panel in your vehicle, refer tothe fuse panel label.

i

OOS077029

OOS077079N

7-63

7

Maintenance



ALT 150A E/R Junction Block (Fuse - ABS 1, ABS 2, 4WD), Alternator

MDPS 80A MDPS Unit

B+5 60A PCB Block ((Fuse - HORN, H/LAMP HI, A/C, ECU 4, ECU 3), Engine Control Relay)

B+2 60A IGPM ((Fuse - S/HEATER), IPS0, IPS1, IPS2)

B+3 60A IGPM (IPS3, IPS4, IPS5, IPS6, IPS7, IPS8)

B+4 50AIGPM (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH, TAIL GATE OPEN, SUNROOF, B/ALARM HORN, POWER OUTLET 2, AMP, P/SEAT (PASS),P/SEAT (DRV))

COOLINGFAN

60A/50A E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #2 Relay, Cooling Fan #1 Relay)

REAR HEATED

40A E/R Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)

IG1 40AW/O Smark Key : Ignition SwitchWith Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (PDM #3 (IG1) Relay, PDM #2 (ACC) Relay)

IG2 40AW/O Smark Key : Ignition Switch, E/R Junction Block (Srart #1 Relay)With Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (PDM #4 (IG2) Relay, Srart #1 Relay)

PTC HEATER 1

50A E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater #1 Relay)

PTC HEATER 2

50A E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater #2 Relay)

7-64

Maintenance



TCU 1 15A TCM

VACUUMPUMP

20A Vacuum Pump

FUEL PUMP 20A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

B+1 40A IGPM ((Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, PDM 1, DOOR LOCK, MODULE 1, PDM 2), Leak Current Autocut Device)

DCT1 40A TCM

DCT2 40A TCM

4WD 20A 4WD ECM

ABS 1 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

ABS 2 30A ESC Control Module

7-65

7

Maintenance


SENSOR 2 10APCB Block (A/CON Relay), E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #1 Relay), Purge Control Solenoid Valve, RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#2, Canister Close Valve

ECU 2 10A ECM

ECU 1 20A ECM

INJECTOR 15A -

SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4

ECU 3 15A ECM

A/C 10A PCB Block (A/CON Relay)

ECU 5 10A ECM

SENSOR 4 15A Vacuum Pump

ABS 3 10A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

TCU 2 15A TCM, Transaxle Range Switch

SENSOR 3 10A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

ECU 4 15A ECM

■ GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI


7-66

Maintenance

■ NU 2.0L MPI



H/LAMP HI 10A PCB Block (Head Lamp(High) Relay)

HORN 15A PCB Block (Horn Relay)


SENSOR 2 10APCB Block (A/CON Relay), E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #2 Relay, Cooling Fan #1 Relay), Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Electronic Thermostat, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#3,Canister Close Valve

ECU 2 10A -

ECU 1 20A PCM

INJECTOR 15A Injector #1~#4

SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4

ECU 3 15A PCM

7-67

7

Maintenance


A/C 10A PCB Block (A/CON Relay)

ECU 5 10A PCM

SENSOR 4 15A -

ABS 3 10A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Control Module

TCU 2 15A Transaxle Range Switch

SENSOR 3 10A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

ECU 4 15A PCM

H/LAMP HI 10A PCB Block (Head Lamp(High) Relay)

HORN 15A PCB Block (Horn Relay)

7-68

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel(Battery terminal cover)


InformationNot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to yourvehicle; the information is accurate atthe time of printing. When you inspectthe fuse panel in your vehicle, refer tothe fuse panel label.

i

OOS077035

OPD076065

After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securelyinstall the cover. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occurfrom water contact.

NOTICE

7-69

7

Maintenance

LLIIGGHHTT BBUULLBBSSConsult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer to replace most vehicle lightbulbs. It is difficult to replace vehiclelight bulbs because other parts of thevehicle must be removed before youcan get to the bulb. This is especiallytrue for removing the headlampassembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlampassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

Information The headlamp and tail lamp lensescould appear frosty if the vehicle iswashed after driving or the vehicle isdriven at night in wet weather. Thiscondition is caused by temperaturedifference between the lamp insideand outside and, it does not indicate aproblem with your vehicle. Whenmoisture condenses in the lamp, it willbe removed after driving with theheadlamp on. The removable levelmay differ depending on lamp size,lamp position and environmental con-dition. However, if moisture is notremoved, we recommend that yourvehicle is inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Headlamp, Position lamp,Daytime Running Light, Turnsignal lamp, Cornering lampand Side markerType A

(1) Headlamp (Low)(2) Headlamp (High)(3) Daytime running light (if equipped)

/Position lamp(4) Turn signal lamp(5) Front fog lamp (if equipped)(6) Side marker(7) Side reflex reflector

i

• Prior to replacing a lamp,depress the foot brake, movethe shift lever into P (Park)apply the parking brake, placethe ignition switch to theLOCK/OFF position, and takethe key with you when leavingthe vehicle to avoid suddenmovement of the vehicle andto prevent possible electricshock.

• Be aware the bulbs may behot and may burn your fin-gers.

WARNING

OOS077033N

7-70

Maintenance

• Always handle them carefully, andavoid scratches and abrasions. Ifthe bulbs are lit, avoid contact withliquids.

• Never touch the glass with barehands. Residual oil may cause thebulb to overheat and burst when lit.

• A bulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlamp.

• If a bulb becomes damaged orcracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

[1] : High beam, [2] : Low beam

1. Open the hood.2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover

by turning it counterclockwise.4. Disconnect the headlamp bulb

socket-connector.

• Handle halogen bulbs withcare. Halogen bulbs containpressurized gas that will pro-duce flying pieces of glass thatcould cause injuries if broken.

• Wear eye protection whenchanging a bulb. Allow thebulb to cool down before han-dling it.

WARNING

OLMB073042LOOS077034

■ High/Low beam

7-71

7

Maintenance

5. Remove the bulb from the head-lamp assembly.

6. Install a new headlamp bulb andsnap the headlamp bulb retainingwire into position by aligning thewire with the groove on the bulb.

7. Connect the headlamp bulb sock-et-connector.

8. Install the headlamp bulb cover byturning it clockwise.

Information The headlamp aiming should beadjusted after an accident or after theheadlamp assembly is reinstalled at anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Turn signal


cable.3. Remove the socket (1) from the

assembly by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socketby pressing it in and rotating itcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe bulb align with the slots in thesocket. Pull the bulb out of thesocket.

5. Install a new bulb by inserting itinto the socket and rotating it untilit locks into place.

6. Install the socket in the assemblyby aligning the tabs on the socketwith the slots in the assembly.

7. Push the socket into the assemblyand turn the socket clockwise.

Position lamp and daytime runninglight

Your vehicle is equipped with LEDlamps. LED lamps do not havereplaceable bulbs. If the LED lampdoes not operate, have the vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Side marker

If the light bulb does not operate,have the vehicle checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

iOOS077038

7-72

Maintenance

Type B

(1) Headlamp (Low/High)(2) Cornering light(3) Daytime running light (if equipped)

/Position lamp(4) Turn signal lamp(5) Front fog lamp (if equipped)(6) Side marker(7) Side reflex reflector

• Always handle them carefully, andavoid scratches and abrasions. Ifthe bulbs are lit, avoid contact withliquids.

• Never touch the glass with barehands. Residual oil may cause thebulb to overheat and burst when lit.

• A bulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlamp.

• If a bulb becomes damaged orcracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

Headlamp


OOS078052N• Handle halogen bulbs with

care. Halogen bulbs containpressurized gas that will pro-duce flying pieces of glass thatcould cause injuries if broken.

• Wear eye protection whenchanging a bulb. Allow thebulb to cool down before han-dling it.

WARNING

OLMB073042L

7-73

7

Maintenance

Cornering Lamp


cable.3. Remove the socket from the


4. Remove the bulb from the socketby pressing it in and rotating itcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe bulb align with the slots in thesocket.Pull the bulb out of the socket.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting itinto the socket and rotating it untilit locks into place.



Turn signal


cable.3. Remove the socket (1) from the



OOS077038OOS077037

7-74

Maintenance

5. Install a new bulb by inserting itinto the socket and rotating it untilit locks into place.



Position lamp and daytime runninglight


Side marker


Front fog lamp (if equipped)

1. Loosen the pin-type retainers of theunder cover and then remove theundercover.

2. Reach your hand into the back of thefront bumper.

3. Disconnect the power connectorfrom the socket.

4. Remove the bulb-socket from thehousing by turning the socket coun-terclockwise until the tabs on thesocket align with the slots of thehousing.

5. Install a new bulb-socket into thehousing by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in the housing.Push the socket into the housingand turn the socket clockwise.

Side Repeater LampReplacement


OOS077039

OOS077059L

7-75

7

Maintenance

Rear Combination Light BulbReplacement

(1) Stop/Tail lamp(2) Tail lamp (Type A),

Stop/Tail lamp (Type B)

(3) Turn signal lamp(4) Backup lamp(5) Side marker

Stop/Tail lamp

1. Open the liftgate.2. Open the lamp assembly retaining

screw covers.3. Loosen the lamp assembly retain-

ing screws with a cross-tip screw-driver.

OOS077066L

OOS077040N

■ Type A (Standard)

OOS078041N

■ Type B (LED)

7-76

Maintenance

4. Remove the rear combinationlamp assembly from the body ofthe vehicle.

5. Remove the socket from theassembly by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe assembly.



8. Install the socket into the assem-bly by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in the assem-bly. Push the socket into theassembly and turn the socketclockwise.

9. Reinstall the lamp assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

Tail lamp (Type A)

1. Turn off the engine.2. Open the tailgate.3. Remove the service cover using a

flat-blade screwdriver.

4. Remove the socket from theassembly by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe assembly.



7. Install the socket into the assem-bly by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in the assem-bly. Push the socket into theassembly and turn the socketclockwise.

8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

OOS077068L

OOS077069L

7-77

7

Maintenance

Tail / Stop lamp (Type B)

Your vehicle is equipped with LEDlamps. LED lamps do not havereplaceable bulbs. If the LED lampdoes not operate, have the vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAidealer.

Turn signal lamp / Back up lamp


Side marker


High Mounted Stop LampReplacement

1. Open the liftgate.2. Gently remove the cover of the lift-

gate trim.3. Remove the spoiler plug hole.4. Disconnect the connector and

remove the washer hose and theplug holes.

5. Remove the mounting nuts.6. Remove the rear spoiler assembly.

7. Remove the high mounted stoplamp after removing the mountingnuts.

8. Install a new lamp9. Reinstall the rear spoiler and the

liftgate upper trim in the reverseorder.

OOS077042

7-78

Maintenance

License Plate Light BulbReplacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,gently pry the lens cover from thelamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

3. Install a new bulb.4. Reinstall in the reverse order.

OOS077043

Map lamp, Room lamp, Vanity mirror lamp, Luggage compartmentlamp and Glove box lamp

Interior Light Bulb Replacement

■ Map lamp (Type A)

OOS077053

OOS077044

■ Room lamp (Type A)

■ Room lamp (Type B)OOS077054

OOS077045

■ Map lamp (Type B)

7-79

7

Maintenance

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,gently pry the lens from the interi-or lamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interi-

or lamp housing notches and snapthe lens into place.

Use care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic hous-ings.

NOTICE

Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the "OFF"button is depressed to avoidburning your fingers or receiv-ing an electric shock.

WARNING

■ Vanity mirror lamp

■ Luggage compartment lampOOS077046

OOS077048

■ Glove box lamp

OOS077047

7-80

Maintenance

AAPPPPEEAARRAANNCCEE CCAARREEExterior CareExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warningand caution statements that appearon the label.

High-pressure washing• When using high-pressure wash-

ers, make sure to maintain suffi-cient distance from the vehicle.Insufficient clearance or excessivepressure can lead to componentdamage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensorsor its surrounding area directly witha high pressure washer. Shockapplied from high pressure watermay cause the device to not oper-ate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close toboots (rubber or plastic covers)orconnectors as they may be dam-aged if they come into contact withhigh pressure water.

• Do not use any high-pressure noz-zles, which induce either one-directwater stream or water swirling.

Protecting your vehicle's finishWashing

To help protect your vehicle’s finishfrom rust and deterioration, wash itthoroughly and frequently at leastonce a month with lukewarm or coldwater.If you use your vehicle for off-roaddriving, you should wash it after eachoff-road trip. Pay special attention tothe removal of any accumulation ofsalt, dirt, mud, and other foreignmaterials. Make sure the drain holesin the lower edges of the doors androcker panels are kept clear andclean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similardeposits can damage your vehicle’sfinish if not removed immediately.Even prompt washing with plainwater may not completely remove allthese deposits. A mild soap, safe foruse on painted surfaces, should beused.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water.Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-ish.

• Do not use strong soap, chemi-cal detergents or hot water, anddo not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or when the body of thevehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing theside windows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak throughthe windows and wet the interi-or.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts, do not clean with chemi-cal solvents or strong deter-gents.

NOTICE

After washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water before getting on theroad. If braking performance isimpaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.

WARNING

7-81

7

Maintenance

• Water washing in the enginecompartment including highpressure water washing maycause the failure of electrical cir-cuits located in the engine com-partment.

• Never allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)

Automatic car wash which usesrotating brushes should not beused as this can damage the sur-face of your vehicle. A steamcleaner which washes the vehiclesurface at high temperature mayresult the oil to adhere and leavestains that is difficult to remove.Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfibertowel or sponge) when washingyour vehicle and dry with amicrofiber towel. When you handwash your vehicle, you should notuse a cleaner that finishes withwax. If the vehicle surface is toodirty (sand, dirt, dust, contami-nant, etc.), clean the surface withwater before washing the car.

Waxing

A good coat of wax provides a barri-er between your paint and environ-mental contamination.Keeping a good coat of wax on yourvehicle will help protect it.Wax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehiclebefore waxing. Use a good qualityliquid or paste wax, and follow themanufacturer’s instructions. Wax allmetal trim to protect it and to main-tain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-als with a spot remover will usuallystrip the wax from the finish. Be sureto re-wax these areas even if the restof the vehicle does not yet need wax-ing.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OOS077051

7-82

Maintenance

• Wiping dust or dirt off the bodywith a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-plat-ed or anodized aluminum parts.This may result in damage to theprotective coating and causediscoloration or paint deteriora-tion.


Do not use any polish protectorsuch as a detergent, an abrasiveand a polish. In case wax isapplied, remove the wax immedi-ately using a silicon remover andif any tar or tar contaminant is onthe surface use a tar remover toclean. However, be careful not toapply too much pressure on thepainted area.

Repairing your vehicle's finishDeep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quicklyrust and may develop into a majorrepair expense.

If your vehicle is damaged andrequires any metal repair orreplacement, be sure the bodyshop applies anti-corrosion mate-rials to the parts repaired orreplaced.


In case of matte paint finish vehi-cles, it is impossible to modifyonly the damaged area and repairof the whole part is necessary. Ifthe vehicle is damaged and paint-ing is required, we recommendthat you have your vehicle main-tained and repaired by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer. Takeextreme care, as it is difficult torestore the quality after the repair.

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper orother sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply acoating of wax or chrome preser-vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal partswith a heavier coating of wax orpreservative. If necessary, coat theparts with non-corrosive petroleumjelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control maycollect on the underbody. If thesematerials are not removed, acceler-ated rusting can occur on underbodyparts such as the fuel lines, frame,floor pan and exhaust system, eventhough they have been treated withrust protection.

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

7-83

7

Maintenance

Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-body and wheel openings with luke-warm or cold water once a month,after off-road driving and at the endof each winter. Pay special attentionto these areas because it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it.The lower edges of doors, rockerpanels, and frame members havedrain holes that should not beallowed to clog with dirt; trappedwater in these areas can cause rust-ing.

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coatedwith a clear protective finish.

• Do not use abrasive cleaner, pol-ishing compound, solvent, orwire brushes on aluminumwheels.

• Clean the wheel when it hascooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutraldetergent, and rinse thoroughlywith water. Also, clean thewheels after driving on saltedroads.

• Do not wash the wheels withhigh-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any cleaners con-taining acid or alkaline deter-gents.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corro-sion

By using the most advanced designand construction practices to combatcorrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehi-cles of the highest quality. However,this is only part of the job. To achievethe long-term corrosion resistanceyour vehicle can deliver, the owner’scooperation and assistance is alsorequired.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro-sion on your vehicle are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneaththe vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protectivecoatings by stones, gravel, abra-sion or minor scrapes and dentswhich leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

NOTICE

After washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.

WARNING

7-84

Maintenance

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehi-cle is regularly exposed to corrosivematerials, corrosion protection isparticularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated cor-rosion are road salts, dust controlchemicals, ocean air and industrialpollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions inwhich corrosion is most likely tooccur. For example, corrosion isaccelerated by high humidity, partic-ularly when temperatures are justabove freezing. In such conditions,the corrosive material is kept in con-tact with the car surfaces by moisturethat is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosivebecause it is slow to dry and holdsmoisture in contact with the vehicle.Although the mud appears to be dry,it can still retain the moisture andpromote corrosion.

High temperatures can also acceler-ate corrosion of parts that are notproperly ventilated so the moisturecan be dispersed. For all these rea-sons, it is particularly important tokeep your vehicle clean and free ofmud or accumulations of other mate-rials. This applies not only to the vis-ible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

Keep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion isto keep your vehicle clean and freeof corrosive materials. Attention tothe underside of the vehicle is partic-ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area— where road salts are used, nearthe ocean, areas with industrialpollution, acid rain, etc.—, youshould take extra care to preventcorrosion. In winter, hose off theunderside of your vehicle at leastonce a month and be sure to cleanthe underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath thevehicle, pay particular attention tothe components under the fendersand other areas that are hiddenfrom view. Do a thorough job; justdampening the accumulated mudrather than washing it away willaccelerate corrosion rather thanprevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularlyeffective in removing accumulatedmud and corrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members,be sure that drain holes are keptopen so that moisture can escapeand not be trapped inside to accel-erate corrosion.

7-85

7

Maintenance

Keep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp,poorly ventilated garage. This cre-ates a favorable environment for cor-rosion. This is particularly true if youwash your vehicle in the garage ordrive it into the garage when it is stillwet or covered with snow, ice ormud. Even a heated garage can con-tribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finishshould be covered with "touch-up"paint as soon as possible to reducethe possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the atten-tion of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.Bird droppings are highly corrosiveand may damage painted surfaces injust a few hours. Always remove birddroppings as soon as possible.

Interior CareInterior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such asperfume and cosmetic oil, from con-tacting the interior parts becausethey may cause damage or discol-oration. If they do contact the interiorparts, wipe them off immediately.See the instructions for the properway to clean vinyl.

• Never allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

• When cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alco-hol content solutions. If you usehigh alcohol content solutionsor acid/ alkaline detergents, thecolor of the leather may fade orthe surface may get stripped off.

Cleaning the upholstery andinterior trim Vinyl (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt fromvinyl with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with avinyl cleaner.

Fabric (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-ric with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-tion recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Remove fresh spots imme-diately with a fabric spot cleaner. Iffresh spots do not receive immediateattention, the fabric can be stainedand its color can be affected. Also, itsfire-resistant properties can bereduced if the material is not proper-ly maintained.

Using anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures mayaffect the fabric's appearance andfire-resistant properties.

NOTICE

NOTICE

7-86

Maintenance

Leather (if equipped)

• Features of seat leather- Leather is made from the outer

skin of an animal, which goesthrough a special process to beavailable for use. Since it is a nat-ural product, each part differs inthickness or density.Wrinkles may appear as a naturalresult of stretching and shrinkingdepending on the temperatureand humidity.

- The seat is made of stretchablefabric to improve comfort.

- The parts contacting the body arecurved and the side supportingarea is high which provides driv-ing comfort and stability.

- Wrinkles may appear naturallyfrom usage. It is not a fault of theproducts.

• Caring for the leather seats- Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the seat.It will prevent abrasion or damageof the leather and maintain its qual-ity.

- Wipe the natural leather seat coveroften with dry or soft cloth.

- Use of proper leather protectormay prevent abrasion of the coverand helps maintain the color. Besure to read the instructions andconsult a specialist when usingleather coating or protective agent.

- Light colored (beige, cream beige)leather is easily contaminated andthe stain is noticeable. Clean theseats frequently.

- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It maycause the surface to crack.

• Wrinkles or abrasions whichappear naturally from usageare not covered by warranty.

• Belts with metallic acces-sories, zippers or keys insidethe back pocket may damagethe seat fabric.

• Make sure not to wet the seat.It may change the nature ofnatural leather.

• Jeans or clothes which couldbleach may contaminate thesurface of the seat coveringfabric.

CAUTION

• Cleaning the leather seats- Remove all contaminations instant-

ly. Refer to instructions below forremoval of each contaminant.

- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,foundation, etc.)Apply cleansing cream on a clothand wipe the contaminated spot.Wipe off the cream with a wet clothand remove water with a dry cloth.

- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)Apply a small amount of neutraldetergent and wipe until contami-nations do not smear.

- OilRemove oil instantly withabsorbable cloth and wipe withstain remover used only for naturalleather.

- Chewing gumHarden the gum with ice andremove gradually.

Cleaning the seat belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended forcleaning upholstery or carpet. Followthe instructions provided with thesoap. Do not bleach or re-dye thewebbing because this may weakenthe seat belt.

Cleaning the interior windowglass If the interior glass surfaces of thevehicle become fogged (that is, cov-ered with an oily, greasy or waxyfilm), they should be cleaned withglass cleaner. Follow the directionson the glass cleaner container.

Do not scrape or scratch theinside of the rear window. Thismay result in damage to the rearwindow defroster grid.

NOTICE

7-87

7

Maintenance

7-88

Maintenance

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warrantyinformation contained in the Owner’sHandbook & Warranty Informationbooklet in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with anemission control system to meet allapplicable emission regulations.There are three emission controlsystems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to ensure the proper func-tion of the emission control systems,it is recommended that you haveyour vehicle inspected and main-tained by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer in accordance with the main-tenance schedule in this manual.

For the Inspection andMaintenance Test (with ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from mis-

firing during dynamometer test-ing, turn the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system off bypressing the ESC switch (ESCOFF light illuminated).

• After dynamometer testing iscompleted, turn the ESC systemback on by pressing the ESCswitch again.

1. Crankcase Emission ControlSystem

The positive crankcase ventilationsystem is employed to prevent airpollution caused by blow-by gasesbeing emitted from the crankcase.This system supplies fresh filtered airto the crankcase through the airintake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-bygases, which then pass through thePCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative Emission ControlSystem Including OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery(ORVR)

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere. The ORVR system isdesigned to allow the vapors fromthe fuel tank to be loaded into a can-ister while refueling at the gas sta-tion, preventing the escape of fuelvapors into the atmosphere.

NOTICE

EEMMIISSSSIIOONN CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM

7-89

7

Maintenance

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed inthe canister are drawn into the surgetank through the purge control sole-noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve(PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve iscontrolled by the Engine ControlModule (ECM); when the enginecoolant temperature is low duringidling, the PCSV closes so that evap-orated fuel is not taken into theengine. After the engine warms-upduring ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel tothe engine.

3. Exhaust Emission Control System

The Exhaust Emission ControlSystem is a highly effective systemwhich controls exhaust emissionswhile maintaining good vehicle per-formance.When the engine starts or fails tostart, excessive attempts to restartthe engine may cause damage to theemission system.

Engine exhaust (carbon monox-ide) precautions • Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes. If yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind inyour vehicle, drive with all the win-dows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

Engine exhaust gases containcarbon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolorless and odorless, it isdangerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructionson this page to avoid CO poi-soning.

WARNING

7-90

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con-fined or closed areas (such asgarages) any more than what isnecessary to move the vehicle in orout of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a shorttime with the engine running,adjust the ventilation system (asneeded) to draw outside air into thevehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stoppedvehicle for any extended time withthe engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails tostart, excessive attempts to restartthe engine may cause damage tothe emission control system.

Operating precautions for cat-alytic converters (if equipped)

The exhaust system and cat-alytic converter are very hotduring and immediately afterthe engine has been running.Toavoid SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH:• Do not park, idle, or drive the

vehicle over or near flamma-ble objects, such as grass,vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.A hot exhaust system canignite flammable items underyour vehicle.

• Keep away from the exhaustsystem and catalytic convert-er or you may get burned.Also, Do not remove the heatsink around the exhaust sys-tem, do not seal the bottom ofthe vehicle, and do not coatthe vehicle for corrosion con-trol. It may present a fire riskunder certain conditions.

WARNING CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari-ety of automobile componentsand parts, including compo-nents found in the interior fur-nishings in a vehicle, contain oremit chemicals known to theState of California to cause can-cer and birth defects and repro-ductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of compo-nent wear contain or emit chem-icals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproduc-tive harm.

WARNING

7-91

7

Maintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-alytic converter emission controldevice.To prevent damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle, takethe following precautions:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-tion, such as misfire or a noticeableloss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse theengine. Examples of misuse arecoasting with the engine off anddescending steep grades in gearwith the engine off.

• Do not operate the engine at highidle speed for extended periods (5minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with anypart of the engine or emission con-trol system. All inspections andadjustments must be made by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with extremely lowfuel level. If you run out of gasoline,it could cause the engine to misfireand result in excessive loading ofthe catalytic converter.

CCAALLIIFFOORRNNIIAA PPEERRCCHHLLOORRAATTEE NNOOTTIICCEEPerchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries,must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).

Maintenance

7-92

888

Specifications & Consum

er information

8

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

8

Dimensions ..............................................................8-2Engine......................................................................8-2Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-5Volume and Weight................................................8-6Air Conditioning System........................................8-6Recommended Lubricants and Capacities..........8-7

Recommended SAE viscosity number ..........................8-9Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................8-10Vehicle Certification Label .................................8-10Tire Specification and Pressure Label .............8-11Engine Number .....................................................8-11Consumer Information.........................................8-12Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-13

DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONNSS

8-2


EENNGGIINNEEItems Gamma 1.6 T-GDI Nu 2.0 MPI

Displacementcu. in. (cc)

97.09 (1,591) 121.98 (1,999)

Bore x Strokein. (mm)

3.03x3.36 (77x85.4) 3.18x3.82 (81x97)

Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2

No. of cylinders In-line 4 cylinder In-line 4 cylinder

*1 : with roof rack

Items in (mm)

Overall length 163.97 (4,165)

Overall width 70.86 (1,800)

Overall height 61.02 (1,550) / 61.61 (1,565)*1

Front tread

205/60 R16 62.0 (1,575)

215/55 R17 61.53 (1,563)

235/45 R18 61.37 (1,559)

Rear tread

205/60 R16 62.36 (1,584)

215/55 R17 61.88 (1,572)

235/45 R18 61.73 (1,568)

Wheelbase 102.36 (2,600)

BBUULLBB WWAATTTTAAGGEE

88

Specifications, Consumer inform

ation and Reporting safety defects

Light Bulb Bulb Type Wattage

Front

Headlamp

Low (Type A) H7 55

High (Type A) H7 55

Low (Type B) LED LED

High (Type B) LED LED

Cornering lamp H7 55

Turn signal lamp PY28/8W 28

Side marker LED LED

Turn signal lamp (Outside mirror) LED LED

Daytime running lamp (DRL) / position lamp LED LED

Fog lamp H8 35

Rear

Rear combination lamp

Stop/Tail (Type A) P21/5W 21/5

Tail (Type A) W5W 5

Stop/Tail (Type B) LED LED

Turn signal P21W 21

Back up P21W 21

High mounted stop lamp LED LED

Side markerType A W5W 5

Type B LED LED

License plate lamp W5W 5

8-3

8-4


Light Bulb Bulb Type Wattage

Interior

Map lamp W10W 10

Room lamp (with sunroof) FESTOON 10

Room lamp (without sunroof) FESTOON 8

Sunvisor lamp FESTOON 5

Tailgate room lamp FESTOON 10

Glove box lamp FESTOON 5

TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS

8-5

88



When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.

CAUTION

• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expect-ed soon.Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations areexpected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if youplan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a prop-er level. (Air inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)

NOTICE

Item Tire Size Wheel SizeCold tire inflation pressure kPa(psi) Wheel Lug Nut

Torque kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m)Front Rear

Full size tire

205/60 R16 6.5J x 16

230 (33) 230 (33) 11~13(79~94,107~127)

215/55 R17 7.0J x 17

235/45 R18 7.5J x 18

Compact spare tire T125/80 D16 4.0T x 16 420 (60)

8-6


VVOOLLUUMMEE AANNDD WWEEIIGGHHTT

AAIIRR CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM

Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.

ItemsGamma 1.6 T-GDI Nu 2.0 MPI

DCT (2WD) DCT (AWD) A/T (2WD) A/T (AWD)

Gross vehicle weightlbs. (kg)

4,045 (1,835) 4,255 (1,930) 3,979 (1,805) 4,189 (1,900)

Luggage volume (SAE)cu. ft. (l)

Behind 1st row : 45.7 (1,296)Behind 2nd row : 19.2 (544)

Items Weight of Volume Classification

Refrigerant oz. (g)

15.87 (450) ± 0.88 (25) R-1234yf

Compressor lubricantoz. (cc)

4.23 (120) ± 0.35 (10) PAG

A/T : Automatic transmission

DCT : Dual clutch transmission

8-7

88



To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

RREECCOOMMMMEENNDDEEDD LLUUBBRRIICCAANNTTSS AANNDD CCAAPPAACCIITTIIEESS

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)

Recommends

Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

4.76 US qt. (4.5 l) API Latest (ILSAC Latest) or ACEA A5/B5 *4

Nu 2.0 MPI 4.23 US qt. (4.0 l) SAE 5W-20/API Latest (ILSAC Latest)

Automatic transmission fluid Nu 2.0 MPI 7.08 US qt. (6.7 l)

MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATFSP-IV or other brands meeting the abovespecification approved by HYUNDAI MotorCo.

Dual clutch transmission fluidGamma

1.6 T-GDI2.01~2.11 US qt. (1.9~2.0 l)

HK DCTF 70W (SK)SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF(H.K.SHELL)GS DCTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX)(API GL-4, SAE 70W)

8-8


*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-

omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measurein everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 : If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.*4 : If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use ILSAC GF-3 (or above) or ACEA A3 (or above).

Lubricant Volume Classification

Transfer case oil (AWD)Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

0.44 ~ 0.49 US qt.(0.47~0.52 l)

HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE75W/90(SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W90 or equivalent)

Nu 2.0 MPI0.36~0.4 US qt.

(0.38~0.42 l)

Rear differential oil (AWD)0.44~0.49 US qt.

(0.47~0.52 l)

CoolantGamma 1.6 T-GDI 7.5 US qt. (7.1 l) Mixture of antifreeze and water

(Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for alu-minum radiator)Nu 2.0 MPI 6.8 US qt. (6.5 l)

Brake fluid0.74~0.85 US qt.

(0.7 ~ 0.8 l)

SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV,FMVSS 116 DOT-4,ISO 4925 CLASS-6

Fuel 13.2 US gal. (50 l) Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the Foreword chapter.

8-9

88



Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) hasan effect on fuel economy and coldweather operating (engine start andengine oil flowability). Lower viscosi-ty engine oils can provide better fueleconomy and cold weather perform-ance, however, higher viscosityengine oils are required for satisfac-tory lubrication in hot weather.

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drainplug, or dipstick before check-ing or draining any lubricant.This is especially important industy or sandy areas and whenthe vehicle is used on unpavedroads. Cleaning the plug anddipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering theengine and other mechanismsthat could be damaged.

CAUTION

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

Engine Oil

Gamma 1.6 T-GDI *1

Nu 2.0 MPI *2

°C(°F)

*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscositygrade 5W-30 (API Latest (ILSAC Latest) or ACEA A5 or above). However, if theengine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using theengine oil viscosity chart.

*2 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscositygrade SAE 5W-20/API Latest (ILSAC Latest). However, if the engine oil is notavailable in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosi-ty chart.

5W-30, 5W-40

10W-30

15W-40

20W-50

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result inengine damage.When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will beoperated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommendedoil viscosity from the chart.

An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to theinternational Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). Itis recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this APICertification Mark.

8-10


The vehicle identification number(VIN) is the number used in register-ing your car and in all legal matterspertaining to its ownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the passenger seat. To checkthe number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attachedto the top of the dashboard. Thenumber on the plate can easily beseen through the windshield fromoutside.

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver's side center pillar givesthe Vehicle Identification Number(VIN).

VVEEHHIICCLLEE IIDDEENNTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN NNUUMMBBEERR ((VVIINN))

OOS087006L

■ VIN label

OOS087001

■ Frame number

OOS087002

VVEEHHIICCLLEE CCEERRTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNLLAABBEELL

8-11

88



The tires supplied on your new vehi-cle are chosen to provide the bestperformance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver’sside center pillar gives the tire pres-sures recommended for your car.

The engine number is stamped onthe engine block as shown in thedrawing.

EENNGGIINNEE NNUUMMBBEERRTTIIRREE SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN AANNDDPPRREESSSSUURREE LLAABBEELL

OOS087003

OOS087004

■ Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

OAD085009L

■ Nu 2.0 MPI

8-12


Eastern Region:Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Massachusetts, NewHampshire, New Jersey, New York,Pennsylvania, Rhode Island,Vermont.Eastern Region1122 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Southern Region:Florida, Georgia, Maryland, NorthCarolina, South Carolina, Virginia,West Virginia.Southern Region 3025 Chastain Meadows ParkwaySuite 100 Marietta, GA 30066(800) 633-5151

South Central Region:Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana,Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma,Tennessee, Texas.South Central Region1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400Coppell, TX 75019(800) 633-5151

Central Region:Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky,Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska,North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.Central Region2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 OakbrookTerrace, IL 60181(800) 633-5151

Western Region:Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California,Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,Oregon, Utah, Washington,Wyoming.Western Region10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box20850 Fountain Valley, California92728-0850(800) 633-5151

CCOONNSSUUMMEERR IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONNThis consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions youmay have as you read this information.HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner’s Manual, particularly theinformation under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearestHYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following:

8-13

88



If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAIMOTOR AMERICA.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);go to http://www.safercar.gov;download the SaferCar mobile application;or write to: Administrator, NHTSA

1200 New Jersey Ave, SE,West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.

You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual prob-lems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.

RREEPPOORRTTIINNGG SSAAFFEETTYY DDEEFFEECCTTSS

I

Index

I

I-2

Accessing Your Vehicle ....................................................3-3

Immobilizer System....................................................3-11

Remote Key..................................................................3-3

Smart Key.....................................................................3-6

Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System.....2-45

Additional Safety Precautions....................................2-67

Air Bag Warning Labels.............................................2-67

How Does the Air Bag System Operate?...................2-50

Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-56

SRS Care ....................................................................2-66

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates ..................2-55

Where Are the Air Bags? ...........................................2-47

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?........2-61

Air cleaner.......................................................................7-29

Filter Replacement .....................................................7-29

Air Conditioning System ..................................................8-6

All Wheel Drive (AWD).................................................5-40

AWD operation...........................................................5-41

Emergency precautions ..............................................5-44

Appearance care..............................................................7-80

Exterior Care ..............................................................7-80

Interior Care ...............................................................7-85

Automatic Climate Control System..............................3-118

Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................3-119

Manual Temperature Control Mode.........................3-120

System Maintenance ................................................3-125

System Operation .....................................................3-123

Automatic Transmission .................................................5-14

Automatic Transmission Operation............................5-14

Good Driving Practices ..............................................5-18

Battery.............................................................................7-35

Battery Recharging.....................................................7-36

For Best Battery Service ............................................7-36

Reset Features ............................................................7-37

Before driving ...................................................................5-4

Before Entering the Vehicle .........................................5-4

Before Starting .............................................................5-4

Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ................5-47

BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning)........................5-48

Detecting sensor .........................................................5-52

Limitations of the System ..........................................5-53

RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) ........5-50

Brake fluid ......................................................................7-27

Checking the Brake Fluid Level ................................7-27

Index

A

B

I-3

Braking system ...............................................................5-29

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-32

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator........................................5-30

Downhill Brake Control (DBC).................................5-37

Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-34

Good Braking Practices..............................................5-39

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC).................................5-37

Parking Brake.............................................................5-30

Power Brakes..............................................................5-29

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-36

Bulb Wattage.....................................................................8-3

California perchlorate notice ..........................................7-92

Child Restraint System (CRS)........................................2-34

Children Always in the Rear ......................................2-34

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-37

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS).................2-35

Climate Control Additional Features ............................3-132

Automatic Ventilation...............................................3-132

Cluster ionizer ..........................................................3-132

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation .............................3-132

Climate control air filter .................................................7-30

Filter Inspection..........................................................7-30

Consumer Information....................................................8-12

Cruise control..................................................................5-93

Cruise Control operation ............................................5-93

Declaration of conformity .............................................5-55

Dimensions .......................................................................8-2

Door Locks .....................................................................3-13

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features ..............3-16

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ..............................3-17

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .........3-14

Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle ......3-13

Drive Mode Integrated Control System .........................5-46

Driver Assist System.....................................................3-105

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system...........3-106

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system Precautions ............................................................3-109

Rear view monitor....................................................3-105

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ......................5-89

Resetting the System ..................................................5-90

System Malfunction ...................................................5-91

System Setting and Activation ...................................5-89

System Standby ..........................................................5-91

Dual clutch transmission.................................................5-20

Dual Clutch Transmission Operation .........................5-20

Good Driving Practices ..............................................5-27

I

Index

C

D

I-4

Emission control system .................................................7-88

Crankcase Emission Control System .........................7-88

Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........7-88

Exhaust Emission Control System.............................7-89

Engine ...............................................................................8-2

Engine Compartment.................................................1-6, 7-3

Engine coolant ................................................................7-23

Changing Engine Coolant ..........................................7-26

Checking the Engine Coolant Level ..........................7-23

Engine Number ...............................................................8-11

Engine oil ........................................................................7-21

Checking the Engine Oil and Filter ...........................7-22

Checking the Engine Oil Level..................................7-21

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-18

Exterior Features .................................................3-43, 3-144

Fuel Filler Door..........................................................3-46

Hood ...........................................................................3-43

Liftgate .......................................................................3-44

Roof Side Rails ........................................................3-144

Exterior Overview.............................................................1-2

Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system - Camera type ..............................................................5-56

FCA Sensor ................................................................5-60

FCA Warning Message and System Control..............5-58




Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) system- sensor fusion type (Front radar + Front camera) ......5-69


FCA Sensor ................................................................5-73

FCA Warning Message and System Control..............5-71



Fuses ...............................................................................7-53

Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement .........7-55

Fuse/Relay Panel Description ....................................7-57

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ..........................7-54

Hazard warning flasher.....................................................6-2

Head Up Display (HUD) ................................................3-87

Index

E F

H

I-5

If the engine overheats......................................................6-6

If the engine will not start.................................................6-3

If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly ....................................................6-3

If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start ........................................................6-3

If you have a flat tire (With spare tire)...........................6-14

Changing Tires ...........................................................6-15

Jack and Tools ............................................................6-14

If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit) .................6-20

Checking the tire inflation pressure ...........................6-25

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit.........................6-22

Distributing the sealant ..............................................6-24

Introduction ................................................................6-20

Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit ..........6-21

Using the Tire Mobility Kit........................................6-23

Ignition switch ..................................................................5-6

Engine Start/Stop Button..............................................5-9

Key Ignition Switch .....................................................5-6

Important Safety Precautions............................................2-2

Air Bag Hazards ...........................................................2-2

Always Wear Your Seat Belt ........................................2-2

Control Your Speed ......................................................2-2

Driver Distraction.........................................................2-2

Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ..........................2-2

Restrain All Children....................................................2-2

Infotainment System .........................................................4-2

Antenna ........................................................................4-2

Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (AVN) .......................................4-4

AUX, USB and iPod® Port ..........................................4-2

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free..............4-4

Steering Wheel Audio Controls....................................4-3

In case of an emergency while driving.............................6-2

If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ...........6-2

If the Engine Stalls While Driving...............................6-2

If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving.........................6-3

Instrument Cluster...........................................................3-49

Gauges and Meters .....................................................3-51

Instrument Cluster Control.........................................3-50

LCD Display Messages..............................................3-67

Transmission shift indicator .......................................3-54

Warning and Indicator Lights.....................................3-55

Instrument Panel Overview ..............................................1-5

Interior Features ............................................................3-135

Cargo Area Cover.....................................................3-142

Clock ........................................................................3-140

Clothes Hanger .........................................................3-140

Cup Holder ...............................................................3-135

Floor Mat Anchor(s).................................................3-141

Luggage Net Holder .................................................3-141

Luggage tray.............................................................3-144

Power Outlet.............................................................3-137

Sunvisor....................................................................3-136

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ..............3-138

I

Index

I

I-6

Interior Overview..............................................................1-4

Jump starting.....................................................................6-4

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...............................5-81


LKA system Function Change ...................................5-88

LKA system Operation...............................................5-82

Warning Light and Message.......................................5-86

LCD Display ...................................................................3-72

LCD Display Control .................................................3-72

LCD Display Modes ..................................................3-73

Light bulbs ......................................................................7-69

Front fog lamp............................................................7-74

Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Daytime Running Light, Turn Signal Lamp and Side Marker, Cornering lamp .......................................................7-69

High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-77

Interior Light Bulb Replacement ...............................7-78

License Plate Light Bulb Replacement......................7-78

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement..............7-75

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement .............................7-74

Lighting...........................................................................3-90

Exterior Lights............................................................3-90

Interior Lights.............................................................3-98

Smart cornering lamp.................................................3-97

Welcome System ......................................................3-100

Maintenance services ........................................................7-4

Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4

Owner's Responsibility.................................................7-4

Manual Climate Control System...................................3-110

Heating and Air Conditioning ..................................3-111

System Maintenance.................................................3-116

System Operation .....................................................3-114

Mirrors ............................................................................3-21

Inside Rearview Mirror ..............................................3-21

Side View Mirrors ......................................................3-31

Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-5

Owner Maintenance Schedule......................................7-6

Parking brake ..................................................................7-28

Checking the Parking Brake ......................................7-28

Index

M

O

P

L

J

I-7

Recommended Lubricants and Capacities........................8-7

Recommended SAE viscosity number.........................8-9

Reporting Safety Defects ................................................8-13

Scheduled maintenance services.......................................7-7

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)................................................7-16

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Nu 2.0 MPI) ...........................................................7-11

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)................................................7-13

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) .............7-8

Seat Belts ........................................................................2-21

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions ....................2-30

Care of Seat Belts.......................................................2-33

Seat Belt Restraint System.........................................2-23

Seat Belt Safety Precautions ......................................2-21

Seat Belt Warning Light .............................................2-22

Seats ..................................................................................2-3

Front Seats....................................................................2-5

Head Restraints ..........................................................2-14

Rear Seats ...................................................................2-11

Safety Precautions ........................................................2-4

Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats.....................2-18

Smart Cruise Control system..........................................5-98

Conventional Cruise Control Mode .........................5-109

Limitations of the System ........................................5-109

SCC Reaction Setting...............................................5-108

Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead......5-106

Smart Cruise Control Speed.......................................5-99

Smart Cruise Control Switch .....................................5-98

Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance..5-103

Special driving conditions.............................................5-115

Driving at Night........................................................5-116

Driving in Flooded Areas .........................................5-117

Driving in the Rain...................................................5-116

Hazardous Driving Conditions.................................5-115

Highway Driving ......................................................5-117

Reducing the risk of a rollover.................................5-118

Rocking the Vehicle..................................................5-115

Smooth Cornering ....................................................5-116

Steering Wheel................................................................3-18

Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................3-18

Heated Steering Wheel (for Canada) .........................3-20

Horn............................................................................3-21

Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering ..............................3-19

Storage Compartment ...................................................3-133

Center Console Storage............................................3-133

Glove Box ................................................................3-133

Multi Box .................................................................3-134

Sunglass Holder........................................................3-134I

Index

R

S

I-8

Sunroof............................................................................3-39

Resetting the sunroof..................................................3-41

Sliding the sunroof .....................................................3-40

Sunroof Open Warning...............................................3-42

Sunroof opening and closing......................................3-40

Sunshade.....................................................................3-41

Tilting the sunroof ......................................................3-40

Theft-Alarm System .......................................................3-18

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......................6-8

Changing a Tire with TPMS ......................................6-12

Check Tire Pressure......................................................6-8

Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator ....................................................6-10

Low Tire Pressure Telltale..........................................6-10

Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................................6-9

TPMS Malfunction Indicator .....................................6-11

Tire Specification and Pressure Label ............................8-11

Tires and wheels ......................................................7-38, 8-5

All Season Tires .........................................................7-50

Check Tire Inflation Pressure.....................................7-40

Low Aspect Ratio Tires..............................................7-51

Radial-Ply Tires..........................................................7-51

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures.............7-39

Snow Tires..................................................................7-51

Summer Tires .............................................................7-50

Tire Care.....................................................................7-38

Tire Maintenance........................................................7-43

Tire Replacement........................................................7-42

Tire Rotation...............................................................7-40

Tire Sidewall Labeling ...............................................7-43

Tire Terminology and Definitions..............................7-47

Tire Traction ...............................................................7-43

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...........................7-41

Wheel Replacement....................................................7-43

Towing ............................................................................6-27

Emergency Towing.....................................................6-29

Removable Towing Hook...........................................6-28

Tie-down Hook...........................................................6-30

Towing Service...........................................................6-27

Trailer towing................................................................5-128

Trip Computer.................................................................3-83

Vehicle Certification Label .............................................8-10

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).............................8-10

Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-123

Tire Loading Information Label...............................5-124

Volume and Weight...........................................................8-6

Index

T

V

I-9

Washer fluid ....................................................................7-28

Checking the Washer Fluid Level ..............................7-28

Windows .........................................................................3-35

Power Windows..........................................................3-36

Windshield Defrosting and Defogging .........................3-127

Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with Automatic Temperature Control System) .....3-129

Rear Window Defroster............................................3-131

Winter driving ...............................................................5-101

Snow or Icy Conditions............................................5-101

Winter Precautions ...................................................5-103

Wiper blades ...................................................................7-32

Blade Inspection.........................................................7-32

Blade Replacement.....................................................7-32

Wipers and Washers......................................................3-101

Rear Window Wiper and Washer .............................3-104

Windshield Washers .................................................3-103

Windshield Wipers ...................................................3-101

I

Index

W

Documents

2021 Kona Owners Manual - Dealer E Process